BYK-Gardner

Add to my manuals
324 Pages

advertisement

BYK-Gardner | Manualzz
QC SOLUTIONS FOR
COATINGS AND PLASTICS
2016
1
BYK-mac i see page 109
Harmony of
Consumer Electronics
Design knows no limits. This is also reflected in the world of
consumer electronics such as notebooks, tablets, smartphones,
cameras, TVs or home appliances in general. Smartphones have
become our permanent companions; their look including design
and color is most important and follows current fashion trends!
Depending on the preferences of specific target groups manufacturers offer a variety of colors with glossy or matte surface
finishes which need to be controlled.
Color measurement of solid colors
Neutral colors only tolerate very small color deviations and require very tight tolerances. A high chromatic color will accept
larger tolerances dependent on its hue. Vacuum cleaners for
example are produced in high chromatic solid colors with a
high gloss finish. The spectro-guide is the ideal solution as it
measures color and gloss simultaneously. Thus, the cause of a
mismatch can be clearly identified.
dL´
3
Tol+
2,2
15
1,4
25
0,6
45
-0,2
75
-1
Sample 1
110
Sample 2
Color measurement of effect colors
In contrast to solid colors, products with effect finishes change
their appearance with viewing angle and lighting conditions. This
is a special challenge on parts with very tight fits. For example on
notebooks, the track pad and the surrounding housing should
have the same color and appearance even though both parts
are made of completely different materials. In the following
example lightness as well as sparkle considerably vary between
the reference and the two samples. For small parts the BYK-mac i
with a 12 mm aperture can be used together with a specially
designed sample holder.
Gloss measurement
The control of gloss is as important as the color matching. If
one component has a different gloss level than the rest, the
consumer will immediately recognize it. Gloss of plastic parts
is highly dependent on the mold condition and variation of
process parameters such as mold temperature, injection rate
or material variations. Depending on the product specifications
the accepted gloss variations can be as small as +/- 0.5 gloss
units. Objective measurement results that are repeatable and
temperature independent are most important in harsh mass
production processes. The micro-gloss has been the unsurpassed
industry standard guaranteeing accurate and reliable readings
under any circumstances.
Temperature stability
16 + dS_I
15°
dS
8
16 + dS_I
45°
dS
4
12
8
6
4
- dS_a
-12
-8
-4
0
+ ds_a
0
4
8
12
16
2
-8
2
-16 - dS_I
-16
-12
-8
-4
0
+ ds_a
0
4
8
12 16
95.0
10 °C
20 °C
30 °C
40 °C
30 °C
20 °C
10 °C
-4
1
-12
0
dS
95.5
4
- dS_a
-4
2
96.0
8
3
4
-16
96.5
12
-8
-12
0
dS
-16 - dS_I
The micro-gloss gives the same measurement results between
10 °C – 40 °C. No calibration or time for adjustment needed.
Contents
Introduction
BYK-Gardner State-of-the-Art
BYK-Gardner Website
Global Customer Support
Continuing Education
Repair and Certification Service
Appearance
Introduction
Gloss
Haze
Orange Peel/DOI
Mottling
Transparency
spectro-guide see page 83
Color
Introduction
Solid Color
In-Store Color Matching
Metallic Color
Liquid Color
Light Booths
4-5
6
7
8
9
11 - 14
15 - 29
31 - 34
35 - 53
55 - 63
67 - 75
77 - 78
79 - 97
98 - 101
103 - 129
131 - 139
140 - 144
Physical Properties
Abrasion
147 - 154
Adhesion
155 - 163
Application
165 - 190
Balances 191 - 195
Conductivity196
Density
197 - 198
Dispersion
199 - 200
Drying Time
201
Film Thickness
203 - 216
Hardness
217 - 222
Impact/Flexibility
223 - 237
Microscopes
239 - 242
Surface Tension
243
Temperature
245 - 258
Viscosity
259 - 289
micro-gloss see page 17
Certification Services
Technical Service
Certification Service for Standards
Certification Service for Instruments
Preventive Maintenance for Instrument
Extended Warranty
Product Index A-Z Index Standards Standard Conditions of Sale
291 - 292
293 - 294
295 - 296
297 - 300
301 - 302
303 - 310
311 - 315
317 - 319
3
BYK-Gardner
The Objective Eye
Since 1924, BYK-Gardner has been the leader in the field
of quality control for color, appearance and testing physical
material properties.
Today, BYK-Gardner is part of the Altana Group and a direct subsidiary of BYK-Chemie,
the worldwide leader of additives for coatings and plastics. Together we offer complete and unique solutions for the paint, coatings and plastic industries:
Additives
to improve the performance of coatings and plastics
Color and appearance instruments
to control consistency and harmony of multi-component products
Physical testing instruments
to set-up standardized sample preparation methods and to control material
properties from wet to dry stage.
4
Quality is
our Business
Innovative, reliable and customer-oriented products to objectively
control and improve our customers’ products and services
State-of-the-art Technologies
The combination of innovative instrument technologies such as LED light sources
or high-tech camera detectors with manufacturing excellence make BYK-Gardner
products not only outstanding but unique in their performance.
We fully respect and live the Total Quality Management (TQM) principle:
our instruments are manufactured and controlled according to international standards
DIN EN ISO 9001, ISO/IEC 17025, ISO 50001, ISO 14001 guidelines and procedures.
Quality must be measurable
Our commitment to innovation, quality of our products and excellent global
service enable our customers to set-up standardized and efficient QC management
systems for their complete supply chain. Close customer cooperation in early
development stages guarantee testing instruments and software solutions which
are customer oriented meeting today’s and tomorrow’s needs.
You can’t manage what you don’t measure!
5
BYK-Gardner
Always reachable
www.byk.com/instruments – Your information source
for color, appearance and physical testing needs
Videos to experience BYK-Gardner products live
In our new videos you can meet our instruments in action, learn how to operate
the different functions and get a quick overview of the measurement technology.
Essential theory and practical hints
You have direct access to comprehensive information and technical articles about
the theoretical background on color, appearance and physical testing methods.
You find practical hints on measurement procedures and trouble-shooting examples
for any product.
Online shop
In our online shop you can easy search for pricing and place orders for each of the
BYK-Gardner instruments and software.
After sales support
If you need repair service or recertification of your instrument you find a listing
of all local repair service locations and the type of services offered. You also can
download manuals of all BYK-Gardner products.
BYK-Gardner events
You can meet us at trade shows, seminars, trainings and webinars all year round.
You’re always up to date on our website.
6
We care
The basis for our worldwide business is first-class customer
service before, during and after sale.
How can we help you?
BYK-Gardner is a truly international company with customer care centers at own
subsidiaries and exclusive agents to guarantee local support in every country’s
native language.
Whether you...
need help to select the right product
want to know prices or availability
want to place an order or track your shipment
need professional technical support
›
›
›
›
…you can easily find the right contact for your country on our web page
www.byk.com or just call one of our BYK-Gardner offices.
We are looking forward to answering your questions or to assist you to find
the right contact.
BYK-Gardner GmbH
Lausitzer Straße 8
82538 Geretsried
Germany
Tel.0-800-gardner
(0-800-4273637)
+49-8171-3493-0
Fax.+49-8171-3493-140
BYK-Gardner USA
9104 Guilford Road
Columbia, Maryland 21046
USA
Phone+1-800-343-7721
+1-301-483-6500
Fax +1-800-394-8215
+1-301-483-6555
BYK-Gardner GmbH
Shanghai Representative Office
6A Building A,
Yuehong Plaza, No. 88 Hongcao Road
Shanghai, 200233
P.R. China
Phone+86-21-3367-6331
Fax +86-21-3367-6332
7
BYK-Gardner
Your Source for
Continuing Education
Expand your foundations of knowledge and stay up-to-date
on new developments
Global technical support guaranteed
Our technical application specialists are always available to help you with your
questions and problems – either over the phone or in person at your facility.
› Send your samples to our test labs for free testing and recommendation
of the best solution for your specific application
On-site visit to discuss specific application or seminar to review existing
or new measurement needs
›
>
BYK-Gardner Color & Appearance Seminars
Color and Gloss Measurement in Practice
In a one day seminar you will learn the basic theory of color and gloss measurement combined with practical hands-on workshops. Bring your own samples to
the seminar and discuss your specific application with our trained experts.
Ideal for beginners and as refresher course.
For more information and seminar calendar please refer to
www.byk.com/press-events
>
BYK-Gardner “60 Minutes” – FREE Webinars
If you have limited time Webinars are an ideal tool to learn color and appearance
theory step-by-step. Every two months different topics will be covered for easy
digestion.
Learning made easy and convenient from your office!
For more information and seminar calendar please refer to
www.byk.com/press-events
8
Repair and
Certification Service
One essential component of excellent service is worldwide
repair and certification service of standards and instruments.
Our local qualified service stations guarantee a quick turnaround time or loaner availability.
Preventive Maintenance Service
In order to keep your instrument in excellent operating condition and enhance your
instrument’s lifetime, yearly preventive maintenance is recommended including the
following services:
› Cleaning of optics
› Test of instrument functionality
› Firmware and Software update
› Control of measuring instrument with standard set
› Control of calibration and checking standards
› Traceable Certificate
› Calibration sticker on the instrument
At the same time you are ready for ISO/IEC 17025 or similar audits.
For more information please refer to
www.byk.com/support/instruments/repair-service
Recertification Service for Standards:
Today’s Quality Systems all require regular calibration of measurement standards.
BYK-Gardner offers checking standards and traceable recertification and calibration services, ensuring accurate measurement worldwide including the following
services:
› As received test data (where appropriate)
› Comprehensive cleaning of standard
› Final measurement data using master standards and master instrument
› Traceable Certificate
Warranty
We believe in the high quality and reliability of BYK-Gardner products. For this
reason we offer two years full warranty on all products from the date of purchase.
9
Small port for small parts
60° gloss meters with small spot 2x4 mm
– let the small things fit to the large.
90 GU
Gloss vs. Temperature
88
86
10 °C
40 °C
10 °C
Unsurpassed Performance
Best in temperature control
– reliable and stable results
from 10...40 °C.
S-Class for highest demands
The S-class ensures for
mat surfaces an increased
repeatability and interinstrument agreement.
Smart Functionality
Brilliant color display and
intuitive menu. Easy to read
– easy to use.
Measure what you see.
micro-gloss
Intelligent gloss measurement
with smart communication
www.byk.com/instruments
Smart Communication
Instant QC reports with
trend graph, Pass/Fail limits
and automated naming.
New!
Appearance
APPEARANCE
Color
Physical Properties
Technical Service
Index
APPEARANCE
Introduction Appearance13
Gloss15
Introduction 15
17
New! micro-gloss Family 20°, 60°, 85°
micro-gloss with thickness sensor 19
20
New! micro-gloss for small parts micro-gloss 45° 21
micro-gloss 75° 22
Software smart-chart 23
New!
Gloss accessories for cosmetics
25
Haze31
Introduction31
Laboratory Instrument
33
haze-gloss
33
Orange Peel /DOI35
Introduction35
wave-scan dual39
wave-scan II
43
micro-wave-scan46
wave-scan ROBOTIC
49
Software smart-process
51
Mottling55
Introduction55
cloud-runner58
Software smart-process
61
Transparency67
Introduction67
haze-gard i
70
12
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Introduction
Appearance
Appearance Perception
APPEARANCE
Color
Uniform appearance is an important quality criterion for many
products. Gloss effects are based on the interaction of light with
the physical properties of the sample surface. The other influencing component is the physiological evaluation scale.
The human eye is still the best tool to evaluate gloss differences.
However, control by visual analysis is insufficient, because
■ evaluation conditions are not clearly defined, and
■ people see and judge differently
■ In addition, subjective perception of appearance is
dependent on personal experience: what is glossy for a
paper manufacturer might be dull for an automotive maker.
The following criteria are involved in visual evaluation:
Surface Condition
Physical Properties
■ Material (eg. coating, plastic, metal)
■ Structure (eg. smooth, rough, wavy)
Illumination
Prerequisite for appearance evaluation is direct illumination.
Diffuse illumination causes diffuse reflection and decreases the
gloss impression.
Observer
Eyesight and mood have a decisive role in the visual judgement.
Also, it is important what our eye is focused on.
Technical Service
Components of visual evaluation
13
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
We evaluate a surface by focusing our eye on a reflected image
of a light source or on the surface itself. When we focus on the
reflected image of a light source, the image forming quality is
evaluated – i.e. the capability of a surface to reflect objects. The
light source can appear brilliant or dull (gloss). When reflecting an
edge the dark area can appear lighter (haze) and the edge can be
blurred or distinct (DOI).
Both evaluation types are individually weighted and contribute to
the total appearance perception.
Focus on reflected image
In order to guarantee reliable and practical quality assurance,
it is necessary to define appearance with objective, measurable
criteria. Accurate characterization of appearance does not only
help to control quality, but improves quality and optimizes the
manufacturing process.
When we focus on the surface, we gain additional information
about structure size and form. We see these structures as a wavy
pattern of light and dark areas. This waviness is often referred to
as orange peel or flow/leveling defects.
BYK-Gardner offers a complete system solution to test
appearance: from portable instruments such as glossmeters,
hazemeters, DOI meters and transparency meters; to benchtop
instruments with QC-software.
Focus on surface
14
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Introduction
Gloss Measurement
High Gloss
Smooth and highly polished surfaces reflect images distinctly. The
incident light is directly reflected on the surface, i.e. only in the
main direction of reflection. The angle of incidence is equal to the
angle of reflection.
GLOSS
Color
α
Appearance
Gloss
Gloss is a visual impression resulting from surface evaluation. The
more direct light is reflected, the more obvious the impression of
gloss will be.
α
Physical Properties
Matte to Semi Gloss
On rough surfaces the light is diffusely scattered in all directions.
The image forming qualities are diminished: A reflected object no
longer appears brilliant, but blurred. The more uniform the light
is scattered, the less intense the reflection in the main direction
and the surface will appear duller.
Technical Service
Glossmeter
A glossmeter measures the specular reflection. The light intensity
is registered over a small range of the reflection angle.
Detector
Measurement of specular reflection
15
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
The intensity is dependent on the material and the angle of
illumination. In case of non-metals (coatings, plastics) the amount
of reflected light increases with the increase of the illumination
angle. The remaining illuminated light penetrates the material
and is absorbed or diffusely scattered dependent on the color.
Metals have a much higher reflection and are less angle
dependent than non metals.
Example:
Glossmeters and their handling procedures had to be internationally specified to allow comparison of measurement values. The
angle of illumination is of high influence. In order to obtain a clear
differentiation over the complete measurement range from high
gloss to matte, 3 different geometries, i.e. 3 different ranges,
were defined:
Gloss Range
60° value
To be measured with
Low Gloss
> 70
< 10
20° geometry
85° geometry
Semi Gloss
High Gloss
10 to 70
60° geometry
In addition, there are industry specific applications for 45° and 75°
measurement geometry.
Non metal
Metal
The measurement results of a glossmeter are related to the
amount of reflected light from a black glass standard with a
defined refractive index, and not to the amount of incident light.
The measurement value for this defined standard is equal to
100 gloss units (calibration).
Materials with a higher refractive index can have a measurement
value above 100 gloss units (GU), e.g. films. In case of transparent materials, the measurement value can be increased due
to multiple reflection in the bulk of the material. Due to the high
reflection capabilities of metals, values of up to 2000 GU can be
reached. For these applications it is common to document the
measurement results in % reflection of the illuminated light.
In this case study 13 samples were visually ranked from matte to
high gloss and measured with the 3 specified geometries. In the
steep slopes of the curves, the differences between the samples
can be clearly measured, while in the flat part, the measurement
geometry no longer correlates with the visual.
Gloss measurement for any application – whether you are dealing
with specific applications or need a universal solution for matte to
high gloss samples, BYK-Gardner offers a complete line of glossmeters:
■ Reference laboratory instrument – haze-gloss
■ Portable micro-gloss family
Their unique features and benefits have made them the industry
standard for gloss measurement.
Application
20°
60°
85°
Coatings, plastic and related materials
High Gloss
Semi Gloss
Low Gloss
ISO 2813
■
■
■
ASTM D 523
■
■
■
ASTM D 2457
■
■
DIN 67530
■
■
■
JIS Z 8741
■
■
■
ASTM C 346
45°
Ceramic, FIlm
75°
Paper, Vinyl
Semi Gloss
Low Gloss
■
■
■
■
■
Tappi T 480
■
Brightened Metal
ISO 7668
16
■
■
■
■
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
micro-gloss
New!
The new intelligence in
gloss measurement
Appearance
Gloss
The micro-gloss has been the unsurpassed industry standard
in gloss measurement for many years. It is the only glossmeter
combining the highest accuracy, ease-of-use and multiple
functionality - essential for today`s testing requirements. In
addition, the smart-chart software is the ideal tool for smart
communication with professional documentation and efficient
data analysis.
Brilliant color display:
easy to read - easy to use
Color
Ergonomics and easy handling were the main focus for the
design. The micro-gloss is not too large and not too small - it feels
just right in your hand. The scroll wheel operation and new color
display with an easy-to-navigate menu make gloss measurement
easier than ever before.
Auto diagnosis:
Standard OK - Calibration OK
Physical Properties
Accurate readings require reliable calibration. The gloss meter
and calibration holder make a perfect couple - the calibration
standard is always protected in the holder of the micro-gloss.
The intelligent auto diagnosis of the gloss meter is a unique
feature which guarantees long-term calibration stability and tells
you when to calibrate. It even checks whether the standard is
clean. Operator friendly. Safe.
Gloss of paint or metal from matte to mirror gloss
17
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
With the micro-gloss gloss meter you can measure any
material - paints, plastics or brightened metals. Its expanded range
measures from very matte to mirror like reflection of up to 2000
gloss units, automatically and without additional calibration.
Always reliable results – according to international standards.
Smart functions for any task
Basic mode
Different tasks require different tools. The easy to turn scroll
wheel of the glossmeter quickly shows you all needed functions
- even without a PC:
The Basic mode is your tool to quickly check the gloss of a few
samples.
The Statistic mode not only shows the average, but all statistical data needed to judge whether the measured difference is
significant or how uniform the surface gloss is on your sample.
You define what you want to see: mean, standard deviation,
range, min/max, ...
Statistic mode
Difference mode
The Difference mode allows you to define a reference with Pass/
Fail limits and will compare all of the following measurements to
the selected reference. The Pass/ Fail indication is colorfully shown
on the high resolution display – ideal for production control.
The Continuous mode is the most efficient way to quickly check
the uniformity of a large sample surface. You define the measurement interval and are now ready to continuously measure the
gloss by sliding the micro-gloss over the surface. When finished,
the average with min - max range are displayed.
Continuous mode
Technical Performance:
Unsurpassed in the industry
No matter how harsh your production conditions are or how tight
your limits may be, accuracy and reliability of the micro-gloss are
proven by thousands of users to guarantee always the highest
quality.
The long-term stable LED light source of the glossmeter provides
not only highly repeatable results for many years, but also will
never burn out. A 10 year warranty on the lamp life is guaranteed.
Due to advanced temperature control, the micro-gloss assures
the highest stability of the gloss readings - if you are in the lab or
move to a “hot spot” on the line.
Our patented calibration procedure during the production of the
glossmeters enables an excellent inter-instrument agreement. No
matter how far your customer may be away, if he is one of the
thousands of micro-gloss users, he will read the same values as
you.
18
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
micro-TRI-gloss
See changes under the right angle
Appearance
Gloss
High – medium – low gloss: What is your application?
The micro-TRI-gloss combines 20°, 60°, 85° in one glossmeter - as
handy as the one angle unit. Having three geometries in one unit
allows you to be in compliance with international standards and
to quickly recognize quality variations.
In order to obtain differences clearly, over the whole range from
matte to high gloss, three measurement geometries were specified in international glossmeter standards. Each geometry is optimized for a specific gloss range.
All selected angles measure at the same location and the
results are displayed instantly - including Statistics, Difference, or
Pass/Fail.
Color
The different gloss of these two
samples is more clearly shown in
the 20° readings.
Physical Properties
micro-TRI-gloss μ
Gloss and Film Thickness
in one Instrument
■
Standards
Dual sensor Fe/NFe - measures thickness
on steel as well as on aluminum
ISO
ASTM
DIN
Simultaneous display 20°, 60°, 85° for high gloss to matte coatings
■
Gloss
2813, 7668
D523
67530
Technical Service
An efficient coatings process should use as little paint as possible
and fulfill the quality specifications given by the customer. Gloss
and film thickness are important QC criteria for coatings.
The micro-TRI-gloss Μ measures both, at the same position and
in seconds. This saves time and is ideal for checks in the field only one instrument to carry.
Thickness
2178, 2360, 2808
B499, D1400
19
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
micro-gloss S-Family
A matte finish is not only a new design trend but also can be a
must for applications where no or low reflection is essential - such
as car interior. Often, a variety of materials, from leather to plastics, is used and needs to be harmonized. Additionally, surface
structures vary from large grains to fine stipples, usually with very
low gloss. In order to guarantee a uniform look among the various parts, very tight tolerances are specified.
Only testing instruments with excellent precision will be able
to objectively control production. The new micro-gloss S family
offers improved performance for 60° gloss in the critical low gloss
range (0-20 GU). This excellent accuracy can be guaranteed due
to our patented calibration procedure during the production of
the glossmeters.
Technical Specifications
Measurement range
Repeatability
Reproducibility
0 - 20 GU
± 0.1 GU
± 0.2 GU
20 - 100 GU 100 - 2000 GU
± 0.2 GU
± 0.2 %
± 0.5 GU
± 0.5 %
Please note additional information
of this application on page 30
Excellent inter-instrument agreement
micro-gloss XS
Small port for small parts
Today, many products not only consist of different parts, but are
composed of parts with similar surface appearance. An appealing
design is important for the success of products like smart phones,
computers or home electronics. Often small parts are integrated
in a large part or connect parts such as frames, buttons or decorative trim pieces. Their size and design make it difficult to evaluate
with a classical gloss meter.
The micro-gloss XS is a 60° gloss meter with a small measuring
area of 2x4 mm, an ideal solution to measure small parts and
assure that they fit with the large components.
An additional version, micro-gloss 60° XS-S, is available for
measuring very matte surfaces with increased technical
performance.
20
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Gloss Measurement for
Specific Applications
micro-gloss 45°
Appearance
Gloss
Specific materials require specific measuring angles: Ceramic
materials, plastic films and solid plastics, paper and paperboard
either measure specular gloss at the standard geometries 20°,
60°, 85° or at industry specific geometries 45° or 75°.
micro-gloss 45°: Specialized glossmeter for ceramics, plastics and plastic films.
Plastic films and solid plastics, both opaque and transparent,
are often measured at 45° angle for intermediate and low gloss
levels. For films that transmit light, a matte black backing such as
“Black scrub panel” cat. no. 5015 (see page 174), must be placed
behind the sample. Erroneous measurements will occur without
a suitable backing.
Color
Standard test methods ask for readings on at least three portions
of each specimen to get an indication of gloss uniformity. The
statistic mode of the micro-gloss will show the average and range
or standard deviation as a measure of sample uniformity.
Physical Properties
Ceramics, porcelain enamels and other finishes use the 45°
geometry and often provide a comparison of their resistance to
acid, alkali, or other environmental factors by measurement of
gloss loss.
In order to evaluate change of gloss it is essential to take multiple
readings over the entire sample surface and evaluate the average
to ensure representative results.
Standards
C346, D2457
Z8741
Technical Specifications
Geometry
45°
Application
Ceramic, Plastic, Plastic Films
Technical Service
ASTM
JIS
Measurement Range
0 - 180 GU
21
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Gloss Measurement for
Specific Applications
micro-gloss 75°
Especially coated paper, but also a variety of uncoated papers
request gloss control. The 75° geometry is suitable for most
ink films on paper and paperboard. Color differences have a
negligible influence on measured gloss. For example, a white
surface will measure less than one gloss unit higher than an otherwise identical black surface.
Very high gloss papers (lacquered, highly varnished or waxed)
should use a 20° measurement geometry. As defined in the TAPPI
standard for batch QC at least ten test specimens free from folds
or wrinkles or other imperfections are to be checked. The smartlab Gloss software is ideal to document and communicate the
measurement results. Its project management can be used to
record the quality of one material over time and send the data
either by PDF or Excel to all involved parties.
Another typical material to be tested for specular gloss using the
75° geometry is vinyl siding made principally from rigid PVC and
is used to clad exterior walls of buildings.
In order to evaluate the uniformity over large areas, the
“Continuous mode” of the micro-gloss will display the gloss
values in a predefined measurement interval while moving the
instrument over the surface.
select Continuous mode...
and measure:
micro-gloss 75°: Specialized glossmeter for paper, paperboard and structured
plastic e.g. vinyl siding.
Standards
ASTM
ASTM
TAPPI
22
D2457, D3679
Z8741
T480
Technical Specifications
Geometry
75°
Application
Paper, Vinyl Siding
Measurement Range
0 - 140 GU
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
smart-chart
New!
The smart way to communicate
Appearance
Gloss
smart-lab Gloss
Measure your products offline or online and transfer the
results to smart-lab Gloss. Immediately, you will get a
professional QC-report, including data table and graph.
■
Setup your product specifications in the Standard
Management module, with Pass - Warning - Fail limits
for display in your QC-reports.
■
Manage your lab work in projects to show production
process stability using trend reports.
Color
■
Physical Properties
smart-process Gloss
Ideal for products with multiple measurement locations.
Ideal for products with multiple measurement locations.
■
Setup Organizers for menu guided test sequences and clear
sample identification.
■
Efficient QC analysis for process control with a high sampling
rate. The data are saved in a SQL database which allows
handling of large data sets over a long time period.
■
Flexible data analysis based on defined identification
parameters for a certain time range. Monitor your process
stability with scorecards, trend reports and SPC charts
(box plot).
23
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
■
Certifi
ed Please refer to section
Preventive Maintenance.
In compliance with:
Standards
ISO
ASTM
DIN
JIS
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
Description
micro-gloss 20°
micro-gloss 60°
micro-gloss 85°
micro-TRI-gloss
micro-TRI-gloss Μ
micro-gloss 60° S
micro-TRI-gloss S
micro-gloss 45°
micro-gloss 75°
micro-gloss 60° XS
micro-gloss 60° XS-S
Comes complete with:
Glossmeter
Holder with integrated calibration tile
Traceable certificate
USB-cable, Battery
Operating manual
Carrying case
Software for download:
smart-lab Gloss or smart-process Gloss with 2 licenses
Note: After software download both software packages
can be used for 30 day free trial.
Thereafter, the user needs to decide and register
for one software package.
Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service
System Requirements:
Operating system: Windows® 7 SP1 or 8.1
Microsoft® . NET Framework 4
Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz, i7 recommended or equivalent
Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended
Hard-disc capacity: min. 300 MB
Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher
Interface: free USB-port
2813, 7668
D 523, D 2457
67530
Z 8741
Technical Specifications
Geometry
Application
Measuring Area
20°
high gloss
10 x 10 mm (0.4 x 0.4 in)
60°
semi gloss
9 x 15 mm (0.35 x 0.6 in)
85°
low gloss
5 x 38 mm (0.2 x 1.5 in)
20°, 60°, 85°
universal
see single angle
20°, 60°, 85°
universal
see single angle
60°
semi gloss
9 x 15 mm (0.35 x 0.6 in)
20°, 60°, 85°
universal
see single angle
45°
Ceramic, Plastic, Film
9 x 13 mm (0.35 x 0.5 in)
75°
Paper, Vinyl Siding
7 x 24 mm (0.3 x 0.95 in)
60°
semi gloss
2 x 4 mm (0.08 x 0.16 in)
60°
semi gloss
2 x 4 mm (0.08 x 0.16 in)
Measurement range¹
0 - 100 GU
100 - 2000 GU
Repeatability²
± 0.2 GU
± 0.2 %
Reproducibility²
± 0.5 GU
± 0.5 %
Spectral sensitivity
Measuring time
Thickness:
Substrate
Measurement Range
Accuracy
Memory
Interface
Power supply
Dimensions
Weight
Operating temperature
Relative humidity
CIE standard observer for illuminant CIE-C
0.5 seconds / geometry
Fe: magnetic, NFe: non-magnetic
0 - 500 Μm (0 - 20 mils)
± (1.5 Μm +2% of measured value)
999 readings with date and time
USB
one 1.5V AA Alkaline Battery 4,000 readings
or via USB-port
155 x 73 x 48 mm (6.1 x 2.9 x 1.9 in)
0.4 kg (0.9 lbs)
15 - 40 °C (60 - 104 °F)
up to 85 %, non-condensing
¹ for 45° and 75° glossmeters see previous pages
² for S-Type glossmeters see previous page
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
4405
4866
4867
Description
USB-Cable micro-gloss family
Software smart-lab Gloss
Software smart-process Gloss
Note: smart-chart license fee for more than two installations is quantity
dependent. Please contact your local BYK-Gardner representative.
24
Accessories
For data transfer from the glossmeter to a PC, USB-A
Software for professional analysis and documentation in the laboratory
Process QC Software for analysis of multi-component products
Export / Import
Standards (.xml format)
Organizer (.xml format)
Languages
English, German, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese, Japanese
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Accessories for
Cosmetics
Gloss
Appearance
Measurement of cosmetic products
The cosmetic industry is very much driven by aesthetics. Consistent raw materials and stable process parameters are the key to
uniform and repeatable color and appearance quality. For each
different product type (e.g. nail polish, lip gloss, eye shadow,
foundation...) a standardized sample preparation is required in
order to guarantee repeatable measurement results.
Measurement of
cylindrical products
New!
Color
Sample Holder Cosmetics
The Sample Holder Cosmetics is especially designed for gloss
measurements using micro-gloss on cylindrical shaped
products, e.g.
■ Cosmetic Packaging such as hairspray cans
25
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
■ Easy-handling
■ Precise and repeatable positioning of sample
■ No ambient light
■ Durable, easy-to-clean material
■ Non-contact measurement
Physical Properties
For repeatable results the product is placed into a sample drawer,
which can be comfortably opened and closed. Magnets keep the
drawer from sliding open. A mask is fit on top of the sample
drawer to hold the micro-gloss in place and allow non-contact measurements of your products in a completely shielded
compartment.
For gloss measurements using micro-gloss on cylindrical shaped
products the Sample Holder Cosmetics is used together with a
Cylinder Kit:
■ Customizable inlays for various diameters of cylindrical
shaped products
■ Optimum form closure guarantees tight fit of inlays inside the
holder
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
6459
Description
Sample Holder Cosmetics
Accessories
6464
Cylinder Kit
Dimensions: 24 x 10 x 10 cm (9.4 x 3.9 x 3.9 in.)
Weight: 2.2 kg (4.9 lbs)
Max. length of cylinder: 229 mm
Max. diameter of cylinder: 67 mm
Please provide sample for customization of inlays
Measurement of wet drawdowns
Wet Drawdown Template – G
The Wet Drawdown Template – G is especially designed for gloss
measurements using micro-gloss on non-drying drawdowns, e.g.
■ Drawdowns of Lipstick Paste
■ Drawdowns of Liquid Foundation
To simulate how the gloss of a product will look like when
applied, a drawdown is made on a test chart. The template is
then placed over the drawdown without touching the surface of
the wet sample. For repeatable non-contact measurements, the
template is equipped with a mask to hold the micro-gloss.
■ Made of easy-to-clean hard-anodized aluminum
■ Non-contact measurements ensure clean and fast handling
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
4439
Description
Wet Drawdown Template – G
Info!
26
Accessories
Dimensions: 10.0 x 17.0 cm (3.94 x 6.69 in.)
Min. Film Width: 35 mm (1.38 in.)
Max. Film Width: 80 mm (3.15 in.)
Measurement results are greatly affected by application quality. Therefore the use of an automatic film applicator
(e.g. byko-drive) is recommended. For more information please refer to the section "Application".
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Measurement of powdery
or pasty products
For repeatable results the product is pressed or poured into a
sample cup. During sample preparation of pressed powders, it
is important to always maintain the same plunger pressure as
well as the same plunger tissue. It is recommended to use a
fine-woven fabric to create a smooth, non-textured surface. The
holder is equipped with a mask onto which the micro-gloss is
placed for non-contact measurements.
Ordering Information
Description
Sample Holder Round Dish – G
6416
Adapter Rings for 4453
Info!
Accessories
Including adapter ring and 5 cuvettes ø 35.5 mm, height 4.5 mm
Measurement distance approx. 1 mm
Five adapter rings of various sizes
Please specify diameter (max. round container size: ø 60 mm)
For further information and best practice examples on your specific application (nails, lips, face, eyes...) please
refer to our brochure “QC Solutions for Cosmetics”, which can be downloaded from http://www.byk.com
Physical Properties
Cat. No.
4453
Color
■ Made of easy-to-clean hard-anodized aluminum
■ Non-contact measurement to protect the instrument’s optics
■ Customized adapter rings are offered to use the holder with
custom specific cuvettes
Gloss
Appearance
Sample Holder Round Dish – G
The Sample Holder Round Dish – G is developed for gloss measurements using micro-gloss on powdery or pasty materials, e.g.
■ Pressed Powders
■ Creamy Eye Shadows
Technical Service
27
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Calibration Holder
Replacement holder with high gloss calibration tile.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
4441
4443
4445
4447
4455
4457
Description
Calibration Holder 20°
Calibration Holder 60°
Calibration Holder 85°
Calibration Holder TRI
Calibration Holder 45°
Calibration Holder 75°
Comes complete with:
Holder with integrated calibration tile and traceable certificate
Checking Standard
In order to control the performance and linearity of the glossmeter
it is recommended to use a checking standard periodically. The
control interval is dependent on the usage conditions of the glossmeter.
The gloss tiles are built into an aluminum track that the glossmeter
fits into to guarantee accurate and repeatable measurements.
The included certificate is traceable to international institutes.
Please refer to section
Preventive Maintenance.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
4422
Description
Checking Standard micro 20°
4462
Checking Standard micro 60°
4464
Checking Standard micro 60° S
4487
Checking Standard micro 85°
4434
Checking Standard TRI
4438
Checking Standard micro-TRI S
4433
Checking Standard Mirror, TRI
4458
Checking Standard micro 45°
4459
Checking Standard micro 75°
Technical Specifications
Dimensions
170 x 103 x 17 mm High and semi gloss tile
(6.7 x 4.1 x 0.7 in)
170 x 103 x 17 mm
(6.7 x 4.1 x 0.7 in)
170 x 103 x 17 mm
(6.7 x 4.1 x 0.7 in)
170 x 103 x 17 mm
(6.7 x 4.1 x 0.7 in)
170 x 103 x 26 mm
(6.7 x 4.1 x 1 in)
170 x 103 x 26 mm
(6.7 x 4.1 x 1 in)
170 x 103 x 26 mm
(6.7 x 4.1 x 1 in)
170 x 103 x 17 mm
(6.7 x 4.1 x 0.7 in)
170 x 103 x 17 mm
(6.7 x 4.1 x 0.7 in)
High and semi gloss tile
High gloss and low gloss tile,
approx. 5 GU at 60°
High and semi gloss tile
High gloss and 3 semi gloss tiles 20°, 60°, 85°
High gloss and 3 semi gloss tiles 20°, 60°, 85°,
60° tile approx. 5 GU
High gloss and 3 semi gloss tiles 20°, 60°, 85°,
highly reflective
High and semi gloss tile
High and semi gloss tile
Comes complete with:
Checking standard in aluminum track
with traceable certificate
28
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Glossmeter Accessories
Additional Standards
Ordering Information
Special Standard, Mirror
Comes complete with:
Standard
Traceable certificate
Protective case
Technical Specifications
Black glass tile, polished, for 20°, 60°, 85°
Black glass tile, 20° value approx. 60 to 70 gloss units
Black glass tile, 60° value approx. 40 to 50 gloss units
Black glass tile, 85° value approx. 15 to 25 gloss units
High gloss, polished mirror, for 20°, 60°, 85°
Black glass tile, gloss value can be defined
Physical Properties
Description
High Gloss Standard
Semi Gloss Standard 20°
Semi Gloss Standard 60°
Semi Gloss Standard 85°
Mirror Gloss Standard
Special Standard, Black Glass
Color
Cat. No.
4050
4051
4052
4053
4056
4057
4058
Gloss
Appearance
These 100 x 100 mm (4 x 4 in) glass tiles can be used for any
glossmeter as a reference. If standards with specific values are
needed, ask for Cat. No. 4057 or 4058.
Semi gloss, highly reflective, gloss value can be defined
Please refer to section
Certification Services.
Technical Service
29
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Color and Gloss Control of
Automotive Interior Parts
The S-Family with close tolerances for
toughest QC specs
How many hours do you spend in your car? Most likely you will
say “many”. Thus, the interior design is getting more and more
important in your purchasing decision.
A big challenge for every car manufacturer is to achieve a
“feeling”of high value and at the same time minimize cost.
Therefore, a variety of materials are used and need to be harmonized. The design group specifies the color, gloss and grain. Once
a new color or material or process is approved, a new “style”
is born – ready for implementation. At this point the supplier
quality group takes ownership and starts working with various
part suppliers. As a starting point master standard plaques of
the new colors are manufactured with usually a flat and several
grained areas. These are sent to the suppliers as their target to
achieve with actual production parts.
As the master plaques and final parts are often made of different materials the suppliers work closely with the car maker.
At the end the final approval is given on a production part.
This production part now becomes the standard for the supplier.
In order to guarantee a uniform look among the various materials
very tight tolerances are specified.
Typical tolerances
Color: ΔL*, Δa*, Δb* = +/- 0.5
60° Gloss: < 5 GU +/- 0.3 to 0.5
It is impossible to visually assess, if color and gloss are within
these very tight tolerances. Only testing instruments with excellent precision will be able to objectively control the production.
New color and gloss instruments with
tighter technical specs
BYK-Gardner succeeded in off ering a new line of color and gloss
meters with improved technical performance for 60° gloss in the
low gloss range (0-10 GU). The excellent repeatability of +/- 0.1
can be guaranteed due to our patented calibration procedure
for the new micro-gloss and spectro-guide families.
How can a gloss or color tolerance
of +/- 0.5 be meaningful?
Instead of working with absolute color or gloss numbers the
supplier production QC needs to be based on the signed-off part
and only the differences are checked. This procedure eliminates
the reproducibility error as color and gloss are measured relatively
on the same type of material and same surface. Therefore, a
difference of 0.3 gloss units from part to part can be considered
as a significant difference.
micro-gloss S see page 20
In addition to the improved technical performance the micro-gloss
and spectro-guide families offer you unique benefits to always
guarantee precise results:
› Long-term stable calibration – needed only every three
months. Guaranteed even when the temperature or humidity
changes.
Temperature stable color and gloss data between
10 °C – 40 °C
10 years warranty on the light source
›
›
spectro-guide S see page 86
Introduction
Reflection Haze
Appearance
Haze
High quality (class A) surfaces are expected to have a clear and
brilliant appearance. Microstructures, e. g. poor dispersion, can
cause a milky appearance. This effect is described as milkiness
or haze.
A high gloss surface with microscopic texture has diffused light
with low intensity adjacent to the main direction of reflection. The
majority of the incident light is reflected in the specular direction
which makes the surface appear highly glossy with image forming
qualities, but with a milky haziness on top of it.
HAZE
Color
Physical Properties
Technical Service
31
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Objective Measurement of High
Gloss Surfaces: Gloss and Haze
The phenomenon haze can be seen on high gloss surfaces only.
Therefore, 20° geometry is used just like with a glossmeter.
The aperture range of a 20° gloss meter is 1.8°. Two additional
sensors next to the gloss detector measure the intensity of the
diffused light, responsible for haze. Thus, the specularly reflected
and scattered light are measured simultaneously.
In order to better correlate with the visual perception, haze is
displayed in a logarithmic scale – the lower the haze reading the
better the surface.
Analysis of High Gloss Surfaces:
Gloss and Haze
Haze is often caused by specific parameters in the production
process, i.e.:
■ Pigment type and degree of dispersion
■ Binder and additive type
■ Application and processing
Examples
Degree of Dispersion
The graph on the right shows the influence of degree of dispersion on gloss and haze. Pigment particles smaller than 10 µm will
show a tremendous reduction in haze while the gloss value is
nearly the same.
Application Type
In practice it is important to test the process compatibility of a
paint system. In the example on the side, different paint systems
were applied with electrostatic and pneumatic equipment:
System A flocculates under the electrostatic spray condition which
can be seen in the increased haze value. System B shows an
excellent low haze value with pneumatic application, but a
tendency to flocculation with electrostatic equipment.
System C was optimized for either application.
Polishing
Other causes for haze can be weathering, abrasion or polishing
marks.
Simultaneous measurement of gloss and haze allows objective
evaluation of the surface quality. BYK-Gardner offers a stationary
haze meter, the haze-gloss, especially developed for the use in
the laboratory.
32
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
haze-gloss
The Reference Instrument
for any Application
Appearance
Haze
The hazemeter was designed for the needs in the laboratory.
Gloss, haze and mirror reflection can all be measured with one
instrument for low to high gloss surfaces.
■ Gloss 20°, 60°, 85° and haze
■ Mirror reflection for materials with very high reflection
capabilities, such as metals
■ Reference beam, closed optics and self diagnosis
guarantee accurate quality control
■ Statistics with average, min/max and standard deviation
■ Large storage capacity and data transfer from the
hazemeter to a PC prepare you for ISO 9000
Color
Quick Measurement of
many Samples
Standards
ISO
ASTM
DIN
2813, 13803
D 523, D 2457, E 430
67530
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
4601
Physical Properties
■ Foot switch and automatic measurement for fast sampling
Illuminated target facilitates sample positioning
■ Ready for measurement without warm-up time
■ Long-term calibration and menu guided operation –
simple and secure
■ Operation in English, German, French, Spanish, and Italian –
switchable
Description
haze-gloss
Gloss
Measurement Range
Repeatability
Reproducibility
Haze
Measurement Range
Repeatability
Reproducibility
Measuring Area
Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service
Memory
Interface
Power Supply
Dimensions
Weight
0 - 2000 GU¹
0.2 GU²
0.5 GU²
Technical Service
Comes complete with:
Hazemeter
High gloss and haze standard incl. certificate
easy-link software
Interface cable
Foot switch
Power cord
Operating manual
Technical Specifications
10 - 2500 HU³
1 HU*
7 HU*
20°: 15 x 15 mm (0.6 x 0.6 in)
60°: 15 x 27 mm (0.6 x 1.0 in)
85°: 8 x 60 mm (0.3 x 2.4 in)
9 x 600 values
serial RS 232
115 / 230 V, 50 / 60 Hz, requirement 50 VA
33 x 52 x 40 cm (13 x 20.5 x 15.7 in)
14.3 kg (31.5 lbs)
¹ Gloss Units, ² 0 - 100 GU, ³ Haze Units (Hlog), * measured on high gloss standard
33
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Documentation of
Measurement Data
The program easy-link allows quick data transfer from the hazemeter to Excel® for further analysis and professional documentation.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
4616
4617
4618
4624
4614
4615
4623
4626
4545
Accessories
Description
Checking standard 20°, for 4601
Checking standard 60°, for 4601
Black glass, semi gloss for checking purposes, certificate included
Black glass, semi gloss for checking purposes, certificate included
High Gloss Standard haze-gloss
Haze Standard haze-gloss
Replacement calibration standard gloss, certificate included
Replacement calibration standard haze, certificate included
Checking standard 85°, for 4601
Mirror Gloss Standard, for 4601
Sample Table
USB-cable haze-gloss
BYKWARE easy-link
Black glass, semi gloss for checking purposes, certificate included
High gloss, polished mirror, for 20°, 60°, 85°, certificate included
Larger platform for sample support table, 28 x 15 cm (11 x 6 in)
For data transfer from hazemeter to a PC
Software for direct data transfer and documentation in Excel®
Please refer to section
Preventive Maintenance.
34
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Introduction
Structure size
Surfaces with different structure sizes will appear visually
different:
Small structures
ORANGE PEEL / DOI
Orange
Appearance
Peel / DOI
The total appearance and the visibility of structures depend on
the structure size, the observing distance and the image forming
quality.
Large structures
Color
The waviness of automotive paints is in a range of approx. 0.1
to 30 mm wavelength. These phenomena are often visually
evaluated and subjective terms like degree of peel or texture are
used as descriptions.
Orange peel can be seen on high gloss surfaces as a wavy pattern
of light and dark areas.
Depending on the slope of the structure element the light is
reflected in various directions. Only the elements reflecting the
light in the direction of our eyes are perceived as light areas.
Physical Properties
Technical Service
35
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Observing distance
Visibility of structures is dependent on the observing distance. The
greater the distance, the smaller objects will appear. Structures
with a size of 10 to 30 mm can best be seen at a distance of
approx. 3 m. Fine structures in a range of 0.1 to 1 mm can only
be recognized at a close distance.
Short distance:
Shortwave
Large distance:
Longwave
Resolution of our eyes
The resolvable structure size is also dependent on the observing
distance. Very fine structures that are below the human eye’s
resolution (approx. 0.1 mm) can no longer be recognized as
a light / dark pattern, even at a close distance. The result is a
reduction of the image forming quality (IFQ). At 3 m distance,
structures between 1 - 3 mm can hardly be resolved as a waviness
but influence the appearance.
Image Forming Quality (IFQ)
The higher contrast and sharpness of a reflected object, e.g. the
edges of black and white lines, the better the image forming
quality will be. Fine structures disturb the reflected image, consequently edges become blurry and are no longer sharp.
Image Forming Quality at a close distance:
Distinctness of Image (DOI)
DOI can also be described with terms like brilliance, sharpness
or clarity. DOI is diminished by very fine structures close to the
human eye resolution (smaller than 0.3 mm).
Image Forming Quality at a far distance:
Wet Look
At a distance of 3 m, the image forming quality is mainly
influenced by structures between 1 - 3 mm. This effect is referred
to as Wet Look.
Please refer to section
wave-scandual
36
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Simulation of the Visual
Perception Waviness
Orange
Appearance
Peel / DOI
The wave-scan simulates visual perception. Like our eyes, the
instrument optically scans the wavy light / dark pattern. A laser
point light source illuminates the specimen at a 60° angle and a
detector measures the reflected light intensity at the equal but
opposite angle. The orange peel meter is rolled across the surface
and measures point by point the optical profile of the surface
across a defined distance. The wave-scan analyzes the structures
according to their size. In order to simulate the human eye’s
resolution at various distances, the measurement signal is divided
into several ranges using mathematical filter functions:
Wa 0.1...... 0.3 mm wavelength
Wb 0.3......... 1 mm wavelength
Wc 1............. 3 mm wavelength
Wd 3.......... 10 mm wavelength
We 10........ 30 mm wavelength
SW 0.3...... 1.2 mm wavelength
LW 1.2........ 12 mm wavelength
Color
Dullness
20°
Camera
Physical Properties
Structures smaller than 0.1 mm influence visual perception, therefore the wave-scan uses a CCD camera to measure the diffused
light caused by these fine structures. This parameter is referred
to as “dullness”.
Structure Spectrum
37
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
The values of dullness and Wa to We form a “structure spectrum”.
This allows a detailed analysis of Orange Peel and its influencing
factors, being material or application parameters.
wave-scan Scales
The detailed information of the structure spectrum as well as LW
and SW became the basis to correlate to customer specific scales
and to the DOI as described in ASTM E430:
DOI
Rating:
Tension-Scales:
GM-Tension
P-Tension
H-Tension
Ford Scales:
Luster
Sharpness
Orange Peel
Combined
Daimler Chrysler Scales:
Gloss DCA
Dorigon DCA
Orange Peel DCA
Over All DCA
BMW Scales:
N1 Note 1 m
N3 Note 3 m
Function of du, Wa and Wb
Correlation to ASTM E430,
scaling is similar to 20° gloss
Orange Peel based on ACT panels
Leveling
GM Specification
Honda Specification
Honda Specification
Interpretation of
Measurement Results
Substrate Influence:
In the following graph, the substrate roughness telegraphs
through the clear coat and reduces the brilliance of the coating.
Sample D is a lasertex panel with a specific texture resulting in
lower SW values.
A measurement for Gloss
A measurement for DOI
A measurement for Leveling
An overall rating
A measurement for Gloss
A measurement for DOI
A measurement for Leveling
An overall rating
A ranking note for 1m observation
A ranking note for 3m observation
Influence of Baking Position:
In general, horizontal surfaces have shown better flow and
leveling characteristics, i.e. in the values for the longer waves
(Wc ... We). The smaller waves are hardly influenced by the
baking position.
Influence of Film Thickness:
The structure spectrum can help optimize the appearance, e.g.
in determining the optimum film thickness. Increasing clear coat
thickness improves flow and leveling. In the graph this can be
seen in decreasing Wc and Wd values.
38
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
wave-scan dual
Orange
Appearance
Peel / DOI
Orange Peel and DOI measurement
on high to semi gloss surfaces
... appearance control is no longer limited to final topcoat
inspection. The orange peel meter scans the optical profile of high
gloss surfaces using a laser light source. An additional, infrared –
high energy LED allows measuring the same structure spectrum
(0.1 - 30 mm) on medium gloss surfaces. The dullness measurement is recorded with state-of-the-art CCD camera technology. It
gives information on the image forming qualities of the surface
caused by structures < 0.1mm.
Close the appearance control loop
for the entire paint process
Color
Thus, the surface quality after each paint process step can be
objectively evaluated. No more guessing which substrate layer is
influencing the final appearance. The wave-scan dual will help you
to objectively analyze appearance problems and reduce the time
necessary for trouble shooting.
Example: Influence of Steel Quality
on Final Appearance
Step 2: Appearance Control after Primer Surfacer
The primer surfacer was applied on both panels. The roughness
of the steel quality can still be detected in increased Wb and
Wc- values. This primer system could not completely cover the
steel influence.
Technical Service
Step 3: Appearance Control after Topcoat
The final appearance shows higher shortwave values on the
rougher steel panel. Therefore, the smooth panel will appear
more brilliant.
Physical Properties
Step 1: Appearance Control after E-coat
Same E-coat system was applied on rough and smooth steel.
The influence of rougher steel can be seen in increased Wb and
Wc-values.
wave-scan dual – a diagnostic tool for trouble shooting
and optimizing appearance
Now, you can establish appearance specifications for each paint
layer to ensure the final appearance is always on target.
39
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Objective and reliable
appearance data
■
■
Good correlation to wave-scan DOI on high gloss surfaces
Good correlation to mechanical profilometer
readings on medium gloss surfaces
Easy to use with one hand
For flat and curved areas
Small and light weight
■ Scroll wheel operation and multilingual menu
■ Selectable scales and scan lengths
■ Full statistics with saving in selectable memories
■ USB port for data transfer to PC
■ Software smart-chart:
– Organizer files for sample identification
– Data management with SQL Database
– Standard QC Reports
■
■
select mode ...
and measure
Always ready
The orange peel meter is operated with a rechargeable battery
pack (Li-Ion). The docking station automatically charges the
battery pack and transfers the measured data to the PC.
Optionally, the instrument can be operated with 3 standard mignon alkaline or rechargeable batteries – good for 1000 readings.
40
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Orange
Appearance
Peel / DOI
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
4840
Description
wave-scan dual
System requirements:
Operating system: Windows 7 SP1 or 8.1
Microsoft® .NET Framework 4
Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz; i7, 2.5 GHz recommended, or equivalent
Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended
Hard-disk capacity: min. 300 MB
Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher
Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD drive
Interface: free USB-port
Reproducibility¹
Object Curvature
Min. Sample Size
Scan Length
Resolution
Memory
Interface
Languages
Temperature Range
Rel. Humidity
< 0.1 mm
0.1 to 0.3 mm
0.3 to 1 mm
1 to 3 mm
3 to 10 mm
10 to 30 mm
du < 40: 4% or > 0.4
du > 40: 6% or > 0.6
du < 40: 6% or > 0.6
du > 40: 8% or > 0.8
radius > 500 mm
35 mm x 150 mm
5 / 10 / 20 cm
375 points/cm
1500 readings
USB port
English, French, German, Italian, Japanese,
Portuguese, Spanish
Laser diode, LED and IR-SLED
< 1 mW (Laser class 2)
150 x 110 x 55 mm (5.9 x 4.3 x 2.2 in.)
650 g (1.5 lbs)
rechargeable battery pack or 3 alkaline AA Batteries,
approx. 1000 readings
Technical Service
Light Source
Laser Energy
Dimensions
Weight
Power Supply
du < 65, linear range
Physical Properties
Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service
Application
High to Semi Gloss
Structure Spectrum
du
Wa
Wb
Wc
Wd
We
Repeatability¹
Color
Comes complete with:
Orange peel meter with protective cover,
Certificate,
Checking tile,
Software smart-chart,
Docking station and USB-cable,
2 rechargeable Li-Ion battery packs,
Battery holder for AA batteries,
3 Batteries, Operating manual,
Carrying case
Training
Technical Specifications
operation: +10 °C to 40 °C (+ 50 °F to 104 °F)
storage: 0 °C to 60 °C (+ 32°F to 140 °F)
up to 85 % at 35 °C (95 °F) non-condensing
¹Standard deviation
41
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Training wave-scan dual
BYK-Gardner offers you more than just an instrument. We assist
you in operating the wave-scan system and understanding your
appearance readings. As a result you will be able to use the orange peel meter to save time and money and at the same time
improve your quality.
Therefore, the instrument comes with a one day training course
including:
1. Orange Peel and DOI Theory
■ Visual perception and instrumental measurement of Orange
Peel and DOI
■ Data interpretation: How can the structure spectrum be used
to optimize process / material parameters
■ Data analysis using standard QC-reports:
– Summary by lines to show at one glance how various
colors are running at different paint lines
– Trend chart to show how specified zones perform over a
defined time range
– SPC-chart for daily process control of your critical colors
and highrunners: xR-chart
– Zone profile for trouble shooting using the structure
spectrum
■ Create your own reports in Excel®
– Transfer data from the database to Excel®
– Pivot function to define layout in Excel®
2. Operation and Software Training
■ Set-up of an “Organizer” to create a routine measurement
procedure
■ Programming of the instrument with “organizer” and
measurement of several samples
■ Direct data transfer to Excel for documentation of individual
readings
■ Data transfer to smart-chart software and saving in a
database for routine QC
The training can be performed in one day or two half days. It is
recommended to split the training into two half days:
Day 1: Theory and basic operation (set-up organizer,
taking readings and saving data in a database)
Day 2: 3-4 weeks later to ensure readings were taken and
saved in a database. Data analysis and standard
QC reports can be explained using customer
specific data.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
4843
Description
Checking Tile wave-scan dual
Accessories
4841
4842
4831
Docking Station, for 4840/4846
Battery Pack, for 4840/4846
Software smart-chart
Replacement – please contact your local service department for replacement of your
checking tile.
Incl. USB interface cable and recharger 100 - 240 V self adapting
Rechargeable battery for automatic charge in docking station
Software for professional analysis and documentation of color and appearance
Please refer to section
Preventive Maintenance.
42
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
wave-scan II
Orange
Appearance
Peel / DOI
The specialist for high gloss
surfaces
Surface appearance changes with the size and distinctness of
structures. The wave-scan II objectively evaluates orange peel as
well as brilliance of topcoat finishes.
Objective and reliable
appearance data
■ Excellent correlation to wave-scan DOI
■ Classical Longwave and Shortwave
■ Structure spectrum to analyze appearance changes
■ Dullness and DOI measurement independent of
the paint system
select mode ...
and measure
Physical Properties
■ Easy handling – even on the moving car body
■ Small and light weight
■ For flat and curved areas, radius > 50 cm
■ Scroll wheel operation and multilingual menu
■ Scales and scan lengths can be selected directly from menu
■ Full statistics with saving in selectable memories
■ Large memory for 1500 readings
■ USB port for data transfer to PC
■ smart-chart software:
– Organizer files for sample id
– Data management with SQL Database
– Standard QC Reports
Color
Ideal size for the production line
Always ready
43
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
The orange peel meter is operated with a rechargeable battery
pack (Li-Ion). The docking station automatically charges the
battery pack and transfers the measured data to the PC.
Optionally, the wave-scan II can be operated with 3 standard
mignon alkaline or rechargeable batteries – good for 1000
readings.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
4846
Description
wave-scan II
Comes complete with:
Orange peel meter with protective cover,
Certificate,
Checking tile,
smart-chart software,
Docking station with USB-cable,
2 rechargeable Li-Ion battery packs,
Battery holder for AA alkaline batteries,
3 Batteries, Operating manual,
Carrying case,
Training
Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service
System requirements:
Operating system: Windows 7 SP1 or 8.1
Microsoft® .NET Framework 4
Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz; i7, 2.5 GHz recommended, or equivalent
Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended
Hard-disk capacity: min. 300 MB
Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher
Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD drive
Interface: free USB-port
Technical Specifications
Application
High Gloss Surfaces
Structure Spectrum
du
Wa
Wb
Wc
Wd
We
Repeatability ¹
Reproducibility ¹
Object Curvature
Min. Sample Size
Scan Length
Resolution
Memory
Interface
Languages
Light Source
Laser Energy
Dimensions
Weight
Power Supply
Temperature Range
Rel. Humidity
du < 40, linear range
< 0.1 mm
0.1 to 0.3 mm
0.3 to 1 mm
1 to 3 mm
3 to 10 mm
10 to 30 mm
4% or > 0.4
6% or >; 0.6
radius > 500 mm
35 mm x 150 mm
5 / 10 / 20 cm
375 points/cm
1500 readings
USB port
English, French, German, Italian, Japanese,
Portuguese, Spanish
Laser diode
< 1 mW (Laser class 2)
150 x 110 x 55 mm (5.9 x 4.3 x 2.2 in.)
650 g (1.5 lbs)
rechargeable battery pack or 3 AA alkaline batteries
approx. 1000 readings
operation: +10°C to 40°C (+50°F to 104°F)
storage: 0°C to 60°C (+32°F to 140°F)
up to 85% at 35°C (95°F), non-condensing
¹Standard deviation
44
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
1. Orange Peel and DOI Theory
■ Visual perception and instrumental measurement of
Orange Peel and DOI
■ Data interpretation: How can the structure spectrum
be used to optimize process and material parameters
Ordering Information
Description
Checking tile wave-scan II
4841
Docking Station, for 4840/4846
Battery Pack, for 4840/4846
Software smart-chart
4842
4831
Day 1: Theory and basic operation (set-up organizer,
taking readings and saving data in a database)
Day 2: 3-4 weeks later to ensure readings were taken and
saved in a database. Data analysis and standard
QC reports can be explained using customer
specific data.
Accessories
Replacement – please contact your local service department for replacement of your
checking tile.
Incl. USB interface cable and recharger 100 - 240 V self adapting
Rechargeable battery for automatic charge in docking station
Software for professional analysis and documentation of color and appearance
Physical Properties
Cat. No.
4847
■ Create your own reports in Excel®
– Transfer data from the database to Excel
– Pivot function to define layout in Excel
■ The training can be performed in one day or two half days. It
is recommended to split the training into two half days:
Color
2. Operation and Software Training
■ Set-up of an “Organizer” to create a routine measurement
procedure
■ Programming of the instrument with “organizer” and
measurement of several samples
■ Direct data transfer to Excel for documentation of
individual readings
■ Data transfer to smart-chart software and saving in a
database for routine QC
■ Data analysis using standard QC-reports:
– Summary by lines to show at one glance how various
colors are running at different paint lines
– Trend chart to show how specified zones perform
over a defined time range
– SPC-chart for daily process control of your critical
colors and highrunners: xR-chart
– Zone profile for trouble shooting using the
structure spectrum
Orange
Appearance
Peel / DOI
Training for wave-scan II
BYK-Gardner offers you more than just an instrument. We assist
you in operating the wave-scan system and understanding your
appearance readings. As a result you will be able to use the orange peel meter to save time and money and at the same time
improve your quality. Therefore, the instrument comes with a one
day training course including:
Please refer to section
Preventive Maintenance.
Technical Service
45
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
micro-wave-scan
Orange Peel and DOI measurement
Now you can measure Orange Peel and DOI on small and curved
surfaces: Automotive add-on parts – like bumpers, gas tank
doors, mirror housings, door handles, decorative trim or motorcycle parts.
...for curved and small parts
■ Curvature > 300 mm
■ Minimum sample size: 25 mm x 40 mm
■ Selectable scan length 20, 10 or even 5 cm
■ Measurement area: 4 mm x scan length
■ DOI measurement possible without scanning the surface
■ Good correlation to wave-scan DOI, the appearance
standard in the automotive industry
Fits in the palm of your hand
■ Small and light weight, easy to operate with one hand
■ New scroll wheel to select functions and operate button
to take readings
■ Large, multilingual display: complete statistics and
name input directly at the orange peel meter
■ Storage of 2000 readings in selectable memories
■ Docking station for recharging battery pack and
data transfer to PC
■ Rechargeable battery pack or standard mignon
batteries can be used
■ smart-chart software for professional analysis,
documentation and data management
select mode ...
and measure
Objective and reliable
appearance data
■ Structure spectrum gives detailed information about various
structure size
■ High correlation to the visual perception
■ Cause of appearance changes can be analyzed
■ DOI – Distinctness of Image: objective measurement
independent of paint system and curvature
46
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Always ready
Orange
Appearance
Peel / DOI
The micro-wave-scan is operated with a rechargeable battery pack
(Li-Ion). The docking station automatically charges the battery
pack and transfers the measured data to the PC. Optionally, the
orange peel meter can be operated with 2 standard AA alkaline
or rechargeable batteries – good for 1000 readings.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
4824
Description
micro-wave-scan
Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service
Application
High Gloss Surfaces
Structure Spectrum
Scan length/
Measurement scales
Repeatability¹
Reproducibility¹
Object Curvature
Min. Sample Size
Measurement Area
Scan Length
Resolution
Memory
Interface
Languages
Light Source
Laser Energy
Dimensions
Weight
Power Supply
Temperature Range
Relative Humidity
du < 40, linear range
du: < 0.1 mm
Wa: 0.1 - 0.3 mm
Wb: 0.3 - 1 mm
Wc: 1 - 3 mm
Wd: 3 - 10 mm
20 cm: du, Wa...Wd, L, S, DOI
10 cm: du, Wa...Wd, L, S, DOI
5 cm: du, Wa...Wd, L, S, DOI
0 cm: du, Wa, Wb, DOI
8% or > 0.8
12% or > 1.2
radius > 300 mm
25 mm x 40 mm
4 mm x scan length
5 / 10 / 20 cm
375 points/cm
2000 readings
USB port
English, French, German, Italian, Japanese,
Portuguese, Spanish
Laser diode, LED
< 1 mW (Laser class 2)
70 x 120 x 40 mm (2.7 x 4.7 x 1.6 in)
250 g (0.6 lbs)
rechargeable battery pack or 2 AA batteries,
approx. 1000 readings
operation: +10°C - 40°C (+50°F - 104°F)
storage: 0°C - 60°C (+32°F - 140°F)
up to 85% at 35°C (95°F)
Technical Service
System requirements:
Operating system: Windows 7 SP1 or 8.1
Microsoft® .NET Framework 4
Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz; i7, 2.5 GHz recommended, or equivalent
Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended
Hard-disk capacity: min. 300 MB
Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher
Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD drive
Interface: free USB-port
Technical Specifications
Physical Properties
Comes complete with:
Orange peel meter with protective cap,
Certificate,
Checking tile,
Software smart-chart on CD,
Docking station and USB-cable,
2 rechargeable Li-Ion battery packs,
Battery holder for AA batteries,
2 Batteries, Operating manual,
Carrying case and belt case,
Training
Color
Please refer to section
Preventive Maintenance.
¹ Standard deviation
47
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Training for micro-wave-scan
BYK-Gardner offers you more than just an instrument. We assist
you in operation of the micro-wave-scan system and understanding your appearance readings. As a result you will be able to use
the orange peel meter to save time and money and at the same
time improve your quality. Therefore, the instrument comes with
a one day training course including:
1. Orange Peel and DOI Theory
■ Visual perception and instrumental measurement of Orange
Peel and DOI
■ Data interpretation: How can the structure spectrum be used
to optimize process / material parameters
2. Operation and Software Training
■ Set-up of an “organizer” to create a routine measurement
procedure
■ Programming of the instrument with “organizer” and
measurement of several samples
■ Direct data transfer to Excel for documentation of individual
readings
■ Data transfer to smart-chart software and saving in a
database for routine QC
■ Data analysis using standard QC-reports:
– Summary by lines to show at one glance how various
colors are running at different paint lines
– Trend chart to show how specified zones perform over a
defined time range
– SPC-chart for daily process control of your critical colors
and highrunners: xR-chart
– Zone profile for trouble shooting using the structure
spectrum
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
4857
4829
Description
Docking Station, for 4824
Checking Tile, for 4824
4827
4831
Battery Pack micro-wave-scan
Software smart-chart
■
Create your own reports in Excel
– Transfer data from the database to Excel
– Pivot function to define layout in Excel
The training can be performed in one day or two half days. It is
recommended to split the training into two half days:
Day 1: Theory and basic operation (set-up organizer,
taking readings and saving data in a database)
Day 2: 3-4 weeks later to ensure readings were taken
and saved in a database. Data analysis and
standard QC reports can be explained using
customer specific data.
Accessories
Incl. USB cable and recharger 100 - 240 V self adapting
Replacement – please contact your local service department for replacement of your
checking tile.
Rechargeable battery for automatic charge in docking station
Software for analysis and professional documentation in Excel®
Please refer to section
Preventive Maintenance.
48
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
wave-scan ROBOTIC
Orange
Appearance
Peel / DOI
Automatic appearance control of
topcoat finish at the line
A stable running process is the key for uniform and consistent
quality. Therefore, orange peel and DOI need to be measured
on a routine basis in the production process and the measurement results shared with add-on suppliers. The new wave-scan
ROBOTIC allows automated appearance control as it is mounted
on a robotic arm. The robotic system ensures measurement on
the same area and a high number of measured car bodies.
Non-contact measurement
Excellent correlation to wave-scan DOI, the appearance standard
in the automotive industry
■ Structure spectrum gives detailed information about
the surface quality
■ Cause of appearance changes can be analyzed
■ Orange Peel, DOI and customer specific scales available
Color
■ Distance to surface 15 ± 2 mm
■ Angle to perpendicular ± 2°
■ Curvature > 500 mm radius
■ Scan speed 50 to 150 mm/sec.
■ Small and light weight
Objective and
reliable appearance data
Physical Properties
Stable process means
consistent quality
■ Automated appearance control provides complete and
representative data for statistical process control
■ wave-scan ROBOTIC builds up a valuable database for
systematic process analysis and optimization
Technical Service
49
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Training for wave-scan ROBOTIC
BYK-Gardner offers you more than just an instrument, we assist
you in operating the wave-scan system. Therefore, the orange
peel meter comes with a two day training course including:
■ Orange Peel & DOI: Theory and data interpretation.
■ Support in integrating wave-scan ROBOTIC sensor into
automated measurement system
■ Data analysis using standard QC-reports including SPC-charts
Ordering Information
Technical Specifications
4822
4850
High Gloss Surfaces
High to Semi Gloss
Structure Spectrum
Cat. No.
Description
wave-scan ROBOTIC
wave-scan dual ROBOTIC
Comes complete with:
Orange peel meter,
Certificate,
Checking tile,
BYKWARE smart-chart software,
Communication software,
Installation kit,
Operating manual,
Carrying case,
Training
Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service
Hardware requirements:
Operating system: Windows 7 SP1 or 8.1
Microsoft® .NET Framework 4
Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz; i7, 2.5 GHz recommended, or equivalent
Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended
Hard-disk capacity: min. 300 MB
Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher
Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD drive
Application
Repeatability¹
Reproducibility¹
Resolution
Distance to Surface
Angle to Surface
Object Curvature
Min. Sample Size
Scan Length
Scan Speed
Memory
Light Source
Laser Energy
Dimensions
Weight
Power Supply
Interface
Robotic requirements
Temperature Range
Rel. Humidity
du < 40, linear range
du < 65, linear range
du: < 0.1 mm
Wa: 0.1 to 0.3 mm
Wb: 0.3 to 1 mm
Wc: 1 to 3 mm
Wd: 3 to 10 mm
We: 10 to 30 mm
du < 40: 4% or > 0.4
du > 40: 6% or > 0.6
du < 40: 6% or > 0.6
du > 40: 8% or > 0.8
375 points/cm
15 ± 2 mm
perpendicular ± 2°
radius > 500 mm
35 mm x 150 mm
5 / 10 / 20 cm
50 to 150 mm/sec
100 readings
Laser diode, LED
< 1 mW (Laser class 2)
112 x 115 x 60 mm (4.4 x 4.5 x 2.4 in)
520 g (1.2 lbs)
external power supply 24 V DC, max. 0.5 A
RS-422
Vibration-free operation
operation: +10°C to 40°C (+50°F to 104°F)
storage: 0°C to 60°C (+32°F to 140°F)
up to 85% at 35°C (95°F) non-condensing
¹ Standard deviation
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
4833
Description
Checking Tile, for 4822
Accessories
4851
Checking Tile, for 4850
4831
BYKWARE smart-process
Replacement – please contact your local service department for replacement of your
checking tile.
Replacement – please contact your local service department for replacement of your
checking tile.
Process QC Software for wave-scan, cloud-runner, BYK-mac i
50
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
smart-process
Orange
Appearance
Peel / DOI
Color and Appearance data in one
QC management system
New!
All critical color and appearance parameters can be saved and
analyzed with one software package, smart-process.
■ Multi-angle color and effect control with BYK-mac i
■ Orange peel and Distinctness-of-Image measurement with
wave-scan
■ Objective mottling analysis with the new cloud-runner
It is smart in more than one way. 6 different apps let you set up a
state-of-the art color & appearance management system.
Standard Management – manage
an unlimited number of colors
Color
smart-process includes powerful standard management for defining all essential color and appearance control parameters with
Pass / Fail tolerances. Customer specific color and appearance
scales for major automotive makers are already predefined and
ensure color and appearance control according to their internal
specifications.
Physical Properties
Digital Standard – guarantees a
seamless workflow
Thanks to the outstanding inter-instrument agreement of
BYK-mac i – proven by all automotive makers and unsurpassed
in the industry – smart-process enables you to use “digital
standards” on a global basis with your entire supply chain. Export
and import your color standards in xml file format and send them
by email to your supply chain. Thus, color control data are reliable
and communication among all parties is seamless and efficient.
Technical Service
Organizer Set-up – standardized
measurement and sample labeling
smart-process offers set-up of Organizers for clear sample identification and a menu guided operation on the instrument.
Product schematics help to define specific sampling procedures.
The entered parameters can be used for filtering the measured
data saved in the database. Typical identifiers are model, color or
product ID – smart-process is open for your specific needs.
51
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Data Analysis – green light
for shipping
Data analysis was never easier. The data are saved in a SQL
database which allows handling of large data sets over a long time
period. See all your test series at once based on your specific
criteria. Select filter criteria, such as a certain time range, a specific
color and all “green” or “yellow” or “red” test series for further
analysis.
Data analysis – Detailed
measurement reports
View and open the measurement data of a single test series
with a click. The product schematic quickly shows you where the
“problem areas” are. The data is also displayed in an easy-to-read
data table highlighting the measurements out of specifications.
Additionally to the individual test results per check zone, the averages of groups (horizontals or verticals) are calculated and shown
on top of the report. For color harmony analysis the difference of
each check zone to the master standard and the differences between “panel matches” as defined in the organizer are displayed.
Monitor your process and
document stability
Innovative data analysis reports feature scorecards with drill-down
functionality as well as trend reports for all measured parameters.
They are so easy to set up that statistical analysis actually becomes a fun project. And the data is documented and analyzed all
together for color and appearance. Valuable time for data
crunching will be saved and lengthy discussions analyzing the
data will no longer be necessary.
wave-scan Balance Chart
The Balance Chart shows all important info in one report:
■ Customer specifications
■ Balance Chart for visual correlation
■ Structure Spectrum for optimization
52
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
BYK-mac i Color Harmony and Process Control Chart
Orange
Appearance
Peel / DOI
Lab-Scatter Graph
This standard report shows at a glance whether all parts are
within specification. One graph per angle is shown and different
tolerance models (e.g. CMC, DIN 6175-2) can be selected.
Effect Graph
Similar to the Lab-scatter graph, this chart easily shows whether
effect differences are within tolerance. One graph per sparkle
angle and graininess is displayed. Tolerances can be set to your
specific requirements.
Color & Effect Travel by Sample
...the ideal tool to show how individual measurement areas or
colors perform per measurement angle. In combination with a
graph for sparkle and graininess values, total color impression
can be easily controlled.
Color
Physical Properties
cloud-runner Mottle Chart
Customer relevant limits for mottling can be defined by setting
limits for the Mottling indices. The measured data is displayed
in a two-dimensional chart with red – yellow – green ranges for
easy process control. In addition, the mottle spectrum gives more
detailed information for optimization and trouble shooting.
With smart-process, you’ll know where you are, where you’re going, and how to get there.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
4831
Description
smart-process
System Requirements:
Operating system: Windows 7 SP1 or 8.1
Microsoft® .NET Framework 4
Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz; i7, 2.5 GHz recommended, or equivalent
Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended
Hard-disk capacity: min. 300 MB
Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher
Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD drive
Interface: free USB-port
Process QC Software for BYK-mac i, wave-scan and cloud-runner
Instruments
wave-scan dual, wave-scan II, micro-wave-scan,
BYK-mac i, BYK-mac i COLOR, cloud-runner
Export/Import
Color Standards (.xml format)
Organizer (.xml format)
Database format
SQL Server Compact
Languages
Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Japanese,
Spanish
53
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
Comes complete with:
Software on CD-ROM, with License Key
Note: smart-process licence fee for more than two installations is quantity
dependent. Please contact your local BYK-Gardner representative.
Technical Specifications
haze-gloss see page 33
Effect of Additives on
Gloss and Haze
Additives
Additives are substances that are added to a coating in very small
amounts to improve properties such as wetting and dispersing,
flow and leveling, defoaming or can act as matting agent.
Wetting and dispersing additives
One of the most important steps in the production of pigmented
coatings is the homogeneous distribution and stabilization of
pigments and fillers within the liquid binder solution. If this
step is not optimized, a variety of defects can occur: e.g.
flocculation, gloss reduction, color shift and settling. Wetting
and dispersing additives are surface-active substances that
improve the wetting of solids and prevent the flocculation of
the particles.
Influence of wetting /dispersing additive
Two different additives used in a solvent-free coating system are
compared with the same system without additive (= control).
The new product perfectly stabilizes the pigments resulting in
an increased 20° gloss value and a significant reduction in haze.
Matting agents
Dependent on their particle size, wax additives can have an
influence on the surface gloss. Usually, particle sizes larger
than 1 µm produce a matting effect. CERAFLOUR 1000 is
a micronized polymer with wax-like properties to improve
surface protection and haptics (soft feel effect). It has a
matting effect, especially in radiation curable systems. The
graph below shows the influence of additive concentration on
the gloss level of a 1-K AC-PU Copolymer Dispersion. Even after
4 week storage at 40 °C the matting effect has not changed.
Influence of additive concentration
40
120
60° Gloss
80
40
0
Gloss
X Control
54
X DISPERBYK 110
Haze
X New Product
30
20
10
0
Start
X 2 % CERAFLOUR 1000
4 weeks at RT
4 weeks at 40°C
X 5 % CERAFLOUR 1000
Introduction
Mottling
Appearance
Mottling
Mottling is an undesirable defect which can occur with effect
coatings – it is most obvious on light metallic finishes. The total
color impression shows irregular areas of lightness variations.
These “patches” are usually visually evaluated, described as a
mottling effect. Some also feel that it reminds them of clouds.
This effect is especially noticeable on large body panels. It can
be caused by the coating formulation, as well as variations in
the application process. For example, disorientation of the
metallic flakes or film thickness variations of the basecoat can lead to
various mottle sizes resulting in a non-uniform appearance.
MOTTLING
Orientation Clouds
Color
Disorientation influenced by wetting
behaviour, rheology additive or
application
Strike in effect: disorientation by
interaction between clear coat and
basecoat
Thickness / Hiding Clouds
Physical Properties
Thickness variations result in poor
hiding
Thickness variations result in partial
hiding at a grazing angle
Technical Service
55
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
The visual perception of mottling is dependent on the viewing
distance: Large mottles can be seen in far distance evaluation,
while small mottles are more noticeable in close up evaluation.
The visual evaluation of mottling is very subjective, as it depends
on the illumination conditions, the observing distance and the
viewing angle.
Simulation of visual perception
In order to objectively evaluate mottling, it is necessary to
measure lightness variations over a large sample area and under
different detection angles.
The cloud-runner optically scans the surface and measures the
lightness variations. The specimen is illuminated with a white
light LED at a15° angle and the lightness is detected under three
viewing angles to simulate visual evaluation under different
observing conditions: 15°, 45° and 60° measured from the
specular reflection.
The mottling meter is rolled across the surface for a defined
distance of 10 to 100 cm and measures the lightness variations
point by point.
cloud-runner: measurement principle
Mottle Size
Md
Me
Mf
Mg
Mh
Mi
56
6 -13 mm
11 -24 mm
19 – 42 mm
33 – 72 mm
57 – 126 mm
100 – 200 mm
The measurement signal is divided via mathematical filter
functions into 6 different size ranges and a rating value is
calculated for each angle and mottle size. The higher the value is,
the more visible the mottling effect.
The measured values are displayed in a graph showing the mottle
size on the X-axis and the rating value on the Y-axis. Thus, target
values for small and large mottle sizes can be established for paint
batch approval as well as process control.
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Interpretation of
measurement data
Appearance
Mottling
Example: Light Blue Metallic
In this example the influence of the observing angle is quite significant. Visually medium to large size mottles are most obvious
at a head-on viewing when the sample appears lighter, while at
flatter angles the mottling is no longer visible.
Color
Example: Silver Metallic
Horizontal and vertical parts were visually evaluated and measured. The horizontal areas showed a high amount of medium
size mottles, while the vertical areas were visually acceptable. The
cloud-runner measured high Mg-values at all three angles on the
horizontal areas and considerably lower readings on the vertical
areas.
Physical Properties
Technical Service
57
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
cloud-runner
Control and guarantee a uniform
finish – no more mottling!
Mottling disturbes the overall color harmony of effect finishes.
These irregular lightness variations can now be objectively measured with BYK-Gardner’s newest innovation: the cloud-runner
simulates visual evaluation under different observing angles and
characterizes clouds / mottles by their size and visibility.
Objective and reliable values for
QC and trouble shooting
Small to large mottles are measured under three observing
angles
■ Scan length can be varied from 10 to 100 cm
■ Objective measurement results independent of color and
curvature
■
select mode ...
Ideal tool for the production line
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Small and light weight – easy to handle
For flat and curved areas, radius > 50 cm
Easy, menu guided operation via scroll wheel and large,
multilingual display
Full statistics with ability to save in selectable memories
Large memory for 1000 readings
USB port for data transfer to PC
smart-chart software:
– Organizer files for sample id
– Data management with SQL Database
– Standard QC Report
and measure
Always ready
The mottle meter is operated with a rechargeable battery pack
(Li-Ion). The docking station automatically charges the battery
pack and transfers the measured data to the PC.
58
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Appearance
Mottling
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
6350
Description
cloud-runner
Rel. Humidity
Technical Service
Light Source
Dimensions
Weight
Power Supply
Temperature Range
6 to 13mm
11 to 24 mm
19 to 42 mm
33 to 72 mm
57 to 126 mm
100 to 200 mm
5% or > 0.5
8% or > 0.8
radius > 500 mm
10 to 100 cm, selectable in 1cm steps
25 points/cm
<; 4 sec.
1000 readings
USB port
English, French, German, Italian, Japanese,
Portuguese, Spanish
White Power LED
150 x 110 x 55 mm (5.9 x 4.3 x 2.2 in.)
650 g (1.5 lbs)
rechargeable battery pack, approx. 1500 readings
operation: +10°C to 40°C (+50°F to 104°F)
storage: 0°C to 60°C (+32°F to 140°F)
up to 85% at 35°C (95°F), non-condensing
Physical Properties
System requirements:
Operating system: Windows 7 SP1 or 8.1
Microsoft® .NET Framework 4
Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz; i7, 2.5 GHz recommended,
or equivalent
Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended
Hard-disk capacity: min. 300 MB
Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher
Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD drive
Interface: free USB-port
Cloud Size
Md
Me
Mf
Mg
Mh
Mi
Repeatability¹
Reproducibility¹
Object Curvature
Scan Length
Resolution
Measuring Time
Memory
Interface
Languages
Color
Comes complete with:
Mottling meter with protective cover
Certificate
Checking tile
smart-chart software
Docking station with USB-cable
2 rechargeable Li-Ion battery packs
Operating manual
Carrying case
Training
Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service
Technical Specifications
¹Standard deviation
59
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Training for cloud-runner
BYK-Gardner offers you more than just an instrument. We assist
you in operating the cloud-runner system and understanding your
mottle readings. As a result you will be able to use the mottling
meter to save time and money and at the same time improve your
quality. Therefore, the instrument comes with a one day training
course including:
1. Mottling Theory
■ Visual perception and instrumental measurement of
Mottling / Cloudiness
■ Data interpretation: How can the readings be used to
optimize process and material parameters
The training can be performed in one day or two half days. It is
recommended to split the training into two half days:
Day 1: Theory and basic operation (set-up organizer,
taking readings and saving data in a database)
Day 2: 3-4 weeks later to ensure readings were taken and
saved in a database. Data analysis and standard
QC reports can be explained using customer
specific data.
2. Operation and Software Training
Set-up of an “Organizer” to create a routine measurement
procedure
■ Programming of the instrument with “organizer” and
measurement of several samples
■ Direct data transfer to Excel for documentation of individual
readings
■ Data transfer to smart-chart software and saving in a
database for routine QC
■ Data analysis
■
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
6353
Description
Checking Tile cloud-runner
6351
Docking Station cloud-runner
Battery Pack cloud-runner
Software smart-chart
6349
4831
Accessories
Replacement – please contact your local service department for replacement of your
checking tile.
Incl. USB interface cable and recharger 100 - 240 V self adapting
Rechargeable battery for automatic charge in docking station
Software for professional analysis and documentation of color and appearance
Please refer to section
Preventive Maintenance.
60
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
smart-process
New!
Color and Appearance data in one
QC management system
Appearance
Mottling
All critical color and appearance parameters can be saved and
analyzed with one software package, smart-process.
Multi-angle color and effect control with BYK-mac i
Orange peel and Distinctness-of-Image measurement with
wave-scan
■ Objective mottling analysis with the new cloud-runner
■
■
It is smart in more than one way. 6 different apps let you set up a
state-of-the art color & appearance management system.
Standard Management – manage
an unlimited number of colors
Color
smart-process includes powerful standard management for defining all essential color and appearance control parameters with
Pass / Fail tolerances. Customer specific color and appearance
scales for major automotive makers are already predefined and
ensure color and appearance control according to their internal
specifications.
Physical Properties
Digital Standard – guarantees a
seamless workflow
Thanks to the outstanding inter-instrument agreement of
BYK-mac i – proven by all automotive makers and unsurpassed
in the industry – smart-process enables you to use “digital
standards” on a global basis with your entire supply chain. Export
and import your color standards in xml file format and send them
by email to your supply chain. Thus, color control data are reliable
and communication among all parties is seamless and efficient.
Technical Service
Organizer Set-up – standardized
measurement and sample labeling
smart-process offers set-up of Organizers for clear sample
identification and a menu guided operation on the instrument.
Product schematics help to define specific sampling procedures.
The entered parameters can be used for filtering the measured
data saved in the database. Typical identifiers are model, color or
product ID – smart-process is open for your specific needs.
61
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Data Analysis – green light
for shipping
Data analysis was never easier. The data are saved in a SQL
database which allows handling of large data sets over a long
time period. See all your test series at once based on your
specific criteria. Select filter criteria, such as a certain time range,
a specific color and all “green” or “yellow” or “red” test series for
further analysis.
Data analysis – Detailed
measurement reports
View and open the measurement data of a single test series
with a click. The product schematic quickly shows you where the
“problem areas” are. The data is also displayed in an easy-to-read
data table highlighting the measurements out of specifications.
Additionally to the individual test results per check zone, the averages of groups (horizontals or verticals) are calculated and shown
on top of the report. For color harmony analysis the difference of
each check zone to the master standard and the differences between “panel matches” as defined in the organizer are displayed.
Monitor your process and
document stability
Innovative data analysis reports feature scorecards with drill-down
functionality as well as trend reports for all measured parameters. They are so easy to set up that statistical analysis actually
becomes a fun project. And the data is documented and analyzed all
together for color and appearance. Valuable time for data crunching will be saved and lengthy discussions analyzing the data will
no longer be necessary.
wave-scan Balance Chart
The Balance Chart shows all important info in one report:
■ Customer specifications
■ Balance Chart for visual correlation
■ Structure Spectrum for optimization
62
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
BYK-mac i Color Harmony and Process Control Chart
Lab-Scatter Graph
This standard report shows at a glance whether all parts are
within specification. One graph per angle is shown and different
tolerance models (e.g. CMC, DIN 6175-2) can be selected.
Appearance
Mottling
Effect Graph
Similar to the Lab-scatter graph, this chart easily shows whether
effect differences are within tolerance. One graph per sparkle
angle and graininess is displayed. Tolerances can be set to your
specific requirements.
Color & Effect Travel by Sample
...the ideal tool to show how individual measurement areas or
colors perform per measurement angle. In combination with a
graph for sparkle and graininess values, total color impression
can be easily controlled.
Color
cloud-runner Mottle Chart
Customer relevant limits for mottling can be defined by setting
limits for the Mottling indices. The measured data is displayed
in a two-dimensional chart with red – yellow – green ranges for
easy process control. In addition, the mottle spectrum gives more
detailed information for optimization and trouble shooting.
With smart-process, you’ll know where you are, where you’re
going, and how to get there.
Cat. No.
4831
Description
smart-process
System Requirements:
Operating system: Windows 7 SP1 or 8.1
Microsoft® .NET Framework 4
Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz; i7, 2.5 GHz recommended, or equivalent
Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended
Hard-disk capacity: min. 300 MB
Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher
Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD drive
Interface: free USB-port
Technical Specifications
Process QC Software for BYK-mac i, wave-scan and cloud-runner
Instruments
wave-scan dual, wave-scan II, micro-wave-scan,
BYK-mac i, BYK-mac i COLOR,
cloud-runner
Export/Import
Color Standards (.xml format)
Organizer (.xml format)
Database format
SQL Server Compact
Languages
Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Japanese,
Spanish
63
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
Comes complete with:
Software on CD-ROM, with License Key
Note: smart-process licence fee for more than two installations is quantity
dependent. Please contact your local BYK-Gardner representative.
Physical Properties
Ordering Information
BYK-mac i see page 109
wave-scan see page 39
BYK-mac i Robotic see page 122
wave-scan Robotic see page 49
Uniform Color and
Appearance of Exterior
Automotive Finishes
The paint finish of a car has to meet two main requirements:
protect the vehicle from weathering influences (e.g. corrosion,
loss of gloss) or other mechanical impacts (e.g. car wash and
chip resistance) and, of course make the car visually appealing.
Eye catching finishes should not only have a “beautiful” color,
but look like a mirror – “high gloss and perfectly smooth”.
Uniformity is especially important. Any color and appearance
differences between car body and add-on parts will be most
noticeable and be associated with lower quality, or could even
result in costly warranty complaints.
Therefore, target values with tolerances for color and appearance are defined by the automotive OEM makers. Meeting these
target values is a challenging task for everybody in the supply
chain, as color and appearance is not only a multi-dimensional
phenomena, but also can be influenced by a variety of material,
substrate and process parameters.
Orange peel and DOI control with wave-scan family
The appearance of a finish can be described by its brilliance and
“smoothness”, also referred to as DOI (Distinctness of Image)
and Orange Peel. For years the BYK-Gardner wave-scan family
has been used as the standard to objectively quantify appearance of painted body and off-line painted parts by all major car,
truck, motorcycle, boat and yacht companies.
64
Depending on the OEM different target values and appearance
scales have been developed over the years. These company
specific scales are an objective check to ensure company specifications are met, and eliminate heated discussions between
automotive producers and their suppliers.
In order to ensure harmony as well as brilliant and smooth
appearance, long and short waviness scales should not be
evaluated separately and independently optimized. Therefore,
a “balance” between short waves and long wave measurement
scales is essential.
30
20
10
0
<0.1
du
X
0.1-0.3
Wa
0.3-1
Wb
1-3
Wc
3-10
Wd
10-30mm
We
X
A decrease of short wave value will result in a more brilliant
appearance making longer waves more visible.
As color perception of effect finishes is changing by viewing
angle it is necessary to define different tolerances for each
viewing angle. Therefore, new color equations based on visual
correlation studies were developed (dE94 with lightness travel,
dEDIN 6175-2, dEAudi2000). In order to capture total color
impression, the appearance change under different lighting
conditions resulting in a more or less sparkling/grainy look,
needs to be measured.
micro-wave-scan see page 46
Additionally, the wave-scan measurement data can be used for
trouble shooting to improve quality.
Dullness is too high
Clear coat looks milky
Very fine textures
Wa is too high
Substrate influence
Dry spray of clear coat
Wb is too high
Substrate influence
Wc is too high
Insufficient amount of clear coat
Very rough substrate
Wd is too high
Insufficient amount of clear coat
Very rough substrate
45°
25°
75°
Specular
45°
15°
Lamp
-15°
110°
BYK-mac 6-angle color measurement
CCD-Chip
15°
Sparkle
40
45°
Sparkle
15°
45°
20
75°
Sparkle
Graininess
75°
0
<0.1
du
0.1-0.3
Wa
0.3-1
Wb
1-3
Wc
3-10
Wd
10-30mm
We
BYK-mac effect measurement
X 16 μm X 24 μm X 30 μm X 50 μm
Structure spectrum – a diagnostic tool for trouble shooting:
Influence of clearcoat film thickness
Multi-angle color and effect control with BYK-mac family
Color consistency is the most obvious and thus, most important
quality criteria of an automotive finish. Designers are continuously looking for new colors which not only make the product
look exciting, but actually underline its styling resulting in a
“living” color! More than 50 % of today’s automotive colors
are special effect finishes. A lightness or even color change can
be observed under different viewing angles and a sparkling effect can be created under direct sunlight. Objective control of
total color impression is needed which correlates with the visual
impression and can be used for daily QC at the paint supplier
for paint batch approval, as well as at the part and assembly
plants. Establishing color specifications for effect finishes has
been a challenging task.
Process Stability to Guarantee Uniform Color and
Appearance
In order to guarantee uniformity over time and be able to proactively take measurements when color or appearance is starting to drift, process stability needs to be controlled. Therefore,
a representative number of measurements have to be taken.
Statistical studies have shown that a minimum of 5 % of the
daily production output needs to be sampled in order to make
an objective judgment of process stability. The BYK-Gardner
wave-scan and BYK-mac can be used as portable devices or
as automated versions which can be mounted on a robot.
The wave-scan ROBOTIC as well as the BYK-mac ROBOTIC are
robust, light weight and offer fast data collection, which makes
them ideal for industrial online applications. By measuring with
a robot the same measurement area is always checked, and any
operator errors (wrong measurement direction…) which could
have an influence on the final reading are eliminated.
65
Smart and Fast
Colour touch display –
Intuitive and easy to use Onboard Analysis
Complete statistics with
Pass / Fail analysis directly
in the haze-gard i Horizontal or Vertical
Sample handling in any
position allows highest
flexibility
Open Design
Small and large samples can
be easily handled – without
influence of ambient light Measure what you see.
haze-gard i
The objective standard for a clear view
The quality of a transparent product is dependent on how good we can see objects
behind it. Haze, Clarity, Transmittance – the haze-gard i puts the perceived quality into
objective values. Simultaneous measurement of ASTM and ISO method, as well as
USB and LAN interface make you ready for the “global workbench”.
www.byk.com/instruments
Introduction
The appearance of a transparent product is defined by its application. Packaging film used in the food industry should be very
clear and transparent, while film for grocery bags should be translucent and diffuse the light. Therefore, different raw materials are
selected and processed under certain conditions.
The absorption and scattering behavior of the transparent
specimen will determine how much light will pass through and
how objects will appear through the transparent product.
Transparency
Appearance
Transparency
TRANSPARENCY
Total Transmittance
Color
Total transmittance is the ratio of transmitted light to the incident
light. It is influenced by the absorption and reflection properties,
example:
100 %
Incident light
-1 %
– Absorbtion
-5 %
– Reflection
= 94 %
Total Transmittance
Physical Properties
The totally transmitted light consists of the directly transmitted
and the diffused components. Depending on the angular distribution of the diffused portion, a transparent plastic will appear
differently.
Visual perception can clearly differentiate two phenomena: Wide
angle and narrow angle scattering.
Appearance of
Transparent Objects
Total Transmittance
Diffuse Transmittance
Wide Angle Scattering
Narrow Angle Scattering
Haze
Technical Service
Direct Transmittance
Clarity
67
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Haze: Wide Angle Scattering
Light is diffused in all directions causing a loss of contrast. ASTM
D 1003 defines haze as that percentage of light which in passing through deviates from the incident beam greater than 2.5
degrees on the average.
Clarity: Narrow Angle Scattering
Light is diffused in a small cone with high concentration. This
effect describes how well very fine details can be seen through
the specimen. The see-through quality needs to be determined in
an angle range smaller than 2.5 degrees.
Objective Measurement
of Transparency
Measurement and analysis of haze and clarity guarantee a
uniform and consistent product quality and help analyze influencing process parameters and material properties, e.g. cooling rate
or compatibility of raw materials.
The figure on the right hand side shows the measurement
principle of the haze meter: A light beam strikes the specimen
and enters an integrating sphere. The sphere’s interior surface is
coated uniformly with a matte white material to allow diffusion.
A detector in the sphere measures total transmittance and transmission haze. A ring sensor mounted at the exit port of the sphere
detects narrow angle scattered light (clarity).
68
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Standard Methods
The measurement of Total Transmittance and Transmission
Haze is described in international standards. Two different test
methods are specified:
Compensation method
Non-compensated method
Transparency
Appearance
■ ISO 13468
■ ASTM D1003
The compensation method takes the light reflected on the sample surface into account. Differences between the two methods
can be approximately 2 % Total Transmittance on clear, glossy
samples.
ASTM D 1003
Calibration
Measurement
Sample
Color
Measurement conditions are different during calibration and
actual measurement.
During calibration, part of the light escapes through the open
entrance port of the hazemeter. While taking a measurement,
the entrance port is covered with the sample. Thus, the amount
of light in the sphere is increased by the light reflected at the
sample surface.
No compensation: Different Sphere Efficiency
ISO 13468
Measurement
Physical Properties
Measurement conditions are kept equal during calibration and
measurement due to an additional opening in the sphere.
During calibration the sample is placed at the compensation
port. For the actual measurement, the sample is changed to the
entrance port. Thus, the so-called sphere efficiency is independent
of the reflection properties of the sample.
Calibration
Sample
Compensation Port: Same Sphere Efficiency
Two Standard Methods in one Unit
69
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
The haze-gard i objectively measures Total Transmission and Haze
according to the ASTM and ISO standard methods.
The new optical design allows simultaneous measurement
without placing the sample to a separate compensation port.
haze-gard i
New!
The objective standard for
a clear view
Transparent products can have a milky or fuzzy appearance dependent on their light scattering behavior. The haze-gard i quantifies
the visual perception with objective measurement criteria:
■ Total transmittance
■ Transmission haze
■ Clarity
haze-gard i controls complete transparency by taking only one
reading.
Global communication
Haze and transmittance control according to international
standard methods with one unit:
■ ASTM D1003 – illuminants C and A
Non-compensated method
■ ISO 13468 – illuminant D65
Compensated method
haze-gard i displays all results simultaneously – well prepared for
any customer specification.
Reliable and Precise
With state-of-the-art optics and LED technology the haze-gard i
delivers an unprecedented performance:
■ Reference beam, self-diagnosis and enclosed optics
■ LED light source assures long-term stable results for many
years: 10 year warranty on the lamp life!
■ Automatic, long-term calibration – operator friendly and safe
Superior repeatability and inter-instrument agreement are
guaranteed.
70
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Smart and Fast
Transparency
Appearance
The new touch display is designed to be intuitive and easy to use
for any task:
■ Large touch display in color
■ Symbols to select a menu function
■ Dedicated measurement button
■ Foot switch allows hands-free operation
Open and Flexible
Color
The open measurement compartment let’s you work freely to
analyze any sample size:
■ Open design for small and large specimens
■ Fast change and positioning of samples
■ No influence of ambient light
■ Versatile sample holder for films and sheets
■ Sample holders for taber abrasion test and cuvettes for
liquids optional
■ Customized sample holders can be easily attached
Physical Properties
Horizontal or vertical set-up
Sample handling in any position is convenient and allows you
highest flexibility.
Technical Service
71
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Onboard analysis
Measurement data can be analyzed and saved in projects directly
in the haze-gard i for efficient work management:
■ Large instrument memory (5000 readings)
■ Complete statistics with averaging, min / max, standard
deviation
■ Limit input for different product specifications with colorful
Pass/Fail analysis
Professional connection
Data transfer can be performed in all sorts of ways to support you
in routine lab work:
■ Direct data transfer via USB-port to PC
■ Direct LAN connection to your network for further analysis in
Laboratory Information Management Systems (LIMS)
■ Save data on a USB-stick
smart-lab haze –
data analysis software
Whatever the task, smart-lab haze will do it for you. From simple
data tables of single test series to trend reports over time – anything is possible.
■ Define your product specifications in standard management
by setting up product groups with Pass/Fail limits
■ Measure your products online and get instant QC reports
displayed: Data table with statistic and line graph including
Pass/Fail coloring
■ Manage your lab work in projects to show production
process stability using trend reports
■ Transfer product specs and projects to haze-gard i and vice
versa for daily work management
72
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Transparency
Appearance
Standards
ASTM
ISO
Cat. No.
4775
Description
haze-gard i
Illuminants
Spectral Response
Geometry
Measurement Area
Sample Port
Measurement Range
Repeatability
Reproducibility
Memory
Interface
Power Supply
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Dimensions
Weight
CIE-C, CIE-A (ASTM D1003)
CIE-D65 (ISO 13468, ISO 14782)
CIE luminosity function y
0° / diffuse
ø 18 mm (0.7 in)
ø 25.4 mm (1.0 in)
0 - 100 %
± 0.1 units (standard deviation)
± 0.4 units (standard deviation)
5000 readings
LAN, USB 2.0, additional front USB-port
for memory stick
115 V /230 V self adapting
+10 to 40 °C (+50 to 104 °F)
0 to 50 °C (+32 to 122 °F)
62 x 33 x 22 cm (24 x 13 x 9 in)
18 kg (40 lbs)
Technical Service
System requirements:
Operating system: Windows 7 SP1 or 8.1
Microsoft® .NET Framework 4
Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz, i7 recommended, or equivalent
Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended
Hard-disk capacity: min. 300 MB
Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher
Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD drive
Interface: free USB-port or network access
Technical Specifications
Physical Properties
Comes complete with:
Hazemeter
Guide carriage for sample holders
Calibration Standard
Certificate
Foot switch and power cable
USB-cable and LAN-cable
smart-lab haze software on CD with License Key (2 licenses)
Operating manual
Training
Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service
Color
Ordering Information
D 1003, D 1044
13468, 14782
Training
BYK-Gardner offers you more than just an instrument. We train
you in the operation of the haze-gard i and data analysis. A
half-day training course for haze-gard i operation and smart-lab
haze software is included.
73
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Versatile sample holders
for specific needs
Sample holder for films and sheets.
The precision guide carriage allows
easy replacement of different holders.
Special holder for very thin films.
Ordering Information
Accessories
Cat. No.
4788
4784
4785
4786
6180
6182
6183
6189
4865
Description
Sample holder, for 4775
Thin Film Holder, for 4775
Taber Abrasion Holder, for 4775
Cuvette Table, for 4775
Cuvette for Liquids, 2.5 mm
Cuvette for Liquids, 5 mm
Cuvette for Liquids, 10 mm
Cuvette for Liquids, 20 mm
BYKWARE smart-lab haze
The measurement of haze is used to determine abrasion resistance of transparent
materials. The haze-gard i Abrasion Holder facilitates positioning of the abraded
area in the measurement beam.
74
For films and sheets
Special holder for very thin films
For evaluation of abrasion resistance with the hazemeter
For measurement of liquids
Path length 2.5 mm, edge length 50 mm
Path length 5.0 mm, edge length 50 mm
Path length 10 mm, edge length 50 mm
Path length 20 mm, edge length 50 mm
Software for professional analysis and documentation
Liquids are best measured using cuvettes and the cuvette table.
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Ordering Information
Description
Calibration Standard, for 4775
Clarity Reference Standard, for 4775
Haze Standard 1, for 4775
Haze Standard 5, for 4775
Haze Standard 10, for 4775
Haze Standard 20, for 4775
Haze Standard 30, for 4775
Haze Standard Set, for 4775
Transmittance Standard 10, for 4775
Transmittance Standard 30, for 4775
Transmittance Standard 50, for 4775
Transmittance Standard 70, for 4775
Transmittance Standard 90, for 4775
Transmittance Standard Set, for 4775
Please refer to section
Preventive Maintenance.
Accessories
Replacement Standard for Calibration, certificate included
Test standard for checking purposes, certificate included
Approx. 1% haze, for checking purposes, certificate included
Approx. 5% haze, for checking purposes, certificate included
Approx. 10% haze, for checking purposes, certificate included
Approx. 20% haze, for checking purposes, certificate included
Approx. 30% haze, for checking purposes, certificate included
Set of 5 pieces in hard box, certificate included
Approx. 10% total transmittance, for checking purposes, certificate included
Approx. 30% total transmittance, for checking purposes, certificate included
Approx. 50% total transmittance, for checking purposes, certificate included
Approx. 70% total transmittance, for checking purposes, certificate included
Approx. 90% total transmittance, for checking purposes, certificate included
Set of 4 pieces in hard box (T30, T50, T70, T90), certificate included
Color
Cat. No.
4776
4777
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
ed
Transparency
Appearance
Certifi
Physical Properties
Technical Service
75
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Flow and Dip Cups
Drawdown Test Charts
Cross-Cut Adhesion
Applicators
Pendulum Hardness
Film Thickness
Measure what you see.
Testing Physical Properties
from Wet to Dry
www.byk.com/instruments
76
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Appearance
Color
COLOR
Physical Properties
Technical Service
Inedx
COLOR
Solid Color Introduction79
Portable Color
83
spectro-guide gloss
83
spectro-guide gloss S for low gloss surfaces 86
color-guide for small parts
88
color-guide for powdery material
88
spectro-guide for cosmetics
91
New!
Color Control of Cosmetic Products
In-store Color Matching
Introduction98
Laboratory Color
99
auto-match III Sensor
99
Software auto-match
100
Portable Color
101
color-guide plus101
Metallic Color
Introduction103
BYK-mac i: multi-angle color and effect
109
BYK-mac i for small parts
111
115
New! BYK-mac i for cosmetics
BYK-mac i COLOR
119
BYK-mac i ROBOTIC
122
Software smart-process
125
Software smart-lab
128
Liquid Color
Introduction131
Visual Color Comparators
132
Instrumental Measurement
135
LCM IV
135
LCS IV
136
Light Booths
New! Solid Color
Metallic Color and Sparkle
78
byko-spectra lite
140
144
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Introduction
Color Perception
light source
Solid Color
These shortcomings can only be solved by using color instrumentation with internationally specified color systems.
This guarantees objective description of colored objects. Color
perception is dependent on the interaction of three elements:
Appearance
Ten million! That is the number of different colors that we can
distinguish. No wonder we cannot remember colors well enough
to identify a particular shade. However, the quality criterion
“color” is becoming more and more important in every industry.
Uniform color influences customers’ likes and dislikes. This is of
particular importance when the individual components of the final
product are manufactured at different company sites, or even more
complicated when several suppliers are involved. Nevertheless, in
the end the color must be right.
Visual color perception is influenced by different color
sensitivities from person to person (mood, age, etc.), varying
environments such as lightness and color, as well as the deficiency
to communicate and document color and color differences.
SOLID COLOR
observer
Physical Properties
object
Technical Service
79
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Light Source
Color changes with the light source. Therefore, standard illuminants have to be agreed upon and used. The prerequisite of a
light source to be usable for color evaluation is to continuously
emit energy throughout the visible spectrum (400 to 700 nm).
Together they stimulate the brain to produce the impression of
color. To determine the sensitivity of the receptors, systematic
visual tests were done by the CIE in 1931 and 1964.
Based on the results, the 2° and 10° observer were standardized,
representing a small and large field of view, respectively.
Observer
2° Standard Observer
10° Standard Observer
White daylight dispersed into the spectral colors (rainbow)
The CIE (Commission Internationale de l’Eclairage) standardized
light sources by the amount of emitted energy at each wavelength (= relative spectral power distribution).
In practice, important illuminants are:
Daylight D65, C
Incandescent light A
Fluorescent light F2, F11
S(λ)
D65
700 nm
400
S(λ)
S(λ)
400
When viewing a sample, the eye integrates over a large area, which correlates
best to the 10° observer.
A
700 nm
Light source and observer are defined by the CIE and their spectral
functions are stored within color instruments. Optical properties
of an object are the only variables that need to be measured.
Modern color instruments measure the amount of light that is
reflected by a colored sample. This is done at each wavelength
and is called the spectral data.
For example, a black object reflects no light across the complete
spectrum (0% reflection), whereas an ideal white specimen reflects nearly all light (100% reflection).
F2
700 nm
400
Object
Observer
Without an observer there would be no color. Reflected light
from a colored object enters the human eye through the lens
and strikes the retina. The retina is populated with three different
types of light-sensitive receptors: one which reacts to red light,
another to green light, and a third to blue light.
All other colors reflect light only in selected parts of the spectrum.
Therefore, they have specific curve shapes or fingerprints, which
are their spectral curves.
In the following graphs, typical spectral curves for a red, blue and
green sample are shown.
R(%)
R(%)
400
700 nm
400
700 nm
R(%)
400
80
700 nm
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Color Systems
The same ΔE* value can be obtained for two sample sets, and yet
look completely different:
Color systems combine data from three elements:
■ light source
■ observer
■ object
L* = 100
+ b*
C*
- a*
h°
+ a*
Sample Set 1
ΔL*
Δa*
Δb*
ΔE*
Appearance
They are the tools to communicate and document color and color
differences.
The system which is recommended by the CIE and widely used
today, is the CIELab system.
Sample Set 2
Sample Set 1
Sample Set 2
0.57
0.57
0.57
1.0
0.0
0.0
1.0
1.0
To determine the actual change in color, the individual colorimetric components ΔL*, Δa*, Δb* or ΔL*, ΔC*, ΔH* need to be used.
The calculation and interpretation of the differences are done
as follows:
Solid Color
- b*
∆ = Sample – Standard
L* = 0
To keep a color on target a standard needs to be established
and the production run is compared to that standard; a typical
customer / supplier situation. Therefore, color communication is
done in terms of differences rather than absolute values.
-∆a*
+∆a*
+∆L*
+∆C*
-∆C*
+∆H*
-∆b*
+∆b*
-∆L*
-∆H*
The color differences that can be accepted must be agreed upon
between customer and supplier. These tolerances are dependent
both on demands and technical capabilities.
Physical Properties
It consists of two axes a* and b* which are at right angles and
represent the hue dimension or color. The third axis is the lightness L*. It is perpendicular to the a*b* plane.
Within this system, any color can be specified with the coordinates L*, a*, b*. Alternatively L*, C*, h° are commonly used. C*
(= Chroma) represents the intensity or saturation of the color,
whereas the angle h° is another term to express the actual hue.
The total change of color, ∆E*, is commonly used to represent a
color difference.
Technical Service
E* = B(L*)2 + (a*)2 + (b*)2
81
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Color Instrumentation
In industry, there are two classes of instruments used to measure
color: 45/0 and sphere geometry.
Control color as you see it
The 45/0 geometry uses 45° circumferential illumination and 0°
viewing perpendicular to the sample plane.
The circumferential illumination is essential to achieve repeatable
measurement results on directional and structured surfaces.
Control the hue of your color
A sphere geometry illuminates the sample diffusely by means of
a white coated integrating sphere. Baffles prevent the light from
directly illuminating the sample surface. Measurement is done
using an 8° viewing angle.
Detector
8° viewing
Baffles
Light source
Diffused
Illumination
Detector
0° viewing
Light Source
Baffles
Sample
The 45/0 geometry simulates the normal condition used for color
evaluation. For example, when we read a glossy magazine we
position it to avoid the gloss from coming into our eye.
A high gloss sample with the same pigmentation is visually judged
darker by the eye when compared to a matte or structured
sample.
This is exactly what a 45/0 instrument measures:
Differences in gloss / texture
→ Color differences
On the automotive interior plaque, you will get a difference
between the two structured sides: ΔE* = 3
Applications where it is necessary to have the agreement with the
visual assessment are:
■ Batch to batch comparison in production
■ Assembly of multi-component products using different
materials
A sphere instrument may be operated under two different
measurement conditions:
specular included (spin) or specular excluded (spex)
In the “spin” mode, the total reflected light is measured:
Diffuse reflection (color) + direct reflection (gloss)
Color is measured independent of the sample’s gloss or surface
texture.
Differences in gloss / texture
x Color differences
→
On the automotive interior plaque, you will get no difference between the two structured sides: ΔE* = 0
Applications for measurements taken in “spin” mode:
■ Color strength depending on dispersion time
■ Weathering and temperature influence on color
■ Color matching
In the “spex” mode, a gloss trap is used to capture the directly reflected light (gloss). This configuration simulates the 45/0
geometry. In case of medium to low gloss samples, deviations will
occur between the 45/0 and the sphere spex configuration as the
gloss trap does not completely exclude the specular component.
Summary
Only measurements taken under the same conditions can be
compared. Therefore, it is necessary to note the following
information in a color measurement report:
Example: Automotive interior plaque – one material with different structures.
■ Color instrument (geometry)
■ Illuminant / observer
■ Color system
■ Sample preparation
BYK-Gardner offers a complete line of benchtop and portable
spectrophotometers for color measurement.
82
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
spectro-guide
Total Appearance Control –
color and gloss in one unit
Appearance
The overall appearance of a product is influenced by color and
gloss. A sample of the same color but higher gloss level is visually
perceived darker and more saturated than a low gloss sample. In
order to get a uniform appearance, both attributes need to be
controlled. The spectro-guide spectrophotometer is unique as it
measures both attributes simultaneously. Thus, the cause of a
mismatch can be clearly defined in any situation.
■ Color (45/0 or sphere) and 60° gloss are displayed at the
same time
■ In compliance with international specifications
■ Tolerances for color and gloss allow quick pass/fail decisions
in production
Solid Color
Easy to use and handle
■ Light weight and small size – weighs only 500 g
■ Ergonomic design – can easily measure difficult to access
areas
■ Designated buttons for standard and sample readings
■ Customization of the display to your needs
Physical Properties
The spectro-guide spectrophotometer makes quality control
simple and secure – even for color beginners. Thanks to the
intuitive pulldown menu and the four-cursor button operation,
quality control has never been easier.
Technical Service
83
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Highly repeatable on
textured surfaces
The key criterion for a 45/0 instrument is a circumferential illumination. spectro-guide 45/0 is using a unique, patented measurement principle to achieve a 100% circumferential illumination.
A white coated hemisphere acts as a mixing chamber and guarantees completely uniform illumination. Thus, any influence of
measurement direction is eliminated and excellent repeatability
even on highly textured surfaces is guaranteed.
Light source
Detector 0° viewing
45° Illumination
Sample
Measurement principle spectro-guide 45/0
True circumferential illumination for best repeatability on textured samples.
Always precise color values
With the new spectro-guide spectrophotometer you can
measure any color: dark – brilliant – steep reflectance curves.
The 10 nm spectral resolution not only ensures highly precise
color results, but also an excellent agreement with competitive
color instruments – even bench-top units.
Additionally, a patented illumination control provides temperature independent results – even in extreme conditions.
Always ready to use
Economical and reliable operation of a spectrophotometer is
often taken as given. spectro-guide guarantees superior accuracy
for many years and low maintenance efforts.
■ Long lasting standard AA batteries – up to 8,000 readings
per set
■ 10 year warranty on the light source – no lamp changes
needed
■ Rugged and compact design
■ Stable, long-term calibration – needed only every three
months
84
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Professional Documentation with
easy-link
Appearance
No matter whether you want to compare a batch to a defined
standard or monitor process changes over time, easy-link, included with spectro-guide, offers all of the necessary tools. Direct
data transfer from the spectrophotometer into predefined QC
templates makes you ready for routine color control.
Are all parts within specification?
The CIELab-Graph charts differences in color and lightness
together with production tolerances.
Easy Standard Management
Is production stable over time?
All data are summarized in a trend graph: Color, gloss, film thickness and your own product specific information.
Back-up your standard data
For safety reasons, it is recommended to store your complete
database of standards on the PC. They can be downloaded with
the individual tolerances to spectro-guide – whenever needed.
Establish your tolerances
The auto tolerancing function assists you in setting up the tolerances for Pass/Fail control. Measure at least 20 visually accepted
production trials, transfer the readings to easy-link and have the
tolerances automatically calculated for you – saving time and
headaches.
Technical Service
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
4545
Description
BYKWARE easy-link
Hardware Requirements:
Operating system: Windows® 2000 or higher
Excel® version: 2000 or higher including VBA
Interface: serial or USB port
85
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Physical Properties
Do parts made out of different materials match?
Color differences are displayed simultaneously for three illuminants to control metamerism.
Solid Color
Manual entry of standard
If you have to match colors and the physical sample is no longer
available, you can easily enter the spectral data in easy-link. The
standards can then be transferred to the spectro-guide spectrophotometer for color QC.
spectro-guide gloss S
Color and Gloss Control
of automotive interior parts
Most people consider color and gloss harmony of the car interior
to be a key item when judging the perceived quality of a vehicle.
Consequently, the quality requirements for the interior design of
a car have increased over the last years. A variety of materials
are used and need to be harmonized. To achieve a uniform look
among the interior trim parts, very tight tolerances are specified.
Only instruments with excellent precision are able to objectively
control the production.
The new spectro-guide S family offers improved technical
performance for 60° gloss in the low gloss range 0 - 10 GU.
The excellent repeatability of ± 0.1 can be guaranteed due to a
patented calibration procedure.
In addition, the spectro-guide S spectrophotometer offers unique
benefits to always guarantee precise results:
■ Highly repeatable results independent of measuring direction
due to a patented, true circumferential illumination
■ Long-term stable calibration – needed only every three
months
■ Temperature stable color and gloss data between 10 - 40°C
■ 10 year warranty on the light source
■ 10 nm resolution for precise readings on brilliant and dark
colors
■ Professional documentation with easy-link software
Do parts made out of different
materials match?
Color differences are displayed simultaneously for three
illuminants to control metamerism
86
Technical Specifications
Gloss Measurement Range
Repeatability¹
Reproducibility¹
0 to 10 GU
± 0.1 GU
± 0.5 GU
10 to 100 GU
± 0.2 GU
± 1.0 GU
¹ Standard deviation
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Appearance
spectro-guide Training
BYK-Gardner offers you more than just an instrument. We assist
you in analyzing your color readings, understanding how to set
tolerances and as a result be able to use the spectro-guide to
save time and money and at the same time improve your quality.
Therefore, the instrument comes with a half-day training course
including:
1. Color Theory
■ The building blocks of color: illuminant, observer, object
■ Color differences with interpretation
2. Operation and Software Training
■ Measure samples and standards by single and average
readings
■ Save, recall and delete measurements
■ Change illuminants, observers, color scales
■ Direct data transfer to easy-link
Cat. No.
6801
6802
6834
6836
Description
spectro-guide 45/0 gloss
spectro-guide 45/0 gloss S
spectro-guide sphere gloss
spectro-guide sphere gloss S
Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service
Standards
ASTM
DIN
ISO
Color
Gloss
D 2244, E 308, E 1164 D 523, D 2457
5033, 5036, 6174,
67530
11664
2813, 7668
ed
Please refer to section
Preventive Maintenance
Color
Spectral Range
Repeatability¹
Reproducibility¹
Color Systems
Color Differences
Indices
Illuminants
Observer
Gloss Geometry
60°
60°
60°
60°
Color Aperture
11 mm
11 mm
11 mm
11 mm
Gloss Aperture
5 x 10 mm
5 x 10 mm
5 x 10 mm
5 x 10 mm
400 - 700 nm, 10 nm resolution
0.01 ΔE* (10 consecutive measurements on white)
0.2 ΔE* (average on 12 BCRA II tiles)
CIELab/Ch; Lab(h); XYZ; Yxy
ΔE*; ΔE(h); ΔEFMC2; ΔE94; ΔECMC; ΔE99; ΔE2000
YIE313; YID1925; WIE313; CIE; Berger; Color strength;
Opacity; Metamerism
A; C; D50; D55; D65; D75; F2; F6; F7; F8; F10; F11; UL30
2°; 10°
Gloss
Measurement Range
Repeatability²
Reproducibility²
Memory
0 - 100 GU
± 0.2 GU
± 1.0 GU
1500 Standards, 999 Samples
Languages
English; German; French; Italian; Spanish; Japanese;
Chinese
4 AA alkaline; NiCd or MH batteries
10 °C - 42 °C (50 °F - 110 °F)
Power Supply
Operating
Temperature
Humidity
Dimensions
Weight
< 85% relative humidity, non-condensing / 35 °C (95 °F)
9.5 x 8 x 18 cm (3.7 x 3.2 x 7 in)
approx. 0.5 kg (approx. 1.1 lbs)
Technical Service
Certifi
Color Geometry
45/0
45/0
d/8 spin
d/8 spin
Physical Properties
Comes complete with:
Spectrophotometer; Black calibration standard; White calibration standard with
certificate; Green checking reference; High gloss standard; Sample area locator;
Software easy-link; Interface cable; 4 x AA batteries; Hand strap; Carrying case;
Operating instructions; Color theory folder; Training
Technical Specifications
Solid Color
Ordering Information
¹ Standard deviation
² for S-type instruments see previous page
87
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
color-guide
Color Measurement
for Specific Applications
Color Control of Small Parts
Keyboards, pens and window handles require a color instrument
with a very small aperture and a repeatable sample placement.
color-guide 45/0, 4 mm aperture together with the optional sample holder guarantee repeatable results and a convenient sample
placement.
■ Minimum sample size: 5 x 5 mm (0.2 x 0.2 in)
Color Control of Powdered Material
When measuring powdery or granular material like raw material
pucks or grainy food, the instrument’s optics must be protected.
The color-guide spectrophotometer with glass sealed aperture
uses a colorless, optical glass and can directly measure such
products, thus saving sample preparation time.
color-guide 45/0, 4 mm
Color Control – easy and secure
■ Easy to use and handle – even for color beginners
■ Stable, long-term calibration – needed only every three
months
■ Highly temperature stable – even in extreme conditions
■ Uses standard AA batteries – good for 10,000 readings
■ 10 year warranty on light source – no lamp changes needed
■ Light weight and small size – only weighs 500 g
Professional Documentation
with easy-link
ISO 9000 requires documentation of color data. easy-link, included
with the color-guide, offers all of the necessary tools:
■ Easy and direct data transfer from the instrument to Excel®
■ Predefined QC-report templates (Lab-plot, trend graph) are
included
■ All relevant quality data can be easily summarized in one
report: Color – Gloss – Film Thickness
■ Easy management of your standards: standard back-up and
establishing of production tolerances
88
color-guide with glass sealed aperture
Complete color QC-report
Trend analysis:
Color – Gloss – Film Thickness
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
2. Operation and Software Training
■ Measure samples and standards by single and average
readings
■ Save, recall and delete measurements
■ Change illuminants, observers, color scales
■ Direct data transfer to Excel®
Appearance
color-guide Training
BYK-Gardner offers you more than just an instrument. We assist
you in analyzing your color readings, understanding how to set
tolerances and as a result be able to use the color-guide spectrophotometer to save time and money and at the same time
improve your quality. Therefore, the instrument comes with a half
day training course including:
1. Color Theory
■ The building blocks of color: illuminant, observer, object
■ Color differences with interpretation
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
6807
6692
Description
color-guide 45/0
color-guide 45/0
ASTM
DIN
DIN EN ISO
D 2244, E 308, E 1164
5033, 5036, 6174
11664
< 85% relative humidity, non-condensing / 35 °C (95 °F)
9.5 x 8 x 18 cm (3.7 x 3.2 x 7 in)
0.5 kg (1.1 lbs)
¹ Standard deviation
Physical Properties
Standards
Illuminants
Observer
Memory
Languages
Power Supply
Operating
Temperature
Humidity
Dimensions
Weight
Aperture
4 mm
20 mm, glass sealed
400 - 700 nm, 20 nm resolution
0.01 ΔE* (10 readings on white tile)
0.2 ΔE* (average on 12 BCRA II tiles)
CIELab/Ch; Lab(h); XYZ; Yxy
ΔE*; ΔE(h); ΔEFMC2; ΔE94; ΔECMC; ΔE99; ΔE2000
YIE313; YID1925; WIE313; CIE; Berger; Color strength;
Opacity; Metamerism
A; C; D50; D55; D65; D75; F2; F6; F7; F8; F10; F11; UL30
2°; 10°
200 Standards, 999 Samples
English; German; French; Italian; Spanish; Japanese
4 AA alkaline; NiCd or MH batteries
10 - 42 °C (50 - 110 °F)
Solid Color
Comes complete with:
Spectrophotometer
Black calibration standard
White calibration standard with certificate
Green checking reference
Sample area locator
Software easy-link
Interface cable
4 x AA batteries
Hand strap; Carrying case
Operating instructions; Color theory folder
Training
Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service
Technical Specifications
Geometry
45/0
45/0
Spectral Range
Repeatability¹
Reproducibility¹
Color Systems
Color Differences
Indices
Technical Service
89
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Accessories
Green
Checking
Reference
Replacement and
Checking Standards
The spectro-guide and color-guide spectrophotometers come
complete with white and black calibration standards, as well as
a green reference standard. The green reference should be used
periodically to audit instrument perfomance and the condition of
the calibration tiles.
As the spectro-guide also performs a gloss reading, it is additionally recommended to periodically use a medium gloss checking
standard to control the gloss readings.
White
Standard
Black
Standard
Gloss
Standard
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
6810
6840
6844
6846
Description
Black Standard, color-guide 45/0
Black Standard for spectro-guide
Checking Standard Gloss, spectro
Checking Standard Gloss, spectro S
Note: Please contact your local service department for replacement of white,
green and gloss standard.
Accessories
Cat. No.
6814
6815
6816
4545
6532
6822
6818
Description
Sample Area Locator 4 mm
Sample Area Locator 11 mm
Sample Area Locator 20 mm
BYKWARE easy-link
BYKWARE auto-QC lite
USB-Serial Cable, spectro-guide
Protective Stand
Sample Holder for Small Parts
The mask of the holder is custom made for the 4 or 11 mm aperture of the color-guide. The sample is placed in a jig, ensuring
measurement at the same spot. The holder is supplied with three
different jigs to guarantee maximum flexibility: a flexible foam
disk for quick checks, a finished disk with cylindrical groove, and
a blank disk to be customized by the user.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
6825
6845
6826
6827
6828
90
Description
Sample Holder 4 mm,
size: 60 x 20 mm (2.40 x 0.80 in)
Sample Holder 11 mm,
size: 60 x 20 mm (2.40 x 0.80 in)
Replacement foam disk
Replacement disk, cylindrical groove
Replacement blank disk
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Accessories
for Cosmetics
Appearance
Measurement of cosmetic products
A uniform, attractive appearance of the products is essential for
the customer acceptance. Consistent raw materials and stable
process parameters are the key to uniform and repeatable color
and appearance quality. For each different product type (e.g. nail
polish, lipstick, eye shadow, foundation...) a standardized sample
preparation is required in order to guarantee repeatable measurement results.
Solid Color
New!
Physical Properties
Measurement of small
and/or curved products
Sample Holder Cosmetics
The Sample Holder Cosmetics is especially designed for solid color
measurements using spectro-guide on small as well as curved
products, e.g.
■ Lipsticks
■ Artificial Nails
■ Cosmetic Packaging such as hairspray cans
Technical Service
For repeatable results the product is placed into a sample drawer,
which can be comfortably opened and closed. Magnets keep the
drawer from sliding open. A mask is fit on top of the sample
drawer to hold the spectro-guide in place and allow non-contact
measurements of your products in a completely shielded compartment.
■ Easy handling
■ Precise and repeatable positioning of sample
■ No ambient light
■ Durable, easy-to-clean material
■ Non-contact measurement
91
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
There are three different kits available for use with the Sample
Holder Cosmetics depending on which type of product needs to
be measured:
Lipstick Kit
■ Prismatic clamp for inserting lipsticks with various diameters
■ Magnets on the bottom plate provide a reliable locking
feature, and allow for simple attachment and removal
Nail Kit
■ Exchangeable nail attachment, which is customizable for
various nail shapes
■ Reliable rigid placement via magnets on bottom plate
Cylinder Kit
■ Customizable inlays for various diameters of cylindrical
shaped products
■ Optimum form closure guarantees tight fit of inlays inside the
Sample Holder Cosmetics
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
6459
Description
Sample Holder Cosmetics
Accessories
6461
6462
6463
6464
Lipstick Kit
Nail Kit
Nail Attachment for 6462
Cylinder Kit
Dimensions: 24 x 10 x 10 cm (9.4 x 3.9 x 3.9 in.)
Weight: 2.2 kg (4.9 lbs)
Max. diameter of lipstick compartment: 20.8 mm
Please provide sample nail for customization of holder
Customized nail holder for use with Nail Kit 6462
Max. length of cylinder: 229 mm
Max. diameter of cylinder: 67 mm
Please provide sample for customization of inlays
92
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Measurement of wet drawdowns
Appearance
Wet Drawdown Template – C
The Wet Drawdown Template – C is especially designed for solid
color measurements using spectro-guide on non-drying drawdowns, e.g.
■ Drawdowns of Lipstick Paste
■ Drawdowns of Liquid Foundation
To simulate how the color of a product will look like when
applied, a drawdown is made on a test chart. The template is
then placed over the drawdown without touching the surface
of the wet sample. For repeatable non-contact measurements,
the template is equipped with a mask to hold the spectro-guide.
■ Made of easy-to-clean hard-anodized aluminum
■ Non-contact measurements ensure clean and fast handling
Cat. No.
6445
Description
Wet Drawdown Template – C
Info!
Accessories
Solid Color
Ordering Information
Dimensions: 10.0 x 10.0 cm (3.94 x 3.94 in.)
Min. Film Width: 12 mm (0.47 in.)
Max. Film Width: 80 mm (3.15 in.)
Measurement results are greatly affected by application quality. Therefore the use of an automatic film applicator
(e.g. byko-drive) is recommended. For more information please refer to the section “Application”.
Physical Properties
Technical Service
93
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Measurement of powdery or pasty
products
Sample Holder Round Dish – C
The Sample Holder Round Dish – C is developed for solid color
measurements using spectro-guide on powdery or pasty
materials, e.g.
■ Pressed Powders
■ Creamy Eye Shadows
For repeatable results the product is pressed or poured into a
sample cup. During sample preparation of pressed powders, it
is important to always maintain the same plunger pressure as
well as the same plunger tissue. It is recommended to use a
fine-woven fabric to create a smooth, non-textured surface. The
holder is equipped with a mask onto which the spectro-guide is
placed for non-contact measurements.
■ Made of easy-to-clean hard-anodized aluminum
■ Non-contact measurement to protect the instrument’s optics
■ Customized adapter rings are offered to use the holder with
custom specific cuvettes
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
6806
Description
Sample Holder Round Dish – C
6416
Adapter Rings for 6806
Info!
94
Accessories
Including adapter ring and 5 cuvettes ø 35.5 mm, height 4.5 mm
Measurement distance approx. 1 mm
Five adapter rings of various sizes
Please specify diameter (max. round container size: ø 60 mm)
For further information and best practice examples on your specific application (nails, lips, face, eyes...) please refer
to our brochure “QC Solutions for Cosmetics”, which can be downloaded from http://www.byk.com
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
auto-QC
Color Control Software
■ Tolerances defined by the customer can be manually input in
any color scale
Appearance
BYK-Gardner offers two levels of color control software for
recording, analyzing and documenting color measurement results
in the laboratory and production.
■ auto-QC lite for basic QC requirements
■ auto-QC with advanced features
auto-QC lite offers the following
capabilities:
■ Customized screen layouts for ease of operation
■ Pass/Fail, color-on-screen and text description let the user see
in a flash whether he is on target or not
Solid Color
■ Metamerism is no longer a problem – display results of up to
3 illuminants on one screen
Physical Properties
■ auto-QC lite automatically calculates tolerances based on
measured production trials. Asymmetrical fit allows best
agreement with the visual perception
Technical Service
95
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
■ Direct transfer of all colorimetric data, spectral data and indices into Excel® can be easily accomplished
■ Use the direct e-mail tools to transfer color data worldwide in
a second
In addition, auto-QC offers the
following advanced features:
■ SPC control charts with upper/lower control limits for any
index and color scale allow the user to recognize trial color
deviations over time and trends early
■ Easy creation of macros:
Different software steps are combined into one procedure.
One keystroke executes the macro and guides inexperienced
users through their measurement tasks
■ Direct transfer of data into a database like Microsoft Access®
allows production batches to be archived and recalled for
future comparison
auto-QC
Supports the BYK-Gardner spectro-guide and other commonly
available spectrophotometers.
spectro-guide family
96
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
auto-QC
Color Control Software
Ordering Information
Description
BYKWARE auto-QC
BYKWARE auto-QC lite
Illuminants
Scales
Differences
Spectral Data
Indices
Observer
Languages
A; C; D50; D55; D65; D75; F2; F6; F7; F8; F10; F11; UL30; UL50
CIELab; CIELCH; L,a,b (Hunter); CIELuv; XYZ; Yxy; RxRyRz
ΔE*; ΔE(h); ΔECMC; ΔE94; ΔEFMC2; ΔE99; ΔE2000
%R; %T; K/S; ln K/S; -ln K/S; Absorbance; ln Absorbance
Metamerism: CIE, DIN
Yellowness: ASTM D 1925; E 313; DIN 6167
Whiteness:
CIE; ASTM E 313; Berger; Hunter; Stensby; Taube
Munsell:Hue/Value/Chroma
Opacity
Color Strength
Gloss:
color-view and spectro-guide only
2°; 10°
English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Japanese, Chinese
Physical Properties
Comes complete with:
Software on CD-ROM
Protection key for USB port
All instrument drivers
Hardware Requirements:
Operating system: Windows 2000 or higher
Memory: min. 8 MB RAM (recommended 64 MB)
Hard disk capacity: min. 5 MB
Monitor resolution: VGA or better
Disk drive: CD-ROM
Interface: serial interface and USB port
Technical Specifications
Solid Color
Cat. No.
6531
6532
Appearance
■ Easy to use with customized screen layouts
■ Pass/Fail analysis with auto-tolerancing
■ Export of color data to Excel® wihtin a second
Technical Service
97
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
In-Store Color Matching
In-store Color Formulation Systems
Increase your efficiency, productivity and profitability with
BYK-Gardner’s in-store color formulation systems. By improving
your customer service you are building up brand loyalty and bring
a more professional image to your store. Now you can formulate
custom color matches in your store as the customer waits – it only
takes a few minutes.
BYK-Gardner’s in-store color formulation system provides a
complete solution for effective control of your entire color
management process:
■ Excellent first time custom color matches
■ Reduced paint mistints and increased profits
■ Electronic competitive fandecks included to increase paint
sales by matching competitive colors
■ Easy-to-use software that enhances your store’s productivity
■ Durable and low maintenance instruments
■ Paint expertise support
■ Paint database creation
A complete color formulation system consists of:
■ Spectrophotometer
■ In-store color matching software
■ PC, monitor, keyboard and printer
98
BYK-Gardner offers all of the above components in a complete
system, or you may elect to provide some of the components
yourself. Each component is sold separately or turnkey system
pricing can be provided. In addition, we also assist you in selecting an automatic or manual colorant dispenser (not sold by
BYK-Gardner) to complete your system.
Need a portable solution?
BYK-Gardner also provides a portable look-up system where up
to 4900 color standards can be stored in the instrument memory
and an “auto-standard” function will retrieve the closest match.
Simply store all fandeck colors in the memory of the spectrophotometer, and you are ready to go.
Or use the instrument to custom match any object on site. Simply
measure and store the color, bring the instrument back and have
BYK-Gardner’s auto-match software generate the match for you.
Info!
For more information on the look-up system
refer to section color-guide plus
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
auto-match® III Sensor
Appearance
The last thing a paint department wants to worry about is a
broken down color matching system. Therefore the auto-match
III has an extremely rugged and reliable design guaranteeing a
maintenance-free operation for years.
The instrument uses a 45/0 circumferential illumination in order
to match your samples as your eye sees them.
In addition, the auto-match III spectrophotometer offers the
following unique benefits:
Standards
ASTM
DIN
DIN EN ISO
Description
auto-match III 45/0, 115 V
auto-match III 45/0, 230 V
Comes complete with:
Spectrophotometer
Black calibration standard
White calibration standard with certificate
Interface cable
Note: Requires separate purchase of the auto-match retail color matching software
Cat. No. 1001 or equivalent in order to operate.
Maintenance
Technical Specifications
Voltage
115 VAC, 60 Hz
230 VAC, 50 Hz
Spectral Range
Repeatability¹
Reproducibility¹
Operating Temperature
Relative Humidity
Dimensions
Weight
Geometry*
Aperture
45/0
11 mm
45/0
11 mm
400 - 700 nm, 20 nm resolution
0,01 ΔE* (10 consecutive measurements on white)
0.20 ΔE* (average on 12 BCRA II tiles)
10 to 42 °C (50 to 110 °F)
up to 85%, 35 °C (95 °F) non-condensing
14.6 x 13.3 x 24 cm (5.75 x 5.25 x 9.5 in)
3.3 kg (7.3 lbs)
Physical Properties
Cat. No.
1150
1155
D 2244, E 308, E 1164
5033, 5036, 6174
11664
ed Please refer to section Preventive
Certifi
Ordering Information
In-Store Color Matching
Color
■ Small, compact sensor fits almost anywhere
■ No more lost accessories or standards – standards are
integrated into the sample clamp
■ Temperature stable results without constant calibration – the
same matching results are obtained no matter what your
store temperature is
■ Maintenance is no longer an issue – very low frequency of
repair
■ Best warranty in the industry – 3-year guarantee on the instrument and 10-year guarantee on the light source
■ Excellent inter-instrument agreement – the same accurate
results are provided in every store location
¹ Standard deviation
* Sphere d/8 geometry on request.
Technical Service
99
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
auto-match Software
BYK-Gardner’s software combines proven reliability with excellent
matching performance. The user friendly interface guarantees
ease of operation: just choose the product line that you want to
use and the software guides you through the process.
The software can be customized to your application. Your company logo on the opening screen, lock out of certain colorants
with certain bases, multiple languages, and other custom features
can be incorporated into the software, making it truly unique to
your stores.
The software offers the following features:
■ Custom color matches in less than four seconds
■ Electronic formula book – providing a quick and mistake-free
look up of any color formulation in your database
■ Easy-to-use storage and retrieval of customer history and
custom formulas
■ Electronic competitive fandecks – providing you with an
endless range of hues and shades
■ Correction features enable precise match fine tuning to
customer desires
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
1001
Description
auto-match RCS Software
Hardware Requirements:
Operating system: Windows 98SE or higher
Memory: min. 1 GB RAM
Hard disk capacity: min. 4 GB
Monitor resoultion:VGA or better
Disk drive: CD-ROM
Interface: 1 serial port, 6 USB ports
Printer: Dymo label printer 450 (optional)
Accessories
Cat. No.
1005
1006
1007
1008
100
Technical Specifications
Formulation Time
Languages
Controls
Dispenser Output
Printer Output
Network Interface
< 4 seconds
English, French, Spanish, Portuguese
(please specify at time of purchase)
External keyboard and mouse
RS232 C
USB
Yes
Description
Pentium computer w/keyboard
17 in. Flat Screen Monitor
17 in. Monitor
Dymo Label Printer 450
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
color-guide plus
color-guide plus –
- the Electronic Fandeck!
Additionally, all features of a complete color QC instrument are
included: all commonly used color scales and illuminants, metamerism, Pass/Fail etc.
Ordering Information
Description
color-guide plus
Comes complete with:
Spectrophotometer
Black calibration standard
White calibration standard with certificate
Green checking reference
Sample area locator
4 x AA batteries
Hand strap; Carrying case
Operating instructions; Color theory folder
Training
Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service
ASTM
DIN
DIN EN ISO
D 2244, E 308, E 1164
5033, 5036, 6174
11664
Technical Specifications
Spectral Range
Repeatability¹
Reproducibility¹
Color Systems
Color Differences
Indices
< 85% relative humidity, non-condensing / 35 °C (95 °F)
9.5 x 8 x 18 cm (3.7 x 3.2 x 7 in)
0.5 kg (1.1 lbs)
¹ Standard deviation
101
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
Illuminants
Observer
Memory
Languages
Power Supply
Operating
Temperature
Humidity
Dimensions
Weight
Geometry
Aperture
45/0
11 mm
400 - 700 nm, 20 nm resolution
0.01 ΔE* (10 readings on white tile)
0.20 ΔE* (average on 12 BCRA II tiles)
CIELab/Ch; Lab(h); XYZ; Yxy
ΔE*; ΔE(h); ΔEFMC2; ΔE94; ΔECMC; ΔE99; ΔE2000
YIE313; YID1925; WIE313; CIE; Berger; Color strength;
Opacity; Metamerism
A; C; D50; D55; D65; D75; F2; F6; F7; F8; F10; F11; UL30
2°; 10°
4900 Standards,100 Samples
English; German; French; Italian; Spanish; Japanese
4 AA alkaline; NiCd or MH batteries
10° - 42 °C (50° - 110 °F)
Physical Properties
Cat. No.
6850
Standards
In-Store Color Matching
Color
■ Large memory of 4900 standard colors and 100 samples
■ Quick and repeatable look-up of the 5 closest matches
with dE*
■ Small size, light weight – only 500 g
■ Powered by standard AA batteries – up to 10,000 readings
per set
■ Long-term stability – calibration needed only every three
months
Appearance
Instead of spending hours searching through hundreds of fandeck colors trying to match your customer’s sample, why not
get your answer in less than a second with the color-guide plus?
With your fandeck colors stored in the system memory, place the
color-guide plus on the sample and press the button. The closest
fandeck color is displayed within a blink of an eye – precisely and
repeatable.
spectro-guide see page 83
Space – the Final Frontier!
BYK-Gardner’s spectro-guide
to orbit the earth
NASA has launched two BYK-Gardner spectro-guide spectrophotometers to the International Space Station (ISS) aboard
Orbital Vehicle 103 (Shuttle Discovery).
One critical aspect of spacecraft crew health assurance is maintaining a safe, useable supply of drinking water. To ensure that
water provided by the spacecraft distribution and recycling
systems is potable, bacterial inhibitors are added. Therefore, the
spectro-guides are used as an integral part of an experimental
water quality monitoring system developed by a team of scientists and engineers from NASA’s Habitability and Environmental
Factors Division in the Space Life Sciences Directorate at Johnson
Space Center, the Wyle Integrated Science and Engineering
Group in Houston, Texas, the University of Utah, and Iowa State
University. The system is called the Colorimetric Water Quality
Monitoring Kit (CWQMK), and it uses color measurements to
help ensure that only the appropriate biocide levels are present in
the water on ISS. Before, all samples used to monitor spacecraft
water quality were collected in-flight and stored until returned
to earth for chemical analysis. Not ideal because of sample degradation during storage and the time lapse between sampling
and correction steps in real time – if needed.
102
102
As part of pre-deployment procedures, the spectro-guide had to
pass a Procedure Validation (PV) session with NASA’s astronaut
corps. The PV session allows an astronaut to run through the
onorbit procedures to make sure that there won’t be any confusion
during crew training or during deployment on the ISS. Due to
the simplicity and ease of operation of the spectro-guide, there
were no issues during the PV session. Subsequently, operational
procedures were approved and seven astronauts were trained
on the hardware.
The spectro-guides that are used on the ISS are virtually the same
as those used by thousands of color measurement professionals
on earth. They feature advanced patented technology that make
them the most accurate, reliable, and dependable color spectro­
photometers available:
› Temperature independent readings – the same results at
15 °C or 38 °C are guaranteed
Long-term stable LED illumination – no bulbs to burn out
Calibration suggested only every 3 months – not every hour
No warm up period needed
Highly accurate, repeatable readings through robotic
calibration during manufacturing
Virtually never needs service due to advanced design
›
›
›
›
›
spectro-guide and the Discovery – a strong team to go
where no color spectrophotometer has gone before!
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Introduction
Metallic Coatings
Appearance
Today effect finishes play a dominant role in many applications as
they make an object distinctively appealing.
In contrast to conventional solid colors, effect finishes change
their appearance with viewing angle and lighting conditions.
Interference finishes show not only a lightness change with different viewing angle, but also a change in chroma and hue. The
latest developments are special effect pigments, which create
sparkling effects when lighting conditions change from sunlight
to cloudy sky.
Courtesy of Merk
METALLIC COLOR
Metallic Color
Metallic pigments
Absorption pigments
Interference pigments
Physical Properties
Visual Evaluation of Effect Coatings
As metallic finishes show a lightness change with different viewing angles, the sample needs to be tilted to create the same effect
during visual evaluation. This effect is also referred to as “lightdark flop”. The bigger the lightness changes between the angles
of view are, the more the contours of an object will be accentuated. In order to observe color travel of interference finishes,
the panel should be moved to allow increasing or decreasing the
angle to the light source.
Courtesy of Merk
Technical Service
Visual evaluations of traditional
metallic finishes
Visual evaluation of effect coatings
with color flop
103
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Instrumental Color Measurement
of Effect Coatings
Courtesy of Merk
Multi-angle color measurement
ASTM, DIN and ISO standards define multi-angle color measurement
to objectively describe the color of metallic finishes. Research
studies show that a minimum of three, and optimally five viewing
angles are needed. The measurement geometry for multi-angle
color measurement is specified by aspecular angles. The aspecular
angle is the viewing angle measured from the specular direction in
the illuminator plane. The angle is positive when measured from
the specular direction towards the normal direction.
In the last years a new generation of special effect pigments
has become more and more popular. For some of these new
pigments the color travels over a wide range.
Special effect pigments travelling
through several quadrants
Directional illumination is used versus circumferential illumination
because circumferential illumination minimizes the contribution
from directional effects such as the Venetian blind effect and surface irregularities.Thus, averaging of the circumferential illumination would cause the measured color values of two specimens to
be the same, while visually the two specimens would not match.
For color QC, the colorimetric data L*, a*, b* (or L*, C*, h°) and
delta E* can be used. The tolerances are usually higher for the
near specular (15°, 25°) and the flop angle (75°, 110°) than the
45° tolerance. In order to have a unique tolerance parameter
independent of color, weighted factors have to be used. Therefore, automotive companies often have set specifications on delta
E CMC or delta E’ based on DIN 6175-2 using 3 or 5 angle instrumentation. Another useful index is the flop index, a measure of
the change in lightness of a metallic color as it is tilted through
the entire range of viewing angles.
104
Measurement of color travel “behind
the gloss” at -15°
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Courtesy of Merk
In order to fully capture the color travel of these interference
pigments it is necessary to add viewing and illumination angles.
To keep the whole procedure practical for industrial use with a
portable spectrophotometer it was determined that an additional
angle behind the gloss e.g. -15° is of benefit.
Flake Characterization
Sample 1
Sample 2
In addition to color changes our total perception is also influenced
by the effect of the metallic flakes or other sparkling pigments.
This effect changes with the lighting conditions, for example
direct sunlight versus cloudy sky.
Appearance
Same color but visual difference
Direct sunlight: Sparkle effect
Cloudy sky: Graininess
Sparkle
■ flake type and size
■ concentration level of the effect pigment
■ orientation of the effect pigment
■ application method
The sparkle impression changes depending on the illumination
angle.
Apart from the sparkle effect under direct sunlight, another effect
can be observed under cloudy conditions, which is described as
coarseness or salt and pepper appearance. This visual graininess
can be influenced by the flake diameter or the orientation of the
flakes resulting in a non-uniform and irregular pattern. The observation angle is of low relevance when evaluating graininess.
Diffused
Δa*
Δb*
0.69
-0.11
-0.89
-0.35
0.16
-0.65
-0.10
0.46
ΔSparkle
7.85
4.17
1.48
0.25
0.19
0.20
0.05
-0.11
0.42
0.43
0.48
0.00
-0.60
ΔGraininess
3.81
To characterize the impression of effect finishes under different
viewing angles and illumination conditions, the BYK-mac i spectrophotometer objectively measures the total color impression:
■ Multi-angle color measurement (6-angles) clearly defines the
light-dark as well as color flop behavior of effect finishes
■ Sparkling and Graininess control with a high resolution CCD
camera simulates effect changes under direct and diffuse
lighting conditions
Technical Service
Multi-angle color and effect
measurement with the BYK-mac i
Physical Properties
Graininess
15°
45°
75°
ΔL*
Metallic Color
A sparkling or glitter impression can be observed under direct sunlight. This effect is often described with different words such as
sparkle, micro brilliance or glint and is generated by the reflectivity
of the individual effect pigment. Therefore, it is influenced by the
-15°
15°
25°
45°
75°
110°
Traditional 5-angle color measurement calculates color values
by averaging the spectral reflection over the entire illuminated
spot and therefore can not differentiate between the color of the
basecoat and the reflection of the aluminum flakes. As a consequence, two effect finishes can have the same color values with
a 5-angle spectrophotometer, but visually appear very different.
The visual difference is a result of the flake effects.
BYK-mac i effect measurement geometries
105
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Sparkle measurement under direct
illumination at three angles
The sparkle impression changes with the angle of illumination.
Therefore, the BYK-mac i spectrophotometer illuminates the
sample under three different angles 15°/45°/75° with very bright
LEDs and takes a picture with the CCD camera located at the
perpendicular.
Low sparkle (glint)
High sparkle (glint)
The human eye is less critical to a change within a sparkle grade
than it is to a change from grade to grade. Therefore, the longer
axis of the ellipse is towards the sparkle grade lines.
To use the model as a Pass/Fail tool for paint batch or part QC,
the total sparkle difference between sample and standard is calculated: ΔSparkle.
Graininess measurement under
diffused illumination
Graininess is evaluated by taking a picture with the CCD camera under diffused lighting conditions, created by a white coated
hemisphere. The picture is analyzed using the histogram of lightness levels whereby the uniformity of light and dark areas is summarized in one graininess value.
The pictures are analyzed by image analyzing algorithms using the
histogram of lightness levels as the basis for calculating sparkle
parameters.
To allow better differentiation, the impression of sparkle is
described by a two dimensional system: sparkle area and sparkle
intensity for each angle.
Low graininess (coarseness)
High graininess (coarseness)
A graininess value of zero would indicate a solid color, the
higher the value the grainier or coarser the sample will look under
diffused light.
Influence of flake size on sparkle
and graininess
For simplicity sparkle area and intensity are summarized in one
value: sparkle grade. Sparkle grade is represented by the colored
lines in the diagram.
The sparkle evaluation is done by comparing a sample to a
defined standard – like color measurement. Therefore, the sparkle
data are also displayed in a difference graph.
In order to set visually acceptable limits a new sparkle tolerance
model was developed together with several partners from the
automotive, pigment and paint industry. As a guideline the
weighted total color difference equations were used resulting in
an elliptical tolerance model.
106
Sparkle and graininess data give information on flake size and
concentration levels. The sample below shows a silver finish with
three different flake sizes (25 µm – 34 µm – 54 µm).
Visually, the silver finish with the coarser aluminum pigments
appears more sparkling under direct illumination and more
“grainy” under diffused lighting.
The BYK-mac i measurement correlates with the visual judgment:
sparkle area, sparkle intensity and graininess increase with flake
size.
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Influence of flake orientation
on total color impression
Besides flake types and concentration levels, the comparison of
sparkle area at 15° and 75° illumination gives information about
flake orientation.
Appearance
Different application method
In order to increase paint efficiency the basecoat application
is changing to 100% electrostatic application. Metallic finishes
containing coarser aluminum flakes will show more non-parallel
oriented flakes. The result will be a lower light-dark flop and more
sparkling at a low grazing illumination angle. In the following
example the basecoat of the car body was applied 100% electrostatically and the bumpers were painted with a bell / pneumatic
application. The total color difference using the mean ΔEDIN was
acceptable.
Different rheology additives
Flake orientation can also be influenced by the paint formulation,
e.g. the rheology additive. As fine aluminum flakes have more
edges and consequently more light is scattered, the orientation
is more important for coarser pigments. The use of an optimized
rheology additive will result in a better light-dark flop and less
sparkling at lower grazing angles.
In the following example a waterborne system was evaluated
using three different rheology additives: a standard system, an
acrylic thickener and the BYK-Chemie wax additive AQUATIX®.
Visually, the three panels look the same under direct illumination
at a steep angle. When comparing at a lower grazing angle, the
system using the BYK-Chemie wax additive shows less sparkling.
Metallic Color
Yet, visually, the car body was sparkling considerably more than
the bumper. The BYK-mac i measurement data reflects the visual
impression clearly evaluating the Sparkle 75° data. The Sparkle
75° measurement evaluates the aluminum flakes which are nonparallel oriented; therefore the main changes can be seen in an
increasing sparkle area.
Info!
Technical Service
BYK-mac i measures
total color impression
For more information on visual evaluation
of effect finishes see byko-spectra effect.
107
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Physical Properties
ΔEDIN is well below one for all measurement points
BYK-mac i measurement data correlates with a visual judgment.
The sparkle area for the system with wax additive at 75° is smaller
than for the two other systems. As Sparkle 75° evaluates flakes
which are non-parallel oriented, this clearly shows that by using
the BYK-Chemie wax additive AQUATIX® the orientation of the
aluminum flakes is improved.
Fluorescence
Fluorescence is the spontaneous emission of light by a substance
that has absorbed light. Part of the emitted light is released as
heat. Therefore, the fluorescent light is typically of lower energy
and thus, longer wavelength than the exciting light.
This phenomenon is called “Stokes Shift” and well known for optical brighteners that absorb light in the UV-range and emit the
fluorescent light in the blue wavelength range.
But, it can also occur in the visible range e.g. light excited in the
blue wavelength range can be shifted to the green, yellow or red
wavelength range.
Measurement of Fluorescence
BYK-mac i is the only portable spectrophotometer which can
detect fluorescent light excited in the visible range.
BYK-mac i is equipped with additional sensors integrated in the
white coated hemi-spheres of the graininess illumination. These
sensors measure the shifted fluorescent light in clearly defined
wavelength ranges and allocate it to the respective emission
wavelengths.
Due to the highly stable LED illumination fluorescent colors can
also be measured repeatable with one BYK-mac (no warm-up
time, no temperature drift) and from one BYK-mac to another
BYK-mac (no lamp aging).
Additionally, BYK-mac i quantifies the fluorescent light by calculating a new index – the Intensity Emission value.
The Intensity Emission index (Int-Em) can be used as a preliminary
indicator for light fastness.
BYK-mac i measures total color
impression and quantifies
fluorescence
108
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
BYK-mac i
Total color impression
of effect finishes
Appearance
The appearance of effect finishes is influenced by different
viewing angles and viewing conditions. Apart from a light-dark
flop and color shift special sparkling effects can be created.
The BYK-mac i spectrophotometer is unique as it measures both
multi-angle color and flake characterization in one portable
device.
■ Traditional 5-angle color measurement:
15° / 25° / 45° / 75° / 110°
■ Additional color measurement behind the gloss for color
travel of interference pigments: -15°
■ Sparkle and graininess measurement for flake
characterization
Metallic Color
Ergonomic design and
easy operation
Physical Properties
The shape of the instrument is designed to ensure easy handling
and true portability. Due to its intuitive menu quality control of
metallic finishes has never been easier.
■ Menu guided operation according to your own sampling
procedure
■ Designated buttons for standard and sample readings
■ Scroll wheel to select menu functions
■ Large color display – easy-to-read inside and outside
■ Storage of up to 1000 readings in selectable memories
■ smart-chart software for professional analysis,
documentation and data management
Reliable readings at any time
109
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
In order to guarantee stable positioning, the BYK-mac i is
equipped with trigger pins on the bottom plate of the instrument.
If the pins do not have contact with the surface, an error message
will be displayed. This ensures reproducible results on test panels
as well as curved parts (r > 500 mm).
Additionally, the surface temperature is measured and saved with
each measurement.
Accurate results and
low maintenance
The BYK-mac i spectrophotometer uses a light source with longterm stability and patented illumination control which provides
superior accuracy and low maintenance for many years.
■ Stable, long-term calibration – needed only every three
months
■ Temperature independent measurement results between
10 - 40 °C – without calibration
■ Excellent agreement between instruments allowing usage of
digital standards among the supply chain
■ 10 year warranty on the light source – no lamp changes
needed
Always ready
The instrument is operated with a rechargeable battery pack
(Li-Ion). The docking station automatically charges the battery
pack in the instrument as well as a spare pack located in the
docking station.
Optionally the instrument can be operated with 4 standard
mignon alkaline or rechargeable batteries.
The docking station also transfers measured data to a PC.
Quantification of Fluorescent Light
The BYK-mac i spectrophotometer is equipped with additional
sensors to detect fluorescent light excited in the visible range. The
Intensity Emission value quantifies the fluorescent light and can
be used as a preliminary indicator for light fastness.
Info!
110
For more information on visual evaluation of
effect finishes see byko-spectra effect.
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
BYK-mac i
with small aperture
Special effect finishes are used in many applications to create
new color impressions pronouncing the design of a product. Objects like mobile phone housings, bicycles or window handles are
very small or curved. They require a color instrument with small
aperture and repeatable sample placement.
BYK-mac i with 12 mm aperture guarantees repeatable results
even on such products.
■ 5-angle color measurement for light/dark travel evaluation:
15° / 25° / 45° / 75° / 110°
■ Additional color measurement behind the gloss for color flop
analysis: -15°
■ Sparkle and graininess measurement for flake
characterization
Accurate results and low
maintenance
The BYK-mac i 12 mm uses a light source with long-term stability
and a patented illumination control which provides superior
accuracy and low maintenance.
Quantification of Fluorescent Light
The BYK-mac i 12 mm spectrophotometer is equipped with
additional sensors to detect fluorescent light excited in the visible
range. The Intensity Emission value quantifies the fluorescent light
and can be used as a preliminary indicator for light fastness.
Technical Service
Easy operation and efficient
data analysis
The shape of the instrument is designed to ensure easy handling
and true portability. Due to its intuitive menu quality control of
small parts has never been easier.
■ Menu guided operation according to your own sampling
procedure
■ Large color display – easy-to-read inside and outside
■ Storage of up to 1000 readings in selectable memories
■ Professional data documentation and analysis with
smart-chart software
111
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Physical Properties
■ Stable, long-term calibration – needed only every three
months
■ Temperature independent measurement results between
10 - 40°C – without calibration
■ 10 year warranty on LED light source – no lamp changes
needed
■ Excellent agreement between instruments allowing usage
of digital standards among the supply chain
■ Operated by a rechargeable battery pack – good for
1000 readings
Metallic Color
Total color impression of effect
finishes
Appearance
Measurement of effect finishes on
small or curved parts
Reliable readings for
various sample sizes
■ 4 pin positioning for minimum sample size of 35 x 45 mm
which can be varied by check zone depending on curvature
Optional sample holder for small parts
The holder is equipped with a mask to fit the aperture of the
BYK-mac i 12 mm and a tilting handle to fix the instrument. Therefore, repeatable sample placement and reliable measurement
results are guaranteed.
■ Application specific presentation tools:
– Flexible sample table
– Sample pin
– Positioning tool for centering sample
■ Minimum sample size: ø 30 mm
■ Maximum distance between measurement spot and back
rail: 50 mm
Flexible sample table for measuring e.g.
headlamp cleaning device covers
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
6408
Sample pin for measuring e.g. distance
sensor covers
Description
Sample Holder BYK-mac 12 mm
Positioning tool to center sample
Technical Specifications
Dimensions
130 x 140 x 263 mm (5.1 x 5.2 x 10.4 in)
Weight
1.7 kg (3.75 lbs)
Comes complete with:
Sample holder
Flexible sample table
Sample pin
Positioning tool
Short Instructions
112
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Appearance
In compliance with:
Standards
ASTM
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
7030
7034
7031
7035
Description
BYK-mac i 23 mm
BYK-mac i 12 mm
BYK-mac i Sensor 23 mm
BYK-mac i Sensor 12 mm
Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service
Note: smart-process is automatically included. If smart-lab is required instead,
please specify at time of order.
23 mm diameter
12 mm diameter
Color
Measuring Geometry
Spectral Range
Measurement Range
Repeatability
Reproducibility
Color Scales
Index
Illuminants
Observer
Effect
Measurement Geometry
Effect Parameters
Repeatability
Reproducibility
Measuring Time
Memory
Display
Language
Power Supply
Operating Temperature
Relative Humidity
Dimensions
Weight
45° illumination
-15°, 15°, 25°, 45°, 75°, 110° aspecular viewing
400 - 700 nm, 10 nm resolution
0 to 600 % reflectance
0.01 ΔE* (10 consecutive measurements on white)
Grey BCRA tiles: avg. ΔE* &lt; 0.10
Chromatic BCRA tiles: avg. ΔE* < 0.25
ΔE*; ΔE CMC; ΔE 94; ΔE 2000; ΔE 99; ΔE DIN6175
Flop, Int-Em
A; C; D50; D65; F2; F7; F11; F12
2°; 10°
15° / 45° / 75° and diffused illumination
perpendicular viewing
ΔS; ΔS_a; ΔS_i; ΔG
S_a / S_i: 5% or > 0.50 / G = ± 0.05
S_a / S_i: 10% or > 1.00 / G = ± 0.15
< 6 seconds
1000 standards / samples
2.7 in. TFT color LCD display
English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Spanish
Rechargeable battery pack or 4 mignon AA batteries
(alkaline or rechargeable)
10 to 42° C (50 to 110 ° F)
up to 85%, 35° C (95° F); non-condensing
21.8 x 8.1 x 14.7 cm (8.6 x 3.2 x 5.8 in.)
approx. 1.3 kg (approx. 2.86 lbs)
113
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
System Requirements:
Operating system: Windows 7 SP1 or 8.1
Microsoft® .NET Framework 4
Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz; i7, 2.5 GHz recommended, or equivalent
Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended
Hard-disk capacity: min. 300 MB
Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher
Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD drive
Interface: free USB-port
Technical Specifications
Measuring Area
23 mm diameter
12 mm diameter
Physical Properties
Comes complete with:
Multi-angle spectrophotometer
Black calibration standard
White calibration standard with certificate
Color and effect checking reference
Protective cap
Cleaning set for bottom plate
2 light protection covers
Seal replacement kit
smart-chart software (7030 and 7034 only)
Docking station with USB cable for memory transfer
Instrument interface cable for online data transfer
2 rechargeable Li-ion battery packs
Battery holder; 4 x AA batteries
Short instructions; Operating manual on CD
Carrying case; Training
Metallic Color
DIN
DIN EN ISO
SAE
D 2244, E 308,
E 1164, E 2194
5033, 5036, 6174, 6175-2
11664
J 1545
BYK-mac i Training
BYK-Gardner offers you more than just an instrument. We assist
you in analyzing your color readings as well as sparkle and graininess data. As a result you will be able to use the BYK-mac i to
save time and money, while at the same time improving quality.
Therefore, the instrument comes with a one day training course
including:
1. Color and Effect Theory
■ Parameters influencing total color impression of effect
finishes
■ Color and effect differences for trouble shooting
2. Operation and Software training smart-process
■ Standard management
■ Set-up an “organizer” to create a routine measurement
procedure
■ Programming of the instrument with “organizer” and
measurement of several samples
■ Data transfer to smart-chart software and saving in a
database for routine QC
■ Data analysis using standard reports:
– Test Report:
Shows measurement data for a single test series –
ideal for color harmony reviews
– Scorecard (Management Summary Report):
Quick overview how production is running over the
selected time range
– Trend Report:
Typical process control chart showing the data over time
or by individual.
■ Create your own reports reports in Excel®:
– Transfer data from the database to Excel®
2. Operation and Software training smart-lab
■ Standard management
■ Measure standards and samples by single and average
readings
■ Save, recall and delete measurements
■ Change illuminants, observers, color equations
■ Data analysis using standard reports:
– Scatter graph per angle to show at one glance whether all
parts are within specification
– Color & Effect Travel to show how individual samples
perform per measurement angle
– Effect graph to control whether sparkle and graininess
values are within specification
– Spectral curves for detailed analysis
■ Create your own reports in Excel®:
– Transfer data from the database to Excel®
The training can be performed in one day or two half days. It is
recommended to split the training into two half days:
Day 1: Day 2:
Theory and basic operation (set-up organizer,
taking readings and saving in a database)
3-4 weeks later to ensure readings were taken and
saved in a database. Data analysis and standard QC
report can be explained using custom specific data.
Certifi
ed
Please refer to section
Preventive Maintenance.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
7044
6336
6399
6360
Description
Black Standard, BYK-mac i
Protective Cap, BYK-mac 23 mm
Protectice Cap, BYK-mac 12 mm
Docking Station, BYK-mac
Accessories
6337
6413
6359
6364
6348
6414
4831
4862
USB Interface Cable
Online Cable, BYK-mac
Battery Pack, BYK-mac
Cleaning Set, BYK-mac
Seal Set, BYK-mac
Light Protection Cover, BYK-mac
BYKWARE smart-process
BYKWARE smart-lab
To perform zero calibration
Snap on cover to protect optics and interior components
Snap on cover to protect optics and interior components
Incl. USB interface cable and charger 100 - 240 V self adapting
(For BYK-mac with catalog number 6340 and 6345, please contact customer service
for an upgrade package)
To connect the docking station to the PC, USB-A plug, 3 m length
To connect the instrument directly to the PC
Rechargeable battery pack for automatic charge in docking station
To clean instrument aperture and pin covers from dust and grease
Including 3 light protection rubber seals and 8 rubber pin covers
To measure very bright colors; 10 pieces included
Process QC software for BYK-mac i, cloud-runner and wave-scan
Lab QC software for online color & effect control with BYK-mac i
Note: For replacement of white, color or effect standard, please contact your local service department.
114
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Accessories for
Cosmetics
Appearance
Measurement of cosmetic products
The cosmetic industry is very much driven by aesthetics. Special
effect pigments are used to create colorful and glamorous looks.
Colors will show light/dark or color travel depending on viewing angle/curvature as well as sparkle impressions depending
on the lighting conditions. For each different product type (e.g.
nail polish, lipstick, eye shadow, foundation...) a standardized
sample preparation is required in order to guarantee repeatable
measurement results.
New!
Metallic Color
Measurement of small
and/or curved products
Sample Holder Cosmetics
The Sample Holder Cosmetics is especially designed for multiangle color & effect measurements using BYK-mac i 12 mm on
small as well as curved products, e.g.
■ Lipsticks
■ Artificial Nails
■ Cosmetic Packaging such as hairspray cans
115
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
■ Easy handling
■ Precise and repeatable positioning of sample
■ No ambient light
■ Durable, easy-to-clean material
■ Non-contact measurement
Physical Properties
For repeatable results the product is placed into a sample drawer,
which can be comfortably opened and closed. Magnets keep the
drawer from sliding open. A mask is fit on top of the sample drawer to hold the BYK-mac i in place and allow non-contact measurements of your products in a completely shielded compartment.
There are three different kits available for use with the Sample
Holder Cosmetics depending on which type of product needs to
be measured:
Lipstick Kit
■ Prismatic clamp for inserting lipsticks with various diameters
■ Magnets on the bottom plate provide a reliable locking
feature, and allow for simple attachment and removal
Nail Kit
■ Exchangeable nail attachment, which is customizable for
various nail shapes
■ Reliable rigid placement via magnets on bottom plate
Cylinder Kit
■ Customizable inlays for various diameters of cylindrical
shaped products
■ Optimum form closure guarantees tight fit of inlays inside the
Sample Holder Cosmetics
■ Depending on the size of the sample, the BYK-mac i with
23 mm aperture can also be used
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
6459
Description
Sample Holder Cosmetics
Accessories
6461
6462
6463
6464
Lipstick Kit
Nail Kit
Nail Attachment for 6462
Cylinder Kit
Dimensions: 24 x 10 x 10 cm (9.4 x 3.9 x 3.9 in.)
Weight: 2.2 kg (4.9 lbs)
Max. diameter of lipstick compartment: 20.8 mm
Please provide sample nail for customization of holder
Customized nail holder for use with Nail Kit 6462
Max. length of cylinder: 229 mm
Max. diameter of cylinder: 67 mm
Please provide sample for customization of inlays
116
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Measurement of low viscosity
products
■ Pigment Pastes
■ Liquid Foundations
■ Durable, easy-to-clean material
■ Light barrier avoids entry of ambient light
■ Non-contact measurements ensure clean and fast handling
Ordering Information
Accessories
Cat. No.
6439
Description
Sample Holder Liquid Paste – M
Metallic Color
For repeatable results it is important to always pour the same
amount of liquid paste into the plastic spoon by means of e.g. a
syringe. Care must be taken to achieve a smooth and homogeneous surface. The plastic spoon is fixed in the sample holder and
the BYK-mac i is placed on a mask to ensure centered positioning.
Including 5 plastic spoons
Measurement distance approx. 1 mm
Measurement of wet drawdowns
Physical Properties
Wet Drawdown Template – M
The Wet Drawdown Template – M is especially designed for multiangle color & effect measurements using BYK-mac i on non-drying
drawdowns, e.g.
■ Drawdowns of Lipstick Paste
■ Drawdowns of Liquid Foundation
To simulate how the color and effect of a product will look like
when applied, a drawdown is made on a test chart. The template
is then placed over the drawdown without touching the surface
of the wet sample. For repeatable non-contact measurements,
the template is equipped with a mask to hold the BYK-mac i.
Cat. No.
6440
Description
Wet Drawdown Template – M
Info!
Accessories
Dimensions: 10.0 x 10.0 cm (3.94 x 3.94 in.)
Min. Film Width: 35 mm (1.38 in.)
Max. Film Width: 80 mm (3.15 in.)
Technical Service
■ Made of easy-to-clean hard-anodized aluminum
■ Non-contact measurements ensure clean and fast handling
Ordering Information
Appearance
Sample Holder Liquid Paste – M
The Sample Holder Liquid Paste – M allows multi-angle color
& effect measurements using BYK-mac i on products of low
viscosity, e.g.
Measurement results are greatly affected by application quality. Therefore the use of an automatic film applicator
(e.g. byko-drive) is recommended. For more information please refer to the section "Application".
117
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Measurement of powdery or pasty
products
Sample Holder Round Dish – M
The Sample Holder Round Dish – M is developed for multi-angle
color & effect measurements using BYK-mac i on powdery or
pasty materials, e.g.
■ Pressed Powders
■ Creamy Eye Shadows
For repeatable results the product is pressed or poured into a
sample cup. During sample preparation of pressed powders, it is
important to always maintain the same plunger pressure as well
as the same plunger tissue. It is recommended to use a fine-woven
fabric to create a smooth, non-textured surface. The holder is
equipped with a mask onto which the BYK-mac i is placed for
non-contact measurements.
■ Made of easy-to-clean hard-anodized aluminum
■ Non-contact measurement to protect the instrument’s optics
■ Customized adapter rings are offered to use the holder with
custom specific cuvettes
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
6415
Description
Sample Holder Round Dish – M
6416
Adapter Rings for 6415
Info!
118
Accessories
Including adapter ring and 5 cuvettes ø 35.5 mm, height 4.5 mm
Measurement distance approx. 1 mm
Five customized adapter rings of various sizes
Please specify diameter (max. round container size: ø 60 mm)
For further information and best practice examples on your specific application (nails, lips, face, eyes...) please refer
to our brochure “QC Solutions for Cosmetics”, which can be downloaded from http://www.byk.com
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
BYK-mac i COLOR
Multi-angle color measurement
Appearance
In order to control the lightness and / or color flop of an effect
finish, the color needs to be measured under different viewing
angles.
BYK-mac i COLOR spectrophotometer offers an attractive solution
by measuring
■ Traditional 5-angle color at 15°/25°/45°/75°/110°
■ An additional angle at -15° “behind the gloss” for color travel
of interference pigments
Ergonomic design
and easy operation
Metallic Color
The shape of the instrument is designed to ensure easy handling
and true portability. With an intuitive menu quality control of
metallic finishes has never been easier.
Reliable readings at any time
Quantification of Fluorescent Light
Technical Service
The BYK-mac i COLOR uses a light source with long term stability
and patented illumination control which provide superior accuracy
and low maintenance for many years.
■ Stable, long-term calibration – needed only every three
months
■ Temperature independent measurement results between
10 - 40°C – without calibration
■ Excellent agreement between instruments allowing usage of
digital standards among the supply chain
■ 10 year warranty on the light source – no lamp changes
needed
Physical Properties
■ Menu guided operation according to your own sampling
procedure
■ Designated buttons for standard and sample readings
■ Scroll wheel to select menu functions
■ Large color display – easy-to-read inside and outside
■ Storage of up to 1000 readings in selectable memories
■ 4 trigger pins on the bottom plate guarantee stable
positioning even on curved surfaces
The BYK-mac i COLOR spectrophotometer is equipped with additional sensors to detect fluorescent light excited in the visible
range. The Intensity Emission value quantifies the fluorescent light
and can be used as a preliminary indicator for light fastness.
119
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Always ready
The instrument is operated with a rechargeable battery pack
(Li-Ion). The docking station automatically charges the battery
pack in the instrument as well as a spare pack located in the
docking station.
Optionally the instrument can be operated with 4 standard
mignon alkaline or rechargeable batteries.
The docking station also transfers the measured data to a PC.
For professional analysis, documentation and data management
smart-chart software is included.
In compliance with:
Standards
ASTM
DIN
DIN EN ISO
SAE
D 2244, E 308, E 1164, E 2194
5033, 5036, 6174, 6175-2
11664
J 1545
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
7032
7033
Description
BYK-mac i COLOR
BYK-mac i COLOR Sensor
Comes complete with:
Multi-angle spectrophotometer
Black calibration standard
White calibration standard with certificate
Color checking reference
Protective cap
Cleaning set for bottom plate
2 light protection covers
Seal replacement kit
smart-chart software (7032 only)
Docking station with USB cable for memory transfer
Instrument interface cable for online data transfer
2 rechargeable Li-ion battery packs
Battery holder; 4 x AA batteries
Short instructions; Operating manual on CD
Carrying case; Training
Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service
System Requirements:
Operating system: Windows 7 SP1 or 8.1
Microsoft® .NET Framework 4
Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz; i7, 2.5 GHz recommended, or equivalent
Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended
Hard-disk capacity: min. 300 MB
Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher
Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD drive
Interface: free USB-port
Note: smart-process is automatically included. If smart-lab is required instead,
please specify at time of order.
120
Technical Specifications
Measuring Geometry
Measuring Area
Spectral Range
Measurement Range
Repeatability
Reproducibility
Color Scales
Index
Illuminants
Observer
Measuring Time
Memory
Display
Language
Power Supply
Operating Temperature
Relative Humidity
Dimensions
Weight
Certifi
ed
45° illumination
-15°, 15°, 25°, 45°, 75°, 110° aspecular viewing
23 mm diameter
400 - 700 nm, 10 nm resolution
0 to 600 % reflectance
0.01 ΔE* (10 consecutive measurements on white)
Grey BCRA tiles: avg. ΔE* < 0.10
Chromatic BCRA tiles: avg. ΔE* < 0.25
ΔE*; ΔE CMC; ΔE 94; ΔE 2000; ΔE 99; ΔE DIN6175
Flop, Int-Em
A; C; D50; D65; F2; F7; F11; F12
2°; 10°
< 4 seconds
1000 standards / samples
2.7 in. TFT color LCD display
English, German, French, Italian, Japanese, Spanish
Rechargeable battery pack or 4 mignon AA batteries
(alkaline or rechargeable)
10 to 42° C (50 to 110 ° F)
up to 85%, 35° C (95° F); non-condensing
21.8 x 8.1 x 14.7 cm (8.6 x 3.2 x 5.8 in.)
approx. 1.3 kg (approx. 2.86 lbs)
Please refer to section
Preventive Maintenance.
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
BYK-mac i COLOR Training
BYK-Gardner offers you more than just an instrument. We assist
you in analyzing your color readings to enable you to use the
BYK-mac i COLOR to save time and money, while at the same
time improving quality. Therefore, the instrument comes with a
one day training course including:
Day 2: 3-4 weeks later to ensure readings were taken and
saved in a database. Data analysis and standard QC
report can be explained using custom specific data.
Ordering Information
Accessories
7044
6336
6360
6337
6413
6359
6364
6348
To perform zero calibration
Snap on cover to protect optics and interior components
Incl. USB interface cable and charger 100 - 240 V self adapting
To connect the docking station to the PC, USB-A plug, 3 m length
To connect the instrument directly to the PC
Rechargeable battery pack for automatic charge in docking station
To clean instrument aperture and pin covers from dust and grease
Cat. No.
6414
4831
4862
Description
Black Standard, BYK-mac i
Protective Cap, BYK-mac 23 mm
Docking Station, BYK-mac
USB Interface Cable
Online Cable, BYK-mac
Battery Pack, BYK-mac
Cleaning Set, BYK-mac
Seal Set, BYK-mac
Light Protection Cover, BYK-mac
BYKWARE smart-process
BYKWARE smart-lab
Technical Service
The training can be performed in one day or two half days. It is
recommended to split the training into two half days:
Day 1: Theory and basic operation (set-up organizer,
taking readings and saving in a database)
Physical Properties
2. Operation and Software training smart-lab
■ Standard management
■ Measure standards and samples by single and average
readings
■ Save, recall and delete measurements
■ Change illuminants, observers, color equations
■ Data analysis using standard reports:
– Scatter graph per angle to show at one glance whether all
parts are within specification
– Color Travel to show how individual samples perform per
measurement angle
– Spectral curves for detailed analysis
■ Create your own reports in Excel®:
– Transfer data from the database to Excel®
Metallic Color
2. Operation and Software training smart-process
■ Standard management
■ Set-up an “organizer” to create a routine measurement
procedure
■ Programming of the instrument with “organizer” and
measurement of several samples
■ Data transfer to smart-chart software and saving in a
database for routine QC
■ Data analysis using standard reports:
– Test Report:
Shows measurement data for a single test series – ideal
for color harmony reviews
– Scorecard (Management Summary Report):
Quick overview how production is running over the
selected time range
– Trend Report:
Typical process control chart showing the data over time
or by individual.
■ Create your own reports in Excel®
– Transfer data from the database to Excel®
Appearance
1. Color Theory
■ Parameters influencing color impression of effect finishes
■ Color differences for trouble shooting
Including 3 light protection rubber seals and 8 rubber pin covers
To measure very bright colors; 10 pieces included
Process QC software for BYK-mac i, cloud-runner and wave-scan
Lab QC software for online color & effect control with BYK-mac i
Note: For replacement of white and color standard, please contact your local service department.
121
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
BYK-mac i ROBOTIC
Automatic measurement of total
color impression of effect finishes
at the line
Products can only be manufactured with uniform and consistent
quality when process stability is guaranteed. Therefore, multi-angle color, sparkle and graininess must be measured on a routine
basis. The BYK-mac i ROBOTIC spectrophotometer allows automated total color control as it is mounted on a robotic arm. The
robotic system not only measures a high number of cars, but also
on the same areas.
Total color impression of effect
finishes
Reliable and objective color
and effect data
The BYK-mac i ROBOTIC measures both multi-angle color and
flake characterization.
■ Multi-angle color measurement at 6-angles clearly defines the
light-dark as well as color flop behavior of effect finishes
■ Sparkling and Graininess control with a high resolution CCD
camera simulates effect changes under direct and diffuse
lighting conditions.
■ Multi-angle color and effect data help to analyze the cause of
a color mismatch
The BYK-mac i ROBOTIC spectrophotometer uses a light source
with long-term stability and patented illumination control which
provide superior accuracy and low maintenance for many years.
■ Stable, long-term calibration – needed only every three
months
■ Temperature independent measurement results between
10 - 40°C – without calibration
■ 10 year warranty on light source – no lamp changes needed
■ Excellent agreement between instruments and correlation to
BYK-mac i and BYK-mac i COLOR
Reliable readings at any time
In order to guarantee stable positioning, the BYK-mac i ROBOTIC
is equipped with trigger pins on the bottom plate of the instrument. The sensitivity of the pins can be adjusted to the curvature
of the measurement area. If the pins do not have contact with
the surface an error message will be displayed.
Quantification of Fluorescent Light
The BYK-mac i ROBOTIC spectrophotometer is equipped with additional sensors to detect fluorescent light excited in the visible
range. The Intensity Emission value quantifies the fluorescent light
and can be used as a preliminary indicator for light fastness.
122
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Appearance
In compliance with:
Standards
ASTM
DIN
DIN EN ISO
SAE
D 2244, E 308, E 1164, E 2194
5033, 5036, 6174, 6175-2
11664
J 1545
Cat. No.
7036
Description
BYK-mac i ROBOTIC
Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service
Hardware Requirements:
Operating system: Windows 7 SP1 or 8.1
Microsoft® .NET Framework 4
Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz; i7, 2.5 GHz recommended, or equivalent
Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended
Hard-disk capacity: min. 300 MB
Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher
Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD drive
Color
Measuring Geometry
Measuring Area
Spectral Range
Measurement Range
Repeatability
Reproducibility
Color Scales
Index
Illuminants
Observer
Effect
Measurement Geometry
45° illumination
-15°, 15°, 25°, 45°, 75°, 110° aspecular viewing
87 x 23 mm (3.4 x 0.9 in.)
400 - 700 nm, 10 nm resolution
0 to 600 % reflectance
0.01 ΔE* (10 consecutive measurements on white)
Grey BCRA tiles: avg. ΔE* < 0.10
Chromatic BCRA tiles: avg. ΔE* < 0.25
ΔE*; ΔE CMC; ΔE 94; ΔE 2000; ΔE 99; ΔE DIN6175
Flop, Int-Em
A; C; D50; D65; F2; F7; F11; F12
2°; 10°
Object Curvature
Measuring Time
Memory
Power Supply
Interface
Robotic Requirements
Operating Temperature
Relative Humidity
Dimensions
Weight
Radius > 400 mm
< 6 seconds
1000 standards / samples
External power supply 24 VDC
RS 422
Vibration-free operation
10 to 42° C (50 to 110 ° F)
up to 85%, 35° C (95° F); non-condensing
21 x 12.5 x 17.5 cm (8.3 x 5 x 6.9 in.)
approx.3.5 kg (approx.7.7 lbs)
123
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
Effect Parameters
Repeatability
Reproducibility
15° / 45° / 75° and diffused illumination
perpendicular viewing
ΔS; ΔS_a; ΔS_i; ΔG
S_a / S_i: 5% or > 0.50 / G = ± 0.05
S_a / S_i: 10% or > 1.00 / G = ± 0.15
Physical Properties
Comes complete with:
Multi-angle spectrophotometer
White calibration standard with certificate
Color and effect checking reference
Light protection cover
BYKWARE smart-chart software
Communication software
Installation kit
Operating manual on CD
Carrying case; Training
Technical Specifications
Metallic Color
Ordering Information
BYK-mac i ROBOTIC Training
BYK-Gardner offers you more than just an instrument. We assist
you in operating the whole system and analyzing your color, sparkle
and graininess data. Therefore, the instrument comes with a two
day training course including:
Color and Effect Theory
■ Visual perception and instrumental measurement of
multi-angle color, sparkle and graininess.
■ Data interpretation for trouble shooting
■ Support in integrating the BYK-mac i ROBOTIC sensor into an
automated measurement system
Day 1:Color and Effect theory with data interpretation for
optimization and trouble shooting
Support in integrating the BYK-mac i ROBOTIC sensor
into an automated measurement system
Day 2:Software training with data analysis using standard
reports
Software training
■ Data analysis using standard reports:
– Test Report:
Shows measurement data for a single test series –
ideal for color harmony reviews
– Scorecard (Management Summary Report):
Quick overview how production is running over the
selected time range
– Trend Report:
Typical process control chart showing the data over time
or by individual.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
6417
4831
Description
Light Protection Cover for 7036
BYKWARE smart-process
Note: For replacement of white, color and effect standard, please contact your
local service department.
124
Accessories
To avoid the influence of ambient light
Process QC software for BYK-mac i ROBOTIC and wave-scan ROBOTIC
Certifi
ed
Please refer to section
Preventive Maintenance.
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
smart-process
Color and Appearance data in one
QC management system
Appearance
All critical color and appearance parameters can be saved and
analyzed with one software package, smart-process.
■ Multi-angle color and effect control with BYK-mac i
■ Orange peel and Distinctness-of- Image measurement with
wave-scan
■ Objective mottling analysis with the new cloud-runner
It is smart in more than one way. 6 different apps let you set up a
state-of-the art color & appearance management system.
Metallic Color
Standard Management – manage
an unlimited number of colors
smart-process includes powerful standard management for defining all essential color and appearance control parameters with
Pass / Fail tolerances. Customer specific color and appearance
scales for major automotive makers are already predefined and
ensure color and appearance control according to their internal
specifications.
Physical Properties
Digital Standard – guarantees a
seamless workflow
Thanks to the outstanding inter-instrument agreement of
BYK-mac i – proven by all automotive makers and unsurpassed
in the industry – smart-process enables you to use “digital standards” on a global basis with your entire supply chain. Export and
import your color standards in xml file format and send them by
email to your supply chain. Thus, color control data are reliable
and communication among all parties is seamless and efficient.
Technical Service
Organizer Set-up – standardized
measurement and sample labeling
smart-process offers set-up of Organizers for clear sample identification and a menu guided operation on the instrument.
Product schematics help to define specific sampling procedures.
The entered parameters can be used for filtering the measured
data saved in the database. Typical identifiers are model, color or
product ID – smart-process is open for your specific needs.
125
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Data Analysis – green light
for shipping
Data analysis was never easier. The data are saved in a SQL database which allows handling of large data sets over a long time period. See all your test series at once based on your specific criteria.
Select filter criteria, such as a certain time range, a specific color
and all “green” or “yellow” or “red” test series for further analysis.
Data analysis – Detailed
measurement reports
View and open the measurement data of a single test series with
a click. The product schematic quickly shows you where the “problem areas” are. The data is also displayed in an easy-to-read data
table highlighting the measurements out of specifications.
Additionally to the individual test results per check zone, the averages of groups (horizontals or verticals) are calculated and shown
on top of the report. In case of color harmony analysis the difference of each check zone to the master standard and the differences between “panel matches” as defined in the organizer are
displayed.
Monitor your process and
document stability
Innovative data analysis reports feature scorecards with drill-in
functionality as well as trend reports for all measured parameters.
They are so easy to set up that statistical analysis actually becomes
a fun project. And the data is documented and analyzed all together for color and appearance. Valuable time for data crunching will be saved and lengthy discussions analyzing the data will
no longer be necessary.
wave-scan Balance-Chart
The Balance chart shows all important info in one report:
■ Customer specifications
■ Balance chart for visual correlation
■ Structure spectrum for optimization
126
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
BYK-mac i Color Harmony and Process Control Chart
Lab-Scatter Graph
This standard report shows at a glance whether all parts are
within specification. One graph per angle is shown and different
tolerance models (e.g. CMC, DIN 6175-2) can be selected.
Appearance
Effect Graph
Similar to the Lab-scatter graph, this chart easily shows whether
effect differences are within tolerance. One graph per sparkle
angle and graininess is displayed. Tolerances can be set to your
specific requirements.
Metallic Color
Color & Effect Travel by Sample
...the ideal tool to show how individual measurement areas or
colors perform per measurement angle. In combination with a
graph for sparkle and graininess values, total color impression
can be easily controlled.
Physical Properties
cloud-runner Mottle-Chart
Customer relevant limits for mottling can be defined by setting
limits for the Mottling indices. The measured data is displayed
in a two-dimensional chart with red – yellow – green ranges for
easy process control. In addition, the mottle spectrum gives more
detailed information for optimization and trouble shooting.
With smart-process, you’ll know where you are, where you’re
going, and how to get there.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
4831
Description
BYKWARE smart-process
Note: smart-process licence fee for more than two installations
is quantity dependent.
Please contact your local BYK-Gardner representative.
Sytem Requirements:
Operating system: Windows 7 SP1 or 8.1
Microsoft® .NET Framework 4
Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz; i7, 2.5 GHz recommended, or equivalent
Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended
Hard-disk capacity: min. 300 MB
Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher
Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD drive
Interface: free USB-port
Process QC Software for BYK-mac i, cloud-runner, wave-scan
Instruments
BYK-mac i, BYK-mac i COLOR
cloud-runner
wave-scan dual, wave-scan II, micro-wave-scan
Export/Import
Color Standard (.xml format)
Organizer (.xml format)
Database format
SQL Server Compact
Languages
Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Japanese,
Spanish
127
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
Comes complete with:
Software on CD-ROM with license key
Technical Specifications
smart-lab
New!
Online Color and Effect Control in
the laboratory with BYK-mac i
Color and effect control in the laboratory require on one hand
open and flexible data analysis and on the other hand efficient
data handling of large data sets.
Online Measurement –
and instant data analysis
Just connect the BYK-mac i with the PC, measure the master
panel, apply the respective tolerances and compare the actual
samples against the standard. The data are displayed in a data table with Pass/Fail information and shown in various color graphs.
Or recall standard and samples from the database and quickly
add new readings.
Popular functions such as saving, deleting or copying can be
executed with a right click of the mouse.
Standard Management – extensive
flexibility of tolerance methods
smart-lab includes powerful standard management which allows
defining Pass / Fail tolerances based on any color control parameter. Besides the commonly available color equations (e.g. CIELAB
and CMC), customer specific color scales for all major automotive
makers are already predefined and ensure color control according
to their internal specifications.
Digital Standard – guarantees a
seamless workflow
Thanks to the outstanding inter-instrument agreement of
BYK-mac i – proven by all automotive makers and unsurpassed
in the industry – smart-lab enables you to use “digital standards”
on a global basis with your entire supply chain. Export and import
your color standards in xml file format and send them by email
to your supply chain. Thus, color control data are reliable and
communication among all parties is seamless and efficient.
128
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Data analysis – variety of
measurement reports
Appearance
Data analysis was never easier. Results are simultaneously displayed in a data table and a graph highlighting the samples being
out of specification.
Easily toggle between measurement conditions like different
illuminants and color equations. Multiple settings can even be
combined in one project allowing the user to have multiple pass/
fail criteria at one glance.
Graphically display color & effect results in the way that works
best for your application: scatter plot, line/travel graph and spectral curves can be selected by just a mouse click.
Swap Standard with Sample and
vice versa – ultimate flexibility
Metallic Color
Interested in how the previous batch compares to the current
batch? Just drag & drop the data or even select a sample as the
standard. Additionally, it is also possible to calculate the mean
value based on a population of samples and use it as a new standard. This is of high interest when selecting a master standard out
of a population of standard panels.
Database management –
easy and secure
Physical Properties
The data are saved in a SQL database which allows handling of
large data sets over a long time period. This reliable database type
also ensures full network and server compatibility. Retrieve data
for further analysis based on your specific filter criteria, such as a
specific color or a certain time range. Additionally, current standards and samples can be organized in projects. Projects are saved
as xml-files and can be easily shared with other smart-lab users.
With smart-lab, you can start faster and finish sooner without
getting lost in details.
Ordering Information
Description
BYKWARE smart-lab
Comes complete with:
Software on CD-ROM with license key
Sytem Requirements:
Operating system: Windows 7 SP1 or 8.1
Microsoft® .NET Framework 4
Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz; i7, 2.5 GHz recommended, or equivalent
Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended
Hard-disk capacity: min. 300 MB
Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher
Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD drive
Interface: free USB-port
Technical Specifications
Technical Service
Cat. No.
4862
Lab QC software for online color and effect control with BYK-mac i
Instruments
BYK-mac i, BYK-mac i COLOR
Color Differences
ΔE*, ΔECMC, ΔE94, ΔE2000, ΔEDIN6175-2,
custom specific scales
Illuminants
A, C, D50, D65, F2, F7, F11, F12
Observer
2°, 10°
Indices
Metamerism, Color Strength, Flop, Int-Em
Graphs
Scatter plot, line / travel graph, spectral curve
Database format
SQL Server Compact
Export
Project files (.xml format)
Languages
Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Japanese,
Spanish
Note: smart-lab licence fee for more than two installations
is quantity dependent.
Please contact your local BYK-Gardner representative.
129
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
spectro-guide see page 83
micro-gloss see page 17
Consistent Quality of
Cosmetic Products
Can you imagine the world of cosmetics without color, gloss or
glitter? By adding metallic or interference pigments to cosmetic
formulations fascinating effects can be achieved. In order to
guarantee consistency, a routine quality control system needs
to be established. Key component is one binding reference
with realistic tolerances to control batch to batch variations.
In order to obtain repeatable results, standardized sample preparation is crucial.
Powders, pastes and liquids can either be measured in mass
or in case of lower viscosity products as drawdowns on test
charts. In both cases, all non-drying or powdery products
require a non-contact measurement technique to protect the
instrument’s optic. Compared with the measurement through
glass or film, non-contact will be the preferred method since
this technique correlates best with how the consumer
perceives the final product in the store.
Measurement of powders
Powdery eye shadow and facial powder are pressed in “shape”.
For production quality control a standardized technique needs
to be established to always maintain the same plunger pressure
as well as the same plunger tissue. A smooth and non-textured
surface allows an objective measurement of the color hue and
the sparkling behavior of effect pigments. A sample holder
with disposable round dishes was especially designed for the
measurement of pressed powders. The loose powder is filled
130
and pressed based on a standardized technique into the disposable dish. A special powder holder is available with different
instrument masks to allow objective color and gloss measurement. The instrument mask is custom made to fit the aperture
of the respective instrument guaranteeing repeatable sample
placement and measurement results as well as non-contact
measurement to protect the instrument’s optic (see page 118).
Measurement of liquid foundations
Foundations often have a low to medium viscosity and therefore,
can either be measured in mass or as a drawdown on a test
chart. Applying the foundation on a black and white chart can
give additional information on hiding power (opacity). For this
purpose a special wet drawdown template was developed for
placing the color or gloss instrument onto the wet drawdown
without contact. For ease of handling the template is made of
easy-to-clean hard-anodized aluminum (see page 117).
Measurement of lipstick
The difficulty in measuring the color and gloss of a lipstick is
the high curvature and the pasty material. Therefore, a special
sample holder was developed, which holds the lipstick in its
tube in place and the color instrument can be placed on a
sample stand with a mask to ensure non-contact measurement.
The holder is sealed with a light barrier to guarantee repeatable
measurement results (see page 116).
Introduction
Liquid Color
Appearance
Color of transparent liquids like varnishes, lacquers, shellacs,
drying oils, fatty acids and resin solutions has been evaluated visually since the late 1800s. A change in color can indicate contamination or impurities in the raw materials, process variations
caused by heating and oxidation, or degradation of products
exposed to weathering over time.
For simplicity, one dimensional scales for yellowness were
established, e.g., Gardner Color Scale, American Public Health
Association (APHA) and Hazen, Saybolt, and Iodine (Hess-Ives).
Quality control systems like ISO 9000 demand objective measurements using instrumentation that gives reliable data on a consistent basis.
Liquid Color
In the visual test the yellowness is determined by pouring the
sample into a tube and comparing it to a known standard. The
standard that the sample falls closest to then becomes the value
for the liquid. This procedure is highly subjective due to variations of observers, illumination and to some extent the standards
themselves.
LIQUID COLOR
Physical Properties
Correlation equations were developed to link visual observations
to instrumentally measured values.
Most products are not strictly yellow and therefore require a three
dimensional description of color: red/green, yellow/blue and
light/dark differences. Modern instruments read this information
by the use of standardized color scales like
CIE L*a*b* or L* C* h°.
BYK-Gardner offers a complete line of visual color comparators for
quick evaluation, as well as, objective instrumentation for liquid
color measurement, tolerance setting and pass/fail analysis.
Technical Service
131
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Liquid Color Standards
The Gardner Liquid Color Standard Comparator provides the entire Gardner Color Scale, against which a liquid sample can be
visually compared.
■ Rugged design for use in the laboratory and production
■ Quick and easy color quality control of liquids
■ Attractive price – color evaluation of liquids becomes
affordable to everybody
■ Shelf-life is 5 years
The sealed tubes are filled with Cobalt Chloride Platinate solutions
of varying concentrations, which correspond to known Gardner
Scale yellowness value numbers 1 - 18. The solutions are standardized at 25 °C (77 °F), but visual evaluations made between 20 °C
(68 °F) and 30 °C (86 °F) are substantially correct.
Standards
Two models are available: with or without illumination.
AOCS
ASTM
ISO
Ordering Information
Technical Specifications
Cat. No.
6726
Description
Gardner Liquid Standard L 115
6727
Gardner Liquid Standard L 230
6724
Gardner Liquid Standards
6720
Holding rack with illumination
6729
Holding rack without illumination
Method Tdla-64T
D 1544
4630
Illumination
Fluorescent Lamp
Voltage
115 V / 60 Hz
Fluorescent Lamp
230 V / 50 Hz
Fluorescent Lamp
115-230 V / 5060 Hz
Dimensions
660 x 152 x 152mm
(26 x 6 x 6 in)
660 x 152 x 152mm
(26 x 6 x 6 in)
629 x 143 x 64 mm
(24.75 x 5 x 2.5 in)
629 x 152 x 152 mm
(24.75 x 6 x 6 in)
629 x 152 x 152 mm
(24.75 x 6 x 6 in)
Weight
6.35 kg
(14 lbs)
6.35 kg
(14 lbs)
2.3 kg
(5 lbs)
6.0 kg
( 13.22 lbs)
2.5 kg
(5.5 lbs)
Cat. No. 6726 and 6727 come complete with:
Set of 18 color standards 1 to 18
6 empty comparison tubes
Steel holding rack with fluorescent lamp
Operating manual
Cat. No. 6724 comes complete with:
Set of 18 color standards 1 to 18
6 empty comparison tubes
Steel holding rack with frosted glass panel
Operating manual
132
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Accessories
Liquid Standards
Empty Sample Tubes
Accessories
Description
Liquid Color Standard No.1
Liquid Color Standard No.2
Liquid Color Standard No.3
Liquid Color Standard No.4
Liquid Color Standard No.5
Liquid Color Standard No.6
Liquid Color Standard No.7
Liquid Color Standard No.8
Liquid Color Standard No.9
Liquid Color Standard No.10
Liquid Color Standard No.11
Liquid Color Standard No.12
Liquid Color Standard No.13
Liquid Color Standard No.14
Liquid Color Standard No.15
Liquid Color Standard No.16
Liquid Color Standard No.17
Liquid Color Standard No.18
Cat. No.
6756*
Description
Empty Tube Set (144)
*Note: Not applicable for LCM/LCS IV
The LCS IV spectrally measures all color
shades and provides detailed color analysis. Please refer to the section LCS IV.
Physical Properties
The LCM IV provides an objective way
to quickly evaluate color of liquids.
Please refer to the section LCM IV
Ordering Information
Liquid Color
Cat. No.
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
Appearance
Set of 144 empty, unmarked comparison tubes with cork
stoppers for the liquid to be tested.
Technical Service
133
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Delta Color Comparator
The Gardner Delta Color Comparator uses precision-polished
optical-glass filters as reference standards. Two different models
are available: with or without illumination.
■ Rugged design allows the color comparator to be used at any
location
■ Easy operation allows anyone to determine Gardner Color
Numbers
■ Optional illuminator allows back-light color to improve
viewing conditions
The comparator is an arrangement of two wheels in which nine
color filters are imbedded in each wheel. The glass filters range
in color from water white through deep amber. A tube of the
sample liquid is placed between the two filter wheels. The user
then rotates the color wheels until the filter glass closest in color
to the liquid is in place. That filter notation then becomes the
color description for the liquid.
Standards
AOCS
ASTM
ISO
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
6745
Description
Gardner Comparator L, 115V
6746
Gardner Comparator L, 230V
6750
Gardner Comparator
Cat. No. 6745 and 6746 comes complete with:
Gardner Delta Color Comparator assembly
Two reference filter wheels
Gardner Delta illuminator
Operating manual
Method Tdla-64T
D 1544
4630
Technical Specifications
Illumination
Incandescent Lamp
Incandescent Lamp
Voltage
Dimensions
115 V / 60 Hz 171 x 203 x 229 mm
100 W
(6.75 x 8 x 9 in)
230 V / 50 Hz 171 x 203 x 229 mm
100 W
(6.75 x 8 x 9 in)
159 x 19 x 81 mm
(6.25 x 0.75 x 3.2 in)
Weight
2.7 kg
(6 lbs)
2.7 kg
(6 lbs)
0.45 kg
(1 lbs)
Cat. No. 6750 comes complete with:
Gardner Delta Color Comparator assembly
Two reference filter wheels
Operating manual
Accessories
Cat. No.
6752
6753
6754
6405
6756
6761
6757
134
Description
Illuminator 115 V
Illuminator 230 V
Incandescent Lamp 115 V for 6745
Incandescent Lamp 230 V for 6746
Empty Tube Set (144)
Filter Wheel, odd numbers
Filter Wheel, even numbers
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
LCM IV
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
9561
Description
LCM IV
ASTM
DIN
ISO
D 156, D 1045, D 1209, D 1544, D 1500
6162
4630, 6271, 2049
Technical Specifications
Voltage
100 - 240 V, 50 / 60 Hz
Type
Spectral Range
Repeatability
Reproducibility³
Light Source
Illuminant/Observer
Indices
Memory
Data Export
Interface
2x USB Typ A, 2x USB Typ B, 1x Ethernet (LAN)
10 - 40 °C (50 - 104 °F)
up to 80%, 35 °C (95 °F); non condensing
151 x 350 x 250 mm (5.9 x 13.7 x 9.8 in.)
4.2 kg (9.25 lbs)
Technical Service
Operating Temperature
Humidity
Dimensions
Weight
Single-beam photometer with reference beam path
380 to 720 nm, 10 nm resolution
± 2 Hazen², ± 0.1 Gardner¹
± 0.3 Iodine, ± 5 Hazen, ± 0.3 Gardner
Tungsten Halogen Lamp
C/2°
Hazen / APHA (0 to 1000), Gardner (0 to 18),
Iodine (0 to 120), Saybolt (-16 to 30),
Mineral Oil (ASTM D 1500) 0 to 8
400 color measurements
*.csv file to USB memory stick or Ethernet
Physical Properties
Comes complete with:
Instrument with dust cover
External power supply
Adapter for 10 mm rectangle cuvettes
addista® – color standards
Disposable plastic cuvettes (10x50 mm) – pack of 10
Disposable glass cuvettes (11mm) – pack of 10
Operating manual
Standards
Liquid Color
■ Large 7” touch-screen display with intuitive user guidance for
simple operation
■ Automatic cuvette detection – avoids faulty data measurement
■ Works with 10 and 50 mm rectangle as well as 11 mm round
cuvettes for optimum precision
■ Easy to exchange rectangular cell compartment
■ Gardner, Hazen (APHA/PtCo), Iodine, Saybolt and Mineral oil
scales come standard with instrument
■ Reference beam design to maximize the accuracy and
precision
■ Front USB interface for PC or printer connection
■ Easy data transfer into existing networks through integrated
Ethernet (LAN) interface
Appearance
The LCM IV is a reliable color instrument which replaces conventional visual color evaluation with an objective measurement. It is
ideal for routine production control of clear, transparent liquids
like resins, adhesives and solvents.
¹ Based on data with 11 mm cuvette
² Based on data with 50 mm cuvette
³ Based on data with 50 mm cuvette for Hazen and 11 mm cuvette for
Iodine and Gardner
135
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
LCS IV
The LCS IV is a highly precise color instrument which spectrally
measures all color shades of optically clear, transparent liquids
using the dual beam principle. Besides the conventional visual
color numbers (Gardner, Iodine, Hazen (APHA) etc.) the LCS IV
can also measure opponent color systems such as CIELab, CIELCh
and Hunter Lab under the conditions of illuminant A, C, D65 and
2°/10° Standard Observer.
■ Stand alone unit with built-in 7” touch-screen display allows
use without the need of a PC
■ All important color scales and indices included
■ Automatic cuvette detection – avoids faulty data
measurement
■ Automatic zero and calibration memory for all type of
cuvettes – ensures use of correct calibration data
■ Designed for the use of disposable plastic cuvettes, high
precision glass cuvettes or 11 mm test tubes
■ Easy to exchange rectangular cell compartment
■ High measurement reliability is guaranteed by comprehensive
verification kits
■ User profile memory with password protection for individual
configurations – including GLP documentation
■ Open sample compartment for ease of operation
■ Front USB interface for PC or printer connection
■ Easy data transfer into existing networks through integrated
Ethernet (LAN) interface
ASTM
Ordering Information
Technical Specifications
Cat. No.
9562
Description
LCS IV
Comes complete with:
Instrument with dust cover
External power supply
Adapter for 10 mm rectangle cuvettes
addista® – color standards
Disposable plastic cuvettes (10x50 mm) – pack of 10
Disposable glass cuvettes (11mm) – pack of 10
Operating manual
Standards
AOCS
DIN
ISO
Method Cc 13e;
Method BS 684 ly/Lr
D 156, D 848, D 1045, D
1209, D 1544, D 1925, D
1500, D 5368, E 308
5033, 6162, 6174
4630, 6271, 2049, 27608
Voltage
100-240 V / 50 / 60 Hz
Geometry
Spectral Range (Colorimetric)
Spectral Range (Photometric)
Repeatability
Reproducibility¹
Light Source
Illuminant/Observer
Color Scale
Color Difference
Indices
Spectral
Memory
Data Export
Interface
Operating Temperature
Humidity
Dimensions
Weight
0° / 180° rectilinear
380 to 720 nm, 10 nm resolution
320 to 1,100 nm, 1 nm resolution
0.1 ΔE*, 1 σ
± 0.2% transmission
Tungsten Halogen Lamp
A, C, D65 / 2°, 10°
CIELab; CIELCh; Hunter Lab
ΔE* and component differences, text descriptor,
tolerances
Gardner; Hazen/APHA; Iodine; Saybolt;
Lovibond; Hess-Ives; European, US and Chinese
Pharmacopoeia; Mineral oil; Yellowness;
Acid Wash Test; Chlorophyll A; ADMI
% transmission; % absorbance, concentration
3000 color measurements, 100 color references,
1000 photometric readings
*.csv file to USB memory stick or Ethernet
2x USB-A; 2x USB-B; 1x Ethernet (LAN)
10 to 40 °C (50 to 104 °F)
up to 80%, 35 °C (95 °F);non condensing
151 x 350 x 250 mm (5.9 x 13.7 x 9.8 in)
4.2 kg (9.25 lbs)
¹ Referred to distilled water
136
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Sample Cuvettes
Measurement Ranges for each Cuvette Size
Color Scale
Iodine number
J
Hazen number
Gardner number
H
G
Y
R
Y
R
H-I
XYZ
xy
Cat. No.
6452
9508
9509
Description
P-Glass Cuvette, 11 mm
P-Glass Cuvette, 10 x 10
P-Glass Cuvette, 10 x 50
D-Glass Cuvette, 11 mm, open
D-Glass Cuvette 11, screw top
Rubber Stopper, 6453
D-Plastic Cuvette, open
D-Plastic Cuvette, plastic cover
Rack 16, cylindrical – square
9560
Rack 7, rectangle
Technical Specifications
Pieces
25
3
1
500
500
500
50
10
1
1
Shape
cylindrical
square
rectangle
cylindrical
cylindrical
cylindrical
rectangle
rectangle
cylindrical
and square
rectangle
Cover
rubber stopper
open top
open top
open top
screw top
for Cat. No. 6453
open top
plastic cover
Dimensions
0.4 in (11 mm)
0.4 x 0.4 in (10 x 10 mm)
0.4 x 1.9 in (10 x 50 mm)
0.4 in (11 mm)
0.4 in (11 mm)
0.4 in (11 mm)
0.4 x 1.9 in (10 x 50 mm)
0.4 x 1.9 in (10 x 50 mm)
0.4 x 0.4 and 0.4 in
(10 x 10 and 11 mm)
0.4 x 1.9 in (10 x 50 mm)
137
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
6453
9556
9559
9507
9555
9542
Y1 to Y7
GY1 to GY7
BY1 to BY7
B1 to B9
R1 to R7
Physical Properties
Ordering Information
Range
0 to 120
0 to 7
0 to 1000
0 to 18
0 to 5
0 to 150
0 to 120
0 to 12
0 to 70
0 to 12
0 to 500
0 to 150
0 to 1
Liquid Color
Transmission
Lovibond 5¼"
Lovibond 5¼"
Lovibond 1"
Lovibond 1"
Hess-Ives
Standard Tristimulus
Chromaticity Coordinates
CIELab values
European Pharmacopoeia
Cuvette (mm)
10, 11
50
10, 11, 50
10, 11
50
10, 11, 50
10, 11,
50
10, 11,
50
10, 11, 50
10, 11, 50
10, 11, 50
10, 11, 50
10, 11, 50
Appearance
For color measurement of liquids square, rectangle and cylindrical
cuvettes can be used. Both precision as well as inexpensive disposable tubes are available. The precision cuvettes ensure reproducible results – even for critical solutions as clear as water. For daily
QC disposable cuvettes save time and money.
Accessories
addista® – color Standards
To meet the requirements of ISO 9000 the performance of the
instrument should be tested periodically. Therefore, a certified set
of 6 standard liquids is recommended, containing Gardner and
Hazen color numbers. To ensure long-term stability, the bottles
should be stored in a dark and cool environment. They expire
three months after being opened.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
9532
Description
addista® – color standards
Verification Kit
For more detailed quality control of the instrument a
Verification Kit is available which consists of four precision glass
filters. The filters come with a certificate including target values
and can be used to check for stray light, photometric and wavelength accuracy. When results exceed allowable tolerance, please
contact your local service office.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
9575
9582
Description
Verification Kit, LCS III – IV
Verification Kit, LCM III – IV
Power Supply
Tungsten Halogen Lamp
Both the LCM/LCS III and LCM/LCS IV are powered by an external
power supply. Additionally, the LCM III can be used as a truly portable device with the optional rechargeable lithium-ion battery.
The external power supply acts as the charger.
The LCM III and LCS III use a tungsten lamp with an expected
lifetime of 2000 hours. It can easily be replaced by the user.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
9576
Cat. No.
9581
9577
138
Description
Li-Ion Battery , LCM III
Power Supply, LCM/LCS III
Ordering Information
Description
Halogen Lamp, LCM/LCS III – IV
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Thermostat Heater Block
Highly viscous liquids should be preheated in the heater block.
The temperature can be set from 37 °C to 148 °C (99 °F to
298 °F). Only cylindrical tubes can be used. The illuminated LC
display ensures easy-to-read results and operator guidance.
Appearance
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
9511
Description
Thermostat Heater Block
Air Filter Pad
The portable thermo printer allows documentation of measurement results.
The LCS III is equipped with an air filter to cool the instrument
during operation. The pad should be inspected regularly every
3 months. Typically it needs to be replaced 1 - 2 times per year.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
9563
9564
Description
Thermo Printer, 115 V
Thermo Printer, 230 V
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
9573*
Liquid Color
Portable Printer
Description
Air Filter Pad for LCS III
*Note: Not needed for LCM III and LCM/LCS IV
Physical Properties
Technical Service
139
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Colors appear differently under different lighting conditions. Use
of a light booth to simulate different lighting conditions helps to
obtain objective color assessment, improves communication and
reduces product rejections.
BYK-Gardner offers a complete line of light booths which allow
you to see what your product will look like – independent of
location and environmental influences.
byko-spectra
For critical color evaluation the byko-spectra light booth offers
every option and feature that is needed to evaluate and communicate color with absolute confidence.
■ Comparison of standard and sample in a color-neutral
environment
■ Five different controlled light sources:
Daylight
D65
Incandescent light
A
Department store light CWF and TL84
Ultra-violet light
UV
■ Viewing under ultraviolet light to detect and evaluate optical
brighteners or fluorescent pigments
■ No warm-up time or flickering which ensures quick and
reliable color judgement
■ Automatic light source sequencing to standardize testing
procedures
■ ColorGuard II timing center tracks light source usage and
indicates when to replace the lamps
■ Diffusing panel to eliminate direct reflection
■ Comfortable testing of large samples in a compact design –
for laboratory and production
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
6047
6046
Description
byko-spectra 230 V
byko-spectra 115 V
Comes complete with:
byko-spectra light booth
5 light sources: D65, A, CWF, TL84, UV
Certificate
Operating instructions
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
6048
6065
6057
Description
Lamp Kit, certified for 6046/6047
Lamp Kit for 6046/6047
ISO Panel Set for 6046/6047
Standards
ASTM
ISO
D 1729
3668 (accessory required)
ed
Certifi
Please refer to section Preventive
Maintenance
Technical Specifications
Voltage
230 V, 50/60 Hz
115 V, 50/60 Hz
Dimensions
Viewing Area
Weight
Accessories
Voltage
230 / 115 V
230 / 115 V
D65
A
CWF
TL84
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
65 x 76 x 55 cm (25.5 x 30 x 21.5 in)
48 x 71 x 51 cm (19 x 28 x 20 in)
32 kg (70 lbs)
UV
X
X
D65
X
X
UV
X
X
A
X
X
CWF
X
X
TL84
X
X
Note: We recommend to replace the lamps every 2500 hours.
140
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
byko-spectra lite
Appearance
Standards
ASTM
ISO
D 1729
3668 (accessory required)
Certifi
Ordering Information
Description
byko-spectra lite 230 V
byko-spectra lite 115 V
Comes complete with:
byko-spectra lite
5 light sources: D65, A, CWF, TL84, UV
Certificate
Operating instructions
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
6062
6063
6064
Description
Lamp Kit for 6060/6061
Lamp Kit, certified for 6060/6061
ISO Panel Set for 6060/6061
Please refer to section
Preventive Maintenance
Technical Specifications
Voltage
230 V, 50/60 Hz
115 V, 50/60 Hz
Dimensions
Viewing Area
Weight
Accessories
Voltage
230 / 115 V
230 / 115 V
D65
A
CWF
TL84
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
49 x 67 x 48 cm (19.5 x 26 x 19 in)
36 x 61 x 41 cm (14 x 24 x 16 in)
18 kg (39 lbs)
UV
X
X
D65
X
X
UV
X
X
A
X
X
CWF
X
X
TL84
X
X
141
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
Note: We recommend to replace the lamps every 2500 hours.
Physical Properties
Cat. No.
6061
6060
ed
Light Booths
Color
For critical color evaluation the byko-spectra lite light booth offers
the required options and features that is needed to evaluate and
communicate color with absolute confidence.
■ Comparison of standard and sample in a color-neutral
environment
Five different controlled light sources:
Daylight
D65
Incandescent light
A
Department store light CWF and TL84
Ultra-violet light
UV
■ Viewing under ultraviolet light to detect and evaluate optical
brighteners or fluorescent pigments
■ Automatic light source sequencing to standardize testing
procedures
■ Timer to track the daylight source usage and to indicate when
to replace the lamps
■ Can be set up in minutes without any tools
■ Comfortable testing in a compact design – for laboratory and
production
byko-spectra basic
For general color evaluation under defined lighting conditions the
byko-spectra basic light booth offers the following benefits:
■ Comparison of standard and sample in a color-neutral
environment
■ Three different controlled light sources:
Daylight D65
Incandescent light
A
Department store light CWF or TL84
■ Easy to operate by using individual switches
for each light source
■ Can be set up in minutes without any tools
■ Economical testing of large samples in a compact
design – for laboratory and production
Standards
ASTM
ISO
D 1729
3668 (accessory required)
d
e
Certifi
Please refer to section Preventive
Maintenance
Ordering Information
Technical Specifications
6051
6053
115 V, 50/60 Hz
X
X
115 V, 50/60 Hz
X
X
Dimensions
48 x 67 x 42 cm (19 x 26.5 x 16.5 in)
Viewing Area
37 x 60 x 33 cm (15 x 24 x 13 in)
Weight
14 kg (30 lbs)
Cat. No.
6054
6052
Description
byko-spectra basic, TL84, 230 V
byko-spectra basic, CWF, 230 V
byko-spectra basic, CWF, 115 V
byko-spectra basic, TL84, 115 V
Comes complete with:
byko-spectra basic light booth
3 light sources: D65, A, CWF or TL84
Certificate
Operating instructions
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
6055
6056
6070
6071
6058
Description
Lamp Kit for 6051/6052
Lamp Kit for 6053/6054
Lamp Kit, certified for 6051/6052
Lamp Kit, certified for 6053/6054
ISO Panel Set for 6051 - 6054
Voltage
230 V, 50/60 Hz
230 V, 50/60 Hz
Accessories
Voltage
230 / 115 V
230 / 115 V
230 / 115 V
230 / 115 V
D65
X
X
D65
X
X
X
X
A
X
X
A
X
X
X
X
CWF
X
X
CWF
X
X
TL84
X
X
TL84
X
X
Note: We recommend to replace the lamps every 2500 hours.
142
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
byko-spectra mini
For general color evaluation of small samples the byko-spectra
mini light booth offers the following benefits:
Appearance
■ Comparison of standard and sample in a color-neutral
environment
■ Three different controlled light sources:
Daylight
D65
Incandescent light
A
Department store light CWF or TL84
■ Easy to operate by using individual switches for each light
source
■ Can be set up in minutes without any tools
■ Economical testing of small samples in a compact design –
for laboratory and production
ASTM
ISO
Light Booths
Color
Standards
D 1729
3668 (accessory required)
Certifi
ed
Please refer to section
Preventive Maintenance
Technical Specifications
6040
6042
115 V, 50/ 60 Hz
X
X
115 V, 50/ 60 Hz
X
X
Dimensions
46 x 52 x 34 cm (18 x 20.5 x 13.25 in)
Viewing Area
33 x 46 x 25 cm (13 x 18 x 10 in)
Weight
10 kg (22 lbs)
Cat. No.
6043
6041
Description
byko-spectra mini, TL84, 230 V
byko-spectra mini, CWF, 230 V
byko-spectra mini, CWF, 115 V
byko-spectra mini, TL84, 115 V
Comes complete with:
byko-spectra mini light booth
3 light sources: D65, A, CWF or TL84
Certificate
Operating instructions
Ordering Information
Description
Lamp Kit for 6043
Lamp Kit for 6041
Lamp Kit for 6042
Lamp Kit for 6040
Lamp Kit, certified for 6043
Lamp Kit, certified for 6041
Lamp Kit, certified for 6042
Lamp Kit, certified for 6040
ISO Panel Set for 6040 - 6043
Accessories
Voltage
230 V
230 V
115 V
115 V
230 V
230 V
115 V
115 V
D65
X
X
D65
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
A
X
X
A
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
CWF
X
X
CWF
X
X
X
X
TL84
X
X
TL84
X
X
X
X
Technical Service
Cat. No.
6045
6044
6050
6049
6067
6066
6069
6068
6059
Voltage
230 V, 50/ 60 Hz
230 V, 50/ 60 Hz
Physical Properties
Ordering Information
Note: We recommend to replace the lamps every 2500 hours.
143
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Effect finish appearance is influenced by different viewing angles
and viewing conditions. With BYK-Gardner’s new byko-spectra
effect light booth, it is now possible to control both parameters
to ensure objective evaluation of the total color impression of
effect finishes. This helps to improve communication and reduce
product rejections.
byko-spectra effect
For objective evaluation of color under different viewing angles,
and flake characterization under different illumination conditions,
the new byko-spectra effect light booth offers the following
advantages:
■ Comparison of standard and sample under direct illumination
in a black environment
■ Color evaluation for daylight under 6 defined viewing angles:
A tiltable sample table allows the samples to be presented at
the following angles:-15°/15°/25°/45°/75°/110°. The illumination system also pivots, ensuring excellent agreement with
the measurement results of multi-angle color instruments.
■ Sparkle evaluation under 15°, 45° and 75° direct illumination:
Three individual LED sets simulate the impression of direct
sunlight. The LED light sources are guaranteed for 10 years.
■ No warm-up or flickering – quick and reliable color and effect
judgement is ensured
■ Timer to track daylight lamp usage and indicate when to
replace the tube
■ Dimmable sparkle illumination to adjust for different sample
lightness
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
6027
For information on objective
measurements of effect finishes
see BYK-mac i.
Technical Specifications
Comes complete with:
byko-spectra effect light booth
Operating instructions
Voltage
115 / 230 V, 50 / 60 Hz
Dimensions Light Booth
121 x 80 x 76 cm (47.7 x 31.7 x 29.9 in)
Dimensions Sample Table 32 x 60 cm (12.6 x 23.6 in)
Weight
58.8 kg (127.2 lbs)
Ordering Information
Accessories
Cat. No.
6026
144
Description
byko-spectra effect
Info!
Description
Daylight Tube, byko-spectra effect
Replacement is recommended after750 hours
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Appearance
Color
Physical Properties
PHYSICAL
PROPERTIES
Technical Service
Index
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
Abrasion147
Adhesion155
New! Application165
191
New! Balances byko-visc Premium
Conductivity196
Density197
New! Dispersion / Grind gages199
Drying Time201
Film Thickness203
Hardness217
New! Impact / Flexibility223
Microscopes239
243
New! Surface Tension
Temperature245
Viscosity259
New!
146
PocketGoniometer PGX+
temp-gard
byko-visc DS
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Introduction
Abrasion
Appearance
Coated and uncoated surfaces need to be tested for resistance to
abrasion caused by a brush, sponge, scouring pad, sand paper,
and other means. Abrasion Scrub Testers are also used to test the
washability of coatings and other surfaces. International specifications describe various testing procedures for specific application:
DIN ISO Methods
The Standards EN ISO 11998 and DIN EN 13300 (replaced DIN
53778) describe procedures to evaluate the resistance of coatings
against abrasion by cleaning or scrubbing the surface. The coating
is applied on a foil and dried under standard conditions. In order
to describe the cleanability, defined pollutions are applied onto
the surface before starting the test.
DIN EN 13300 This standard describes the various testing methods for waterborne coating materials and coating systems for
interior walls and ceilings. One quality criterion mentioned is the
wet-abrasion resistance tested in accordance to EN ISO 11998.
Additionally, a rating scale dependent on the amount of abrasion
is used for final classification.
Physical Properties
Abrasion
ISO 11998 The ISO test method describes a short version of the
scrub abrasion test. This test uses "3M Scotch Brite 7448" pads
and the washing liquid is manually applied before starting the
test. The test is finished for evaluation after 200 scrub-cycles. The
evaluation of the wash/scrub resistance is done by calculating
the loss of mass.
Color
DIN 53 778 (*withdrawn 08/2007): Dispersion Paints Cleanability: Test area should be free of pollutions. Wash resistance: Evaluation after 1000 scrub cycles Scrub resistance: Evaluation after
5000 scrub cycles The test is performed wet using a hog bristle
brush and a pump to apply the washing liquid. The evaluation is
done visually.
ABRASION
Technical Service
147
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
ASTM Methods
The Wet Abrasion Scrub Tester is designed to comply with four
ASTM methods.
ASTM D 2486 The scrub resistance of interior wall paint is the
primary purpose of this method. The paint is applied to a black
plastic panel and allowed to cure. The panel is scrubbed with a
nylon bristle brush until failure occurs. An abrasive scrub media is
used to accelerate the test.
ASTM D 3450 This test method determines the ease of removing
soilant discoloration from interior coatings. The coating is drawdown on a black plastic panel and allowed to dry for seven days. A
specified soilant medium is applied. The coating is scrubbed with
an abrasive or non-abrasive media using a cellulosic type sponge
for 100 cycles. The soilant removal is assessed by measuring the
CIE Y reflectance before and after the test.
ASTM D 4213 The purpose of this method is to measure scrub
resistance. The primary differences from ASTM D 2486 method
are: The scrub resistance is determined by weight loss of the paint
film relative to a standard calibration panel. The test panel and
calibration panel are scrubbed simultaneously. The scrubbing device is a Scotch-Brite™7448 abrasive pad.
Standards
ASTM
ISO
DIN EN
Canadian Government
Specification
Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania Specification
US Federal Specification
FTMS
US Military Specification
US Navy Specification
Rock Island Arsenal Specification
Master Painter Institute
D1792, D2198, D2486, D3206, D3207, D3450,
D4213, D4488, D4828, D6736
11998
53778, 13300
26-GP-3a
W-4
P-C-431a, P-D-220A, P-R-201b, P-W-155,
T-1279D, TT-P-18, TT-P-22, TT-P-23a,
TT-P-26a, TT-P-29B, TT-P-30, TT-P-47a,
TT-P-51d, TT-P-88a, TT-P-508
141A, 6141, 6142
MIL-C-3004, MIL-C-46057, MIL-E-11237,
MIL-P-13340A, MIL-P-15422B
512C20C
RIX-268
MPI 138
ASTM D 4828 This test method determines the relative ease of
removing soil and stains from interior coatings. The coating is applied to a black plastic panel and dried for seven days. The soilant
can be user defined or the soilant described in ASTM D 3450 can
also be used. A user defined liquid or powder cleaner is applied.
The panel is scrubbed 100 cycles with a sponge. The soilant removal is assessed using gloss or color measurement.
148
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Gardner-scrub
Appearance
Abrasion Scrub and Washability Tester
Coated and uncoated surfaces need to be tested for resistance to
abrasion caused by a brush, sponge, scouring pad, sand paper,
and other means. Abrasion resistance can be tested by wet abrasion methods using scrub media or cleaning solutions. The most
common applications are testing the scrub resistance of interior
wall paints, floor tiles, shower stalls, and furniture surfaces.
The abrasion tester can examine the washability of a coated surface for the removal of stains. Detergents and cleaning solutions
can be tested and evaluated in a reproducible manner.
Gardner-scrub Abrasion Tester
Physical Properties
Abrasion
■ Reciprocating linear motion with a constant speed over the
travel distance for repeatable results
■ Compact design saves on counter space
■ Easy to use touch screen display
■ Instrument arm holds up to 3 brush or pad holders to
increase output
■ User selectable scrub rate from 6 - 60 cycle/minute
■ Compliant with ASTM, DIN, and ISO methods with
appropriate accessories
■ Up to 4 kg (8.8 lbs) can be applied to the instrument arm
■ Adjustable stroke length 22.9 - 27.9 cm (9 - 11 in.)
■ Optional weights for custom applications
Color
The Gardner-scrub abrasion tester offers a versatile design for
abrasion and washability testing applications. The instrument arm
is designed to hold from 1 - 3 brush holders or ISO pad holders. A
large selection of accessories are available to customize your test
requirements. An intuitive touch screen operation makes it easy
to change test parameters. The Gardner-scrub has a durable chain
drive mechanism for long-term reliable operation.
Gardner-scrub touchscreen display
Technical Service
Gardner-scrub three brush configuration with Lilly Frame
149
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Gardner-scrub
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
5060
5061
Description
Gardner-scrub, base
Gardner-scrub, ASTM D2486
5062
Gardner-scrub, DIN 53778
5063
Gardner-scrub, ISO 11998
Technical Specifications
Comes complete with:
Gardner-scrub, base
Instrument, Sample pan (5041), Scrub panels (5015) Power supply, Manual
Gardner-scrub, ASTM D2486
Base model (5060), 1-Brush holder w/mat (5074), Nylon brush (5011),
Lilly frame (5038), Brass shim (6979), Glass plate (6980), Scrub panels (5015)
Gardner-scrub, DIN 53778
Base model (5060), 1-Brush holder w/mat (5075), Hog brush (5010),
Liquid metering system (5037), Glass plate (6980), Scrub panels (5015)
Gardner-scrub, ISO 11998
Base model (5060), 1-Pad holder (5076), ISO Arm adapter (5059),
Scotch brite pads (5012), Glass plate (6980), Scrub panels (5015)
Comes with
Instrument, Sample pan (5041), Scrub panels (5015) Power supply, Manual
Base model (5060), 1-Brush holder w/mat (5074), Nylon brush (5011),
Lilly frame (5038), Brass shim (6979), Glass plate (6980), Scrub panels (5015)
Base model (5060), 1-Brush holder w/mat (5075), Hog Brush (5010),
Liquid metering system (5037), Glass plate (6980), Scrub panels (5015)
Base model (5060), 1-Pad holder (5076), Scotch brite pads (5012), 1-ISO Arm
adapter (5059), Glass plate (6980), Scrub panels (5015)
Voltage
100 - 240 V, 50/60 Hz
Dimensions
48.3 x 27.9 x 19.1 cm (19 x 11 x 7.5 in.)
Weight
14.5 kg (32 lbs)
Scrub Rate
6 - 60 cycles/minute
Stroke Length
25.4 cm (10 inch) standard setting*
22.9 cm (9 inch), 27.9 cm (11 inch) optional settings*
*Note:
Stroke length is measured from the center brush location. To measure the stroke
length from the brush end, add 8.9 cm (3.5 inches) to the center stroke length.
The optional stroke lengths must be set by instrument supplier.
Note:
For two or three brush/pad operation additional accessories must be ordered
separately.
Brush Holder
Pad Holder
Nylon Brush
ISO Arm Adapter
Scotch Brite Pad
Mat
Brass Shim
ISO Method Accessories
Lilly Frame
Glass Plate
ASTM D 2486 Accessories
150
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Gardner-scrub
Accessories
Appearance
Cat. No.
5064
Description
Accessory Kit, ASTM D 2486
Accessories
5065
Accessory Kit, ISO 11998
5066
Accessory Kit, DIN 53778
5067
Accessory Kit, ASTM D 4213
5068
5069
Accessory Kit, ASTM D 4828
Accessory Kit, ASTM D 3450
5074
5075
6979
5011
5010
5038
5037
5093
5012
5076
5059
Brush Holder and Mat, ASTM
Brush Holder and Mat, DIN
Brass Shim
Nylon Brush
Hog Bristle Brush, DIN
Lilly Frame
Liquid Metering System
Holding Clamp/Burette Assembly
Scotch Brite Pads (pk of 50)
ISO Pad Holder
ISO Arm Adapter
Includes: 1-Pad holder (5076), ISO Arm adapter (5059),
Scotch brite pads (pk of 50) (5012), Glass plate (6980)
Includes: DIN Brush holder & mat (5075), Hog bristle brush (5010),
Liquid metering system (5037), Glass plate (6980)
Includes: Sponge holder 450g (5072), Polyurethane sponge (5071),
Scotch brite pad (5070), Lilly frame (5038), Glass plate (6980)
Includes: Sponge holder 1000g (5073), Sponge (8116), Glass plate (6980)
Includes: Sponge holder 1000g (5073), Weight 500g (5078), Sponge (8116),
Glass plate (6980)
Needed for ASTM D 2486, Dimensions: 1.5 x 3.5 inches (38.1 x 88.9 mm)
Needed for DIN 53778
Needed for ASTM D 2486
Needed for ASTM D 2486
Needed for DIN 53778
Needed for ASTM D 2486; Designed for 1, 2, or 3 brush operation
Needed for DIN 53778
Additional Liquid Metering System assembly needed for 2 or 3 DIN brush operation
Needed for ISO 11998
Needed for ISO 11998
Needed for ISO 11998, can hold up to 3 pad holders (5076)
Information
Includes: ASTM brush holder & mat (5074), Nylon brush (5011), Lilly frame (5038),
Brass shim (6979), Glass plate (6980)
151
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
Ordering Information
Physical Properties
Abrasion
Sponge Holder (5073) and Sponge (8116)
for ASTM D3450 and D4828
Color
DIN Brush Holder (5075) and DIN Brush (5010)
Gardner-scrub
Accessories
1000 Gram Weight (5073) and 500 Gram Weight (5078)
Sand Paper Holder Weight (8118) and Sandpaper Holder (5058)
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
5072
Description
Sponge Holder, 450g
Accessories
5073
Sponge Holder, 1000g
5078
5079
8116
Weight, 500g*
Weight, 1000g*
Needed for ASTM D3450, D4828.
Dimensions: 3 x 3.75 x 1.0 inch (76.2 x 95.3 x 25.4 mm)
Fits on top of Brush and Sponge holders
Fits on top of Brush and Sponge holders
5077
5071
5070
Sponge, B, cellulosic (pack of 6)
Sponge, Polyurethane (pack of 6)
6980
5041
8129
8130
5015
Scotch Brite Pad, ASTM
Glass Plate
Sample Pan
Scrub Media, Abrasive 474 ml (1 pint)
Scrub Media, Non-abrasive 474 ml (1 pint)
byko-chart Black Scrub Panels, P121-10N
5016
8113
8111
8117
byko-chart White Scrub Panels, P122-10N
Hog Bristle Brush, ANSI
Hog Bristle Brush
Sandpaper Attachment Kit
5058
Sandpaper Holder
8118
2230
Weight, for Sandpaper Holder
Dow Latex Applicator
Sponge, cellulosic (each)
Information
Needed for ASTM D 4213.
Dimensions: 3.0 x 3.75 x 0.875 inch (76.2 x 95.3 x 22.2 mm)
Needed for ASTM D3450, D4828, MPI#138.
Dimensions: 3.0 x 3.75 x 1.5 inch (76.2 x 95.3 x 38.1 mm)
Designed for Brush Holder 5074. Dimensions: 1.5 x 3.5 inch (38.1 x 88.9 mm)
Needed for ASTM D4213. 3.0 x 3.75 inch (76.2 x 95.3 mm)
Needed for ASTM D 4213. Dimensions: 3.0 x 3.75 inch (76.2 x 95.3 mm)
Needed for ASTM, ISO, DIN methods
Replacement; Comes standard with base model
Needed for ASTM D 2486
Needed for ASTM D 3450
Box of 100; Needed for ASTM, DIN, and ISO methods,
Dimensions: 165 x 432 x 0.25 mm (6.56 x 17 x 0.01 in.)
Box of 100; Dimensions: 165 x 432 x 0.25 mm (6.56 x 17 x 0.01 in.)
Perforated back for ANSI method Z 124.1; Fits brush holder 5074 & 5075
General use, 3.5 x 1.5 in. (8.9 x 3.8 cm); Fits brush holder 5074 & 5075
Meets method MIL-E-11237 specification; Includes Sandpaper holder, Rubber mat,
10 yards (914 cm) x 2 inch (5.1 cm) of 1/0 and 3/0 emory cloth.
Designed to hold any flat, thin sheet or cloth-type material with a minimum size
of 2 x 5 inch (50.8 x 127 mm). Weight: 1 lb (454 gm)
Weight: 3.5 lbs (1.59 kg)
Needed for ASTM D 2486.
*Note: The weights can not be used with the brush holder (5074)
and sponge B (5077) in combination. These weights are not designed for
Sandpaper Holder (5058).
152
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Abrasion Scrub Tester
Liquid solutions are pumped to the brush heads from the detachable container mounted to the side of the tester. The pump may
be switched on or off during the course of testing, and the flow
can be adjusted for precise dosing.
Standards
ASTM
DIN EN
ISO
ANSI
ECE
D 2486, D 3450, D 4213,
D 4828
53778, 13 300
11998
Z124.1.2
43
Color
Ordering Information
Appearance
The Wet Abrasion Tester produces a repeatable, controlled condition to simulate everyday use or wear patterns.
The abrasion tester can examine washability and related properties that affect the stain resistance of coatings. Detergent performance testing can also be determined in a reproducible manner.
■ Features two brush holders for side by side testing
■ Air cooled electric motor for maximum reliability
■ Peristaltic fluid pump – no reagent contamination (except for
5002, 5007)
■ Five digit preset counter – activates the machine for preset
number of strokes, then switches off
■ Can be modified to meet DIN, ISO, or ASTM scrub abrasion
and washability test methods
Technical Specifications
5000
Abrasion Tester, DIN, 220V
DIN 53778
Scrub Rate
(cycles/minute)
36 - 38
5004
Abrasion Tester, DIN, 115V
DIN 53778
36 - 38
5002
Abrasion Tester, ISO, 220V
36 - 38
5007
Abrasion Tester, ISO, 115V
5005
Abrasion Tester, ASTM D2486, 220V
ISO 11998,
DIN EN 13300
ISO 11998,
DIN EN 13300
ASTM D 2486
5008
Abrasion Tester, ASTM D2486, 115V
ASTM D 2486
36 - 38
5047
Abrasion Tester, ASTM D3450, 220V
ASTM D 3450
36 - 38
5046
Abrasion Tester, ASTM D3450, 115V
ASTM D 3450
36 - 38
5051
Abrasion Tester, ASTM D4213, 220V
ASTM D 4213
36 - 38
5050
Abrasion Tester, ASTM D4213, 115V
ASTM D 4213
36 - 38
5055
Abrasion Tester, ASTM D4828, 220V
ASTM D 4828
36 - 38
5054
Abrasion Tester, ASTM D4828, 115V
ASTM D 4828
36 - 38
Comes complete with:
Abrasion Tester, 2 abrasive holders and 2 method specific abrasives,
100 scrub test panels, peristaltic fluid pump (excluded for 5002, 5007 models)
Standard
Dimensions
Shipping Weight
36 - 38
36 - 38
Stroke Length
Power Supply
adjustable:
220V, 50 Hz
100 to 300 mm
adjustable:
115V, 60 Hz
100 to 300 mm
adjustable:
220V, 50 Hz
100 to 300 mm
adjustable:
115V, 60 Hz
100 to 300 mm
adjustable:
220V, 50 Hz
100 to 300 mm
adjustable:
115V, 60 Hz
100 to 300 mm
adjustable:
220V, 50 Hz
100 to 300 mm
adjustable:
115V, 60 Hz
100 to 300 mm
adjustable:
220V, 50 Hz
100 to 300 mm
adjustable:
115V, 60 Hz
100 to 300 mm
adjustable:
220V, 50 Hz
100 to 300 mm
adjustable:
115V, 60 Hz
100 to 300 mm
660 x 480 x 420 mm (26 x 19 x 16.5 in)
32 kg (70.5 lbs)
153
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
Description
Physical Properties
Abrasion
Cat. No.
Abrasion Scrub Tester Accessories
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
5001
5003
5006
5048
5052
5056
5010
5011
5012
5017
5016
Description
Modification Kit ASTM D2486
Modification Kit ISO
Modification Kit DIN
Modification Kit ASTM D3450
Modification Kit ASTM D4213
Modification Kit ASTM D4828
DIN Brush
ASTM D2486 Brush
ISO Pad
Brass Shims ASTM D2486
White Scrub Panel P122-10N
5015
Black Scrub Panel P121-10N
8129
8130
5049
5053
5057
5094
Scrub Medium ASTM D2486
Scrub Medium ASTM D3450
Sponges ASTM D3450
Sponges ASTM D4213
Sponges ASTM D4828
Wiper Method Accessory Kit
Accessories
Carriage assembly for ASTM D 2486, includes 2 brushes
Carriage assembly for ISO 11998, includes 2 abrasive pads
Carriage assembly for DIN 53778, includes 2 brushes
Carriage assembly for ASTM D 3450, includes 2 sponges
Carriage assembly for ASTM D 4213, includes 2 abrasive pads
Carriage Assembly for ASTM D 4828, includes 2 sponges
Meets DIN 53778; Dimensions: 38 x 89 mm (1.5 x 3.5 in)
Meets ASTM D 2486; Dimensions: 38 x 89 mm (1.5 x 3.5 in)
Meets ISO 11998; Pack of 50 pads
2 pieces required for ASTM D 2486.
For ISO and ASTM Methods; Pack of 100 plastic white scrub test panels;
Dimensions: 165 x 432 x 0.25 mm (6.5 in x 17 in x 10 mils)
For ASTM Methods; Pack of 100 plastic black scrub test panels;
Dimensions: 165 x 432 x 0.25 mm (6.5 in x 17 in x 10 mils)
For ASTM D 2486
For ASTM D 3450
Pack of 12, for ASTM method D 3450
Pack of 12, for ASTM method D 4213
Pack of 12, for ASTM method D 4828
For ECE 43 standard: 2-Acrylic boxes, 2-Distance plates 2mm, 2-Distance plates 4mm,
2-Wiper holders, 2-Wiper counter holders
New!
Wiper Method Accessory Kit (5094)
154
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Introduction
Adhesion
Appearance
In order to perform satisfactorily, coatings must adhere to the
substrates on which they are applied. In practice, three different
test procedures are used to assess the resistance of paints and
coatings to separation from substrates:
Cross-Cut Test
This test method specifies a procedure for assessing the resistance
of paints and coatings to separation from substrates when a rightangle lattice pattern is cut into the coating, penetrating through
to the substrate.
The method may be used for a quick pass/fail test. When applied
to a multi-coat system, assessment of the resistance to separation
of individual layers of the coating from each other may be made.
Color
Scrape Adhesion
This test method covers the determination of the adhesion of
organic coatings such as paint, varnish, and lacquer when applied
to smooth, flat (planar) panel surfaces. It has been found useful in
providing relative ratings for a series of coated panels exhibiting
significant differences in adhesion.
Pull-Off Test
Physical Properties
Adhesion
The materials under test are applied at uniform thickness to flat
panels, usually sheet metal of uniform surface texture. After
drying, the adhesion is determined by pushing the panels beneath
a rounded stylus or loop that is loaded with increasing amounts
of weight until the coating is removed from the substrate surface.
ADHESION
155
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
Adhesion of a single coating or a multi-coat system of paint, varnish or related products is assessed by measuring the minimum
tensile stress necessary to detach or rupture the coating in a direction perpendicular to the substrate. This method maximizes tensile stress as compared to the shear stress applied by other methods such as scratch adhesion and results may not be comparable.
The test is performed by securing a loading fixture (dolly) perpendicular to the surface of the coating with an adhesive. After
the adhesive is cured, a testing apparatus is attached to the loading fixture and aligned to apply tension perpendicular to the test
surface. The force applied is gradually increased and monitored
until either a plug of coating material is detached, or a specified
value is reached.
The cross-cut test is a simple and easily practicable method for
evaluating the adhesion of single- or multi-coat systems.
Procedure
■ Make a lattice pattern in the film with the appropriate tool,
cutting to the substrate
■ Brush in diagonal direction 5 times each, using a brush pen or
tape over the cut and remove with Permacel tape
■ Examine the grid area using an illuminated magnifier
Cross-Cut Results
Adhesion is rated in accordance with the scale below.
■ ISO Class.: 2 / ASTM Class.: 3 B
The coating has flaked along the edges and/or at the
intersections of the cuts. A cross-cut area significantly greater
than 5 %, but not significantly greater than 15 %, is affected.
■ ISO Class.: 0 / ASTM Class.: 5 B
The edges of the cuts are completely smooth; none of the
squares of the lattice is detached.
■ ISO Class.: 3 / ASTM Class.: 2 B
The coating has flaked along the edges of the cuts partly or
wholly in large ribbons, and/or it has flaked partly or wholly
on different parts of the squares. A cross-cut area significantly greater than 15 %, but not significantly greater than 35 %,
is affected.
■ ISO Class.: 1 / ASTM Class.: 4 B
Detachment of small flakes of the coating at the intersections
of the cuts. A cross-cut area not significantly greater than 5
% is affected.
■ ISO Class.: 4 / ASTM Class.: 1 B
The coating has flaked along the edges of the cuts in large
ribbons and/or some squares have detached partly or wholly.
A cross-cut area significantly greater than 35 %, but not significantly greater than 65 %, is affected.
Standard
ASTM
ISO
156
D 3002
D 3359
2409
■ ISO Class.: 5 / ASTM Class.: 0 B
Any degree of flaking that cannot even be classified by
classification 4.
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Cross-Cut Tester Kit
Crosshatch Adhesion Kit
ASTM method D3359 requires 11 cut lines for 1 mm cutter:
1 mm cutter for films up to 50 µm (2 mils) thick
2 mm cutter for films between 50-125 µm (2 - 5 mils) thick
Ordering Information
Description
5120
5122
5125
5126
5128
5123
Cross-Cut Kit 6, 6-edges 1 mm
Cross-Cut Kit 6, 6-edges 2 mm
Cross-Cut Kit 6, 1-edge 1 mm
Cross-Cut Kit 6, 1-edge 2 mm
Cross-Cut Kit 6, 1-edge 3 mm
5127
5121
5124
Cross-Cut Kit 11, 1-edge 1 mm
Cross-Cut Kit 11, 1-edge 1.5 mm
Cross-Cut Kit 11, 6-edges 1.5 mm
Cross-Cut Kit 6, 1-edge 2 mm
ISO
DIN
D 3002, D 3359
Method B
2409
927-3
Technical Specifications
Standard
DIN / ISO
DIN / ISO
DIN / ISO
DIN / ISO
DIN / ISO
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
No.
Of Teeth
6
6
6
6
6
11
11
11
6
No. Of
Cutting Edges
6
6
1
1
1
Cutter Hex Wrench
Spacing
included
1 mm (0.04 in)
-2 mm (0.08 in)
-1 mm (0.04 in)
yes
2 mm (0.08 in)
yes
3 mm (0.12 in)
yes
1
1 mm (0.04 in)
1 1.5 mm (0.06 in)
6 1.5 mm (0.06 in)
1
2 mm (0.08 in)
yes
yes
-yes
Cross-Cut Tester Kit made of high alloy steel
157
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
Comes complete with:
Cross-Cut Tester kit with blade
Hex wrench for changing blades
Magnifier
Cleaning brush
Plastic carrying case
Operating instructions
One roll of adhesive tape in accordance with the standard
ASTM
Physical Properties
Adhesion
Cat. No.
Standards
Color
ISO standards prescribe that the number of cuts shall be 6,
and that the cut in each direction must be according to the film
thickness and type of coating used as shown below:
0 - 60 µm
1 mm space for hard substrates (metal)
0 - 60 µm
2 mm space for soft substrates (plastic)
61 - 120 µm
2 mm space for hard or soft substrates
121 - 250 µm
3 mm space for hard or soft substrates
Appearance
This method is used for determining the parallel groove paint
adhesion of one or many layers on a substrate, generally a metal
panel. Cross-Cut Tester Kits are available in 2 different crosscut
blade versions, one is a multi-cut blade with 6 cutting edges, the
other version has one cutting edge. The Cross Cut blades are
made of hardened steel alloy and are designed for retaining a
sharp cutting edge to reduce the frequency of blade replacement.
1 cutting edge
6 cutting edges
Ordering Information
Accessories
Cat. No.
Description
Standard
Cross-Cut Blade 6, 6-edges 1 mm
for
Cat. No
5120
5132
5134
Cross-Cut Blade 6, 6-edges 2 mm
5122
DIN / ISO
6
6
3425
Cross-Cut Blade 6, 1-edge 1 mm
5125
DIN / ISO
6
1
5129
Cross-Cut Blade 6, 1-edge 3 mm
5128
DIN / ISO
6
1
3426
Cross-Cut Blade 6, 1-edge 2 mm
1
Cross-Cut Blade 11, 1-edge 1 mm
DIN / ISO
ASTM
6
3429
5126
5124
ASTM
11
1
3424
Cross-Cut Blade 11, 1-edge 1.5 mm
5127
ASTM
11
1
5133
Cross-Cut Blade 11, 6-edges 1.5 mm
5121
ASTM
11
6
5135
5136
5137
8660
Brush
Magnifier
Adhesive Tape for DIN/ISO
Adhesive Tape for ASTM
5123
Spare brush for cross-cut tester kits
Spare magnifier for cross-cut tester kits, 3x - 6x magnification
Tesapack 4124, 50 mm x 66 m
IPG 51596, 1 in x 72 yds
Info!
Universal paint inspection:
– Film thickness
– Indentation hardness
– Adhesion
see byko-cut universal in Film
Thickness section
158
No. Of
No. Of
Cutting Teeths Cutting Edges
DIN / ISO
6
6
Cutter Spacing
1 mm
(0.04 in)
2 mm
(0.08 in)
1 mm
(0.04 in)
3 mm
(0.12 in)
2 mm
(0.08 in)
1 mm
(0.04 in)
1.5 mm
(0.06 in)
1.5 mm
(0.06 in)
Info!
For more information about
how to evaluate test results
with the new Digital Pocket
Microscope, see DPM 300 in
the Microscope section
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Hoffman Scratch
Hardness Tester
The Hoffman Scratch Hardness Tester was developed for the
comparative evaluation of scratch resistance and adhesion of
many types of coatings.
■ Simple pocket size tester
■ Ideal for field use and demonstrations
This instrument consists of a four-wheeled carriage, a scale
arm graduated from 0-20 that is attached permanently to the
carriage in a counterpoised condition about the pivot axis, and a
scratch tool with a sharp circular rim mounted at 45° to the flat
test surface.
Standards
GE Aircarft Engine
Group Spec.
Naval Lab Spec.
Appearance
Scrape Adhesion Test
E50TF61-S1
WS12858 Part 4.5.5 Hardness
Procedure
Color
To operate, attach riders to the scale arm at the numbered
positions. The carriage is held down firmly by hand and moved
in the opposite direction, to cause a trailing scratch. The large
standard rider loads 100 g per division, while the small rider
loads 25 g per division. This small rider may be used for making
low-range measurements involving small increments of pressure,
or it may serve as a vernier with the large rider in making more
precise medium-range measurements.
Physical Properties
Adhesion
Scratch Hardness
The force necessary to cut through the film to the substrate.
Adhesion
The force required to scrape a path through the film, when the
stylus begins its motion on an uncoated portion of the panel.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
1610
Description
Hoffman Scratch Tester
Technical Specifications
Dimensions
28 x 3.8 x 2.5 cm (11 x 1.5 x 1 in)
Net Weight
0.7 kg (1.5 lbs)
Shipping Weight
1.8 kg (4 lbs)
Technical Service
Comes complete with:
One large standard rider
One small rider and one extra scratching tool
Carrying case
Operating instructions
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
1611
1612
Description
Scratching Tool
Large Rider 100g
1613
Small Rider 25g
Accessories
Replacement
Equipped with friction clip for extending upper range of the Hoffman Scratch
Hardness Tester
Equipped with friction clip for improving precision in all ranges of the Hoffman
Scratch Hardness Tester
159
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Balanced Beam Scrape
Adhesion and Mar Tester
Used to perform scrape adhesion and mar resistance (scratch
hardness) tests of coatings and surfaces of various materials.
■ For differentiating the degree of adhesion of coatings to
substrates
■ Provides relative ratings for a series of coated panels
This instrument consists of a pivoted beam with a 45° stylus
holder, weight post and holder for supporting the total test load
mounted on one end. On the other end of the beam is a counterweight. A cam is rotated to lower and raise the stylus and a
sample bed mounted on ball bearings is used to move the test
panel against the stationary stylus.
Scrape Adhesion Test
The stylus used for scrape adhesion is a 1.6 mm (0.0625 inch) drill
rod, bent to a 180° loop with 6.5 mm (0.256 inch) OD, hardened,
buffed and chrome plated. Supplied with the tester is a set of
twelve slotted weights with storage rack. In the adhesion test,
weights are applied in 0.5 kg increments to a maximum of 10 kg.
Mar Resistance Test
By moving a free edge of the test film against the needle under
a variable load expressed in grams, mar-resistance is determined
as the minimum load in grams required to cut through the film
to the substrate. In the mar (scratch resistance) test, weights can
be applied in increments from 10 grams to a maximum of 12 kg.
Standards
ASTM
FTMS
General Electric
Company Spec.
Military Spec.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
5780
Description
Balanced Beam Adhesion/Mar Tester
D 2197, D 2248, D 2454,
D 5178
141a, Method 6303.1
F50TF7-S1
MIL-P-7788H
Technical Specifications
Dimensions
203 x 610 x 381 mm (8 x 24 x 15 in)
Net Weight
23.1 kg (51 lbs)
Shipping Weight
25.9 kg (57 lbs)
Comes complete with:
Tester
Loop stylus and needle stylus;
Weight post and holder
Weight rack and set of 12 weights:
1 x 10gm, 2 x 20gm; 1 x 50gm; 1 x 100gm; 2 x 200gm;
1 x 500gm; 1 x 1000gm; 2 x 2000gm; 1 x 5000gm;
Operating instructions
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
1611
5787
6977
6972
6974
6976
160
Description
Loop Stylus
Needle Stylus
Rod Stylus
Ball Point 1/8 in
Ball Point 1/16 in
Spit stylus
Hoffman Scratch Tool
Stylus Holder
Weight Set
Weight 1000 gm
Weight 2000 gm
Weight 5000 gm
Accessories
Replacement; U shaped stylus
Replacement needle stylus: 0.15 mm (0.006 inch) diameter
Tungsten steel, 1.6 mm (0.064 inch) diameter
3.2 mm (1/8 inch) ball
1.6 mm (1/16 inch) ball
Larger diameter needle stylus, 60° point, 1.9 mm (0.077 inch) diameter
To perform the Hoffman scratch test
Replacement Cylindrical steel rod
Replacement; 1 x 10 gm; 2 x 20 gm; 1 x 50 gm; 1 x 100 gm; 2 x 200 gm; 1 x 500 gm
Replacement; 1 x 1000 gm
Replacement; 1 x 2000 gm
Replacement; 1 x 5000 gm
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
PosiTest Family
Pull-Off Adhesion Test
Comes complete with:
Adhesion Tester with digital display
Hydraulic pump and actuator
Aluminum test dollies (20 mm)
Cutting tool for 20 mm dollies
Adhesive, 1.5 meter (5 ft.) flexible hose
Adhesive mixing sticks and palettes (5 each)
2-year warranty and carrying case
USB Cable
Certificate of calibration
The automatic model has a electronically controlled hydraulic
pump that applies continuous pressure. The pull-off rate is userselectable. Simple push button operation, eliminates the need to
close values or reset scales. A rechargeable NiMH battery is built-in
providing up to 200 tests per charge. A universal AC Adapter is
supplied. The Model ATA-20 has a high resolution screen, a wireless connection to a smart device, and records the nature of the
failure: cohesion, adhesion, or glue failure.
Standards
ASTM
ISO
D 4541, D 7234
4624, 16276-1
Technical Specifications
Adhesion Strength
Resolution
0-20 MPa (0-3000 psi)
± 0.01 MPa (± 1.0 psi)
0-20 MPa (0-3000 psi)
±0.01 MPa (±1.0 psi)
Case Dimensions
43 x 33 x 15 cm (17 x 13 x 6 in)
Unit Weight
5.5 kg (12 lbs)
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Dolly Size
20 mm
20 mm
161
Index
Description
PosiTest AT
PosiTest ATA-20
PosiTest Model ATA-20
Technical Service
Cat. No.
2201
5142
Model ATA-20
Physical Properties
Adhesion
Ordering Information
Model AT
Color
There are two models available. The model AT-A Automatic
Pull-Off Adhesion Tester and Model AT manual version. Both
models have the following features:
■ Portable, hand-operated instrument can be used in any
position and requires no external power source-ideal for the
lab and on-site
■ Large scale reads clearly and easily in PSI and MPa
■ Inexpensive, single-use dollies eliminate the need for heating,
cleaning, or brushing for re-use
■ Self-aligning dolly enables measurement on smooth or
uneven surfaces without adversely affecting the test results.
■ Heavy-duty hydraulic pump with safety valve helps prevent
damage to pressure system
■ Quick-coupling makes securing dollies in actuator simple, fast
and trouble-free
■ Multi-purpose, high-tensile two-part adhesive suitable for use
with a wide variety of coatings and coating thicknesses
■ Cutting tool for isolating test area is included
■ Coating adhesion tester pressure system is calibrated and
certified to 1 % accuracy (full-scale) and comes with a
two-year warranty
■ Internal memory stores up to 200 pulls. This includes
maximum pull-off pressure, rate of pull, test duration, and
dolly size
■ Optional PosiSoft software available to upload test results
■ USB Port PC interface
■ 10, 14, 20, and 50mm dollies to maximize the measurement
resolution and test range
Appearance
The PosiTest pull-off adhesion testers measure paint adhesion on
metal, wood and other rigid substrates. This easy-to-use, reliable
and versatile instrument uses hydraulic pressure and a revolutionary self-aligning dolly to ensure uniform pull distribution over the
surface being tested, preventing a one-sided pull-off. This is done
using a ring of small ball bearings to engage the articulating dolly
head.
PosiTest AT Verifer
Allows the user to verify the accuracy of PosiTest Adhesion Testers
■ High precision load cell and hand-held smart sensor
■ Fitted with a permanent 20 mm dolly
■ A conversion factor is used to verify the other dolly sizes
■ Portable – requires no external power supply
■ Comes with a NIST traceable certificate of calibration for load
cell and smart sensor
■ Range 34.5 MPa (5,000 psi), accuracy ± 0.044 MPa
(±6.33 psi)
Dollies
Several dolly sizes are available: 10, 14, 20, and 50 mm.
The larger surface area dolly provides improved low range repeatibility.
Dolly Size (mm)
10
14
20
50
Maximum Pull-off Pressure
70 MPa (10,000 psi)
40 MPa (6,000 psi)
20 MPa (3,000 psi)
3.5 MPa (500 psi)
Self-aligning dolly
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
0032
0035
5138
0030
5139
0031
0033
0036
5141
162
Description
Adhesive Kit
Accessory Kit 50 mm
Dolly Set 10 mm
Dolly Set 20 mm
Dolly Set 14 mm
Dolly Set 50 mm
Cutting Tool, 50mm
Cutting Tool, 14mm
PosiTest Verifier Kit
Accessories
Includes adhesive, mixing sticks, palettes, cotton swabs
Includes 50 mm stand-off, hole saw, and test dollies (12)
set of 10pcs
set of 10pcs
set of 10pcs
set of 4pcs
For 50 mm dollies
For 14 mm dollies
Includes load cell, smart sensor, certificates, carry case, AC adapter
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Single Impact Tester –
esp-10
Appearance
Chip Resistance Test
Resistance to chipping of multi-coat systems is an important factor
in automotive finishing. To protect auto body parts, a multi-coat
system is applied for corrosion and mechanical stress. The complete coating structure is decisive for its resistance to chipping.
Changes to the coating formulation or application process can
have an effect on the extent of the damage. The multi-impact test
method – sharp-edged, chilled casting pieces are thrown against
a test panel by compressed air – simulates the actual stress as
closely as possible. However, the multiimpact test is difficult to
reproduce. To improve the precision a single impact mechanism
was developed.
Color
The esp-10 was developed to test the resistance to chipping of
multicoat systems. In addition, not only the size of the damaged
area, but also its depth, i.e. the so-called “separation plane” can
be evaluated.
DIN EN ISO
20567-2
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
5200
Technical Specifications
Ordering Information
Accessories
Description
Precision Microscope
Standard for esp-10
esp-10 Impact Tool
R 1/8’’
5 bar
3 bar
approx. 1000 impacts
1750 g (3.9 lbs)
35 x 32 x 23 cm (13.8 x 12.6 x 9.1 in)
8.6 kg (19 lbs)
10 kg (22 lbs)
Technical Service
Comes complete with:
Single Impact Tester esp-10
Weight
Connection hose
Operating instructions
Connection for Compressed Air
Compresses Air Supply
Working Pressure
Operational Life of Impact Tool
Additional Weight
Dimensions
Net Weight
Shipping Weight
Cat. No.
5824
5205
5201
Description
esp-10
steel panel
phosphate
e-coat
primer
topcoat
approx. 100µm
Standards
Physical Properties
Adhesion
■ Portable instrument can be run in cooling chambers (≥ -10 °C)
and outside the laboratory
■ Impact tool with wedge-shaped blade
■ Compressed air of 3 bar accelerates the ball
■ Testing instrument in accordance with BMW standard
To check performance of instrument with Certificate
163
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
High Quality Test Charts
Eliminate Erroneous Lot Rejects
Consistent color and gloss guaranteed
from print batch to print batch
Variations in gloss as well as color on test charts can cause
erroneous rejection of paint batches. Pigments are added to
improve contrast ratio when in fact it was not necessary, resulting in wasted raw materials and increased production costs to
the paint manufacturer.
In order to avoid costly reject costs, it is crucial to control the
quality of test charts for color (L*, a*, b*) as well as gloss within
tight tolerances for each new print batch.
Consistent color and gloss on test charts provide improved
product quality, reduced raw material usage due to improper
batch adjustments, greater production throughput, and reduced
customer complaints. All of these improvements result in measurable cost savings in manufacturing and R&D.
BYK-Gardner specifications for byko-charts are considerably
tighter than the paint manufacturer’s specification for color and
gloss, and as a result, byko-charts have never been rejected.
Over the last 10 years, BYK-Gardner has kept meticulous product
consistency records from all print batches. This data shows the
clear superiority of the byko-charts versus competitive charts
from print batch to print batch.
Black L* (D65, 10°)
7.00
6.00
5.00
Black a*, b* (D65, 10°)
0.00
-0.50
-1.00
X a* X b*
White L* (D65, 10°)
93.00
92.00
91.00
byko-charts see page 167
164
White a*, b* (D65, 10°)
6.00
2.00
-2.00
X a* X b*
Gloss (60°)
90.00
80.00
70.00
X Black X White
BYK-Gardner goes to great lengths to assure the quality of all
the charts before, during and after the production process.
A BYK-Gardner quality technician is on site testing the charts as
lots are being produced. Prior to a lot being released for sale,
random samples are collected across the entire chart run and
subjected to extensive testing in the BYK-Gardner laboratory.
Storage of drawdown charts has also been found to be a serious
problem when less than “ideal” storage conditions are used.
For instance, in the hot humid days of summer, boxes of drawdown charts that are stacked in a warehouse or a delivery truck
can quickly deteriorate making them totally unusable. Charts
can stick together causing the coatings to be pulled off when
attempts are made to separate the charts. Charts can also
curl under high humidity conditions if not properly protected.
ASTM D-4946 is a procedure to test for blocking (resistance of
surfaces to stick together). BYK-Gardner had an independent
laboratory conduct a test on byko-charts and the competitive
drawdown charts using the ASTM D-4946 method. The bykocharts passed the test and the competitive charts failed. To
pre­vent blocking and curl, BYK-Gardner wraps each box of
byko-charts with a protective film that guards against humidity
in the warehouse and during shipment.
Introduction
Wet Film Preparation
Appearance
An accurate and uniform film thickness is essential for achieving
uniform color, appearance and specific physical properties such
as scrub resistance, chip resistance, flexibility etc. Therefore,
international specifications as well as company internal testing
methods specify not only a minimum film thickness, but also require
controlling the film thickness within a defined range.
The most common method of applying a liquid finish in the laboratory is with a drawdown bar or often referred to as a “doctor
blade”. This type of film applicator can lay down wet films of
almost any desired thickness from a few µm up to 1000 µm
(0.1 mil up to 40 mils).
PhysicalApplication
Properties
Stainless steel, aluminum, or plated steel are the preferred materials of construction, due to their resistance to corrosion. Plated
and stainless steel types are harder and will withstand more rigorous use. Regardless of the material of construction, corrosion
can damage the region of the drawdown bar controlling thickness of the applied film, therefore affecting the repeatability of
the instrument. Good lab practices dictate immediate cleaning of
the instrument after each use to eliminate potential corrosion or
residue which could affect future results.
Color
A typical blade type applicator consists of a metal bar containing
a gap of known clearance on one or more faces. It is placed near
one end of a flat panel or drawdown chart . A sufficient volume of
sample is placed in front of the applicator. The applicator is then
“drawn down” the panel/chart, either automatically or manually,
leaving a uniform film. The automatic method is more repeatable
and will result in a more uniform film thickness over the entire
range, as operator deviations are minimized.
APPLICATION
Technical Service
Drawdown Charts
165
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
It is recommended that all units be periodically checked for accuracy by using a feeler gauge, as normal use and cleaning will,
after time, render any applicator inaccurate. Should an applicator
be dropped or the blade become nicked, it needs to be replaced
as the applied film will no longer be equally distributed over
the applicator’s film width. Numerous types of applicators have
evolved over the years and can be divided into two types: adjustable and fixed gap clearance. Applicators may also have single
or multiple gaps. Most applicators have shoulders or side arms
that hold the pool of sample in front of the gap, while the device
is drawn down. The gap on most applicators has a flat shearing
edge which yields a wet film to gap ratio of approximately 1 to 2,
although this ratio varies with several factors, such as application
technique and coating composition. Fixed models are easier to
clean and maintain; adjustable models should be disassembled
and cleaned after every use.
The quality of the draw down is governed by three main factors:
– Viscosity of the paint
– Speed and uniformity of the application
– Flatness of the surface
A variety of viscometers can be used to control viscosity.
Viscosity Cups
Rotational Viscometers
BYK-Gardner also offers an automated film applicator which
controls the rate of application and planeness of the applicator,
assuring a uniform film thickness.
The wet film to gap ratio is a result not only of the shape of the
shearing edge, but the fluid’s viscosity, the speed of the applicator and other factors. The exact wet or dry film thickness can be
determined only by measuring the wet or dry film with a film
thickness gauge.
Wet film thickness measurement
Dry film thickness measurement
For very thin films, the use of wire-wound rods is recommended.
These applicators are drawn across the surface in the same manner as the blade type, but the coating flows through the grooves
between the wires and produces a thin, uniform drawdown.
Wire-wound rods
Due to liquid evaporation, dry film thickness will always be less
than the wet film thickness of a particular coating. Likewise, because of physical properties, wet film thickness will always be less
than the gap of the applicator. An operator will learn through experience the approximate wet film thickness that will be obtained
with a specific combination of coating, applicator, and application
method. Likewise, knowledge of the composition of the coating
will tell the operator what dry film thickness to expect.
A good rule of thumb for a beginning estimate of dry film thickness is as follows:
Dry film thickness = wet film thickness x Vol. % solids
100
The following table helps to estimate the relationship between
the gap depth of the applicator and wet film thickness:
Gap Depth
milsmicrons
1-4
15 - 100
5-12
101-300
13-20
301-500
>20
>500
Approximate Wet Film Thickness
50% of gap depth
60% of gap depth
80% of gap depth
90% of gap depth
Automatic Film Applicator
166
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
byko-charts
Drawdown Test Charts
Appearance
BYK-Gardner offers a wide range of drawdown cards and charts
for virtually any application and coating material. Stringent quality control during the production process assures that they have
the most consistent color and gloss in the industry. Test charts
are easy to use and an inexpensive substrate to test a variety of
coating properties, such as opacity, spreading rate, penetration
behavior, and flow & leveling behavior. They are used for testing architectural, industrial, automotive, wood finishes or even
cosmetic products (e.g. nail polish). Depending on the material
properties of the product to be tested and its usage different
types of drawdown cards are available.
Depending on the type of solvent used in paint formulations a
drawdown chart needs to be more or less solvent resistant. The
resin type requires different solvent types and dependent on the
polarity of the solvent, the organic ingredients will be more or less
activated. Therefore, BYK-Gardner offers two types of drawdown
cards and charts:
■ Opacity charts: Instrumental check of % - opacity
■ Penetration charts: Evaluation of color and gloss uniformity
on surfaces of varying porosity
■ Visual evaluation of hiding power:
– Display / Spreading Rate Charts
– Checkerboard / Spreading Rate Charts
■ Brushout Cards for informal brushouts
■ Uncoated test charts to simulate wood or unsealed wallboard
substrates
■ Specialty charts for sag and leveling test
Save!
Additional discounts are available for
large quantity byko-charts drawdown
charts purchases.
Info!
Custom made or private label charts
are available upon request.
Technical Service
byko-charts, clearcoated:
■ Clearcoat top coated drawdown charts are ideal for a wide
range of coating systems: water and solvent borne
technologies
■ Guaranteed non-fluorescent paper in compliance with
ASTM D 344
■ Repeatable color and gloss – lot after lot
■ Superior film adhesion characteristics
■ Rugged design (15 mils [381 micron] thickness) to prevent
warping and bending after the coating is applied
■ Draw-down chart box is shrink-wrapped with low permeability plastic to prevent moisture absorption during shipping and
storage.
■ Lot numbers are printed on every chart
byko-charts, film laminated:
■ Plastic film laminated chart for excellent solvent resistance
from achromatic hydrocarbons, esters, ketones and acids
■ Repeatable color and gloss – lot after lot
■ Smooth, structure free surface
■ Superior adhesion properties and flexibility – the test chart
will not warp and bend – even in high humidity environments
167
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
PhysicalApplication
Properties
Selection of test charts dependent
on application:
Color
Selection of test charts dependent
on coating technology:
Opacity Drawdown Charts
Comprised of a simple combination of black and white areas with
ample space for reflectance measurement. Opacity drawdown
charts are used to test the hiding power of coatings.
Black and white areas have the tighest tolerances in the industry, ensuring repeatable opacity measurements paint batch after
paint batch.
Clearcoated charts have the lot number printed on every chart.
Standards
ASTM
ISO
Cat. No.
2810
2813
2860
Cat. No.
2811
Cat. No.
2812
Cat. No.
2851
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
Description
2810
2813
byko-chart Opacity 2A
2811
2812
2851
2852
2860
byko-chart Opacity 2C
byko-chart Opacity 3B
byko-chart Opacity 5C
byko-chart Opacity L
byko-chart Opacity S
byko-chart brightened 2A
D 344, D 2805
6504-3
Cat. No.
2852
Technical Specifications
Material
Clearcoated
Clearcoated
Clearcoated
Clearcoated
Film laminated
Film laminated
Clearcoated
Size
Qty/Box
140 x 254 mm (5.5 x 10 in)
250
194 x 260 mm (7.6 x 10.25 in)
194 x 289 mm (7.6 x 11.4 in)
194 x 260 mm (7.6 x 10.25 in)
148 x 210 mm (5.8 x 8.3 in)
105 x 140 mm (4.1 x5.5 in)
140 x 254 mm (5.5 x 10 in)
250
250
250
250
250
250
The 2860 byko-chart brightened drawdown chart has a brighter white section compared to the other opacity charts. The CIE
L* value is approximately 2 units higher and the CIE b* value is
approximatey 2 units lower compared to the standard byko-charts.
The black section is comparable to standard byko-charts. The
paper does not have a brightening agent to achieve the whiter
appearance.
Save!
SAVE up to 30% when you buy
4 or more boxes!
168
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Penetration and Opacity Charts
– Penopac
Cat. No.
2815, 2816
SAVE up to 30% when you buy 4 or more boxes!
Color
Cat. No.
2818,2814
Save!
Cat. No.
2817
Cat. No.
Description
Technical Specifications
Material
Size
Qty/Box
2814
2818
byko-chart Penopac 1A
Clearcoated / uncoated
140 x 254 mm (5.5 x 10.0 in)
250
2815
2817
2816
Clearcoated / uncoated
Clearcoated / uncoated
Clearcoated / uncoated
Clearcoated / uncoated
194 x 289 mm (7.6 x 11.4 in)
140 x 254 mm (5.5 x 10.0 in)
194 x 289 mm (7.6 x 11.4 in)
194 x 289 mm (7.6 x 11.4 in)
250
250
250
250
Opacity Measurement
PhysicalApplication
Properties
Ordering Information
byko-chart Penopac 1B
byko-chart Penopac 18A
byko-chart Penopac 19BR
byko-chart Penopac 18B
Appearance
The test areas and functions of a penetration and opacity drawdown chart / drawdown card are combined with these charts.
The penetration resistance is of special importance to architectural finshes. The ability to maintain a uniform appearance (color
and gloss) on substrates with varying porosity can be evaluated
by applying the paint over a test chart which has a coated and
uncoated area. Thus, the penetration resistance is tested under
severe conditions.
The penetration resistance is visually evaluated and can also be
objectively evaluated by measuring color and gloss.
Essential sales criteria for architectural paint are hiding power and
yield. In other words:
– How many layers are necessary for complete coverage?
– And how many cans will be needed?
Technical Service
Opacity is a measure for hiding power:
Opacity (%) = YBLACK x 100 (%)
YWHITE
100% opacity means complete hiding, no differences can be seen
between the drawdown over black and white.
Procedure
A uniform paint film is applied on a black / white contrast chart.
After air drying the drawdown can be objectively evaluated
using the BYK-Gardner spectro-guide. The operator is menu guided through the measurement procedure and the opacity value is
displayed automatically in a second.
The same procedure can be applied for transparent films and
plastics.
spectro-guide color spectrophotometer
169
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Display Charts / Checkerboard
Charts – Spreading Rate Charts
Large size drawdown charts, referred to as display or spreading
rate charts, were designed for visual evaluation of hiding power.
The diagonal striped patterns or the checkerboard respectively
have a strong visual impact and emphasize variations in film
opacity.
In order to calculate the spreading rate ASTM D 344 uses Forms
8H and 10H. In this test the paint is spread uniformly on a defined
test area (0.1 square meters ̴ 1 square foot) and the spreading rate is calculated from the weight and density of the applied
coating.
Cat. No.
2819
2820
Cat. No.
2821
Cat. No.
2834
Cat. No.
2823
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
Description
2819
2820
byko-chart Opacity-Display 9A
2821
2834
2823
2824
2802
2804
2822
byko-chart Opacity-Display 9B
byko-chart Opacity-Display 21B
byko-chart Display 8B
byko-chart SR-Display 8H
byko-chart SR-Checkerboard 10H
byko-chart Spreading Rate L
byko-chart Spreading Rate S
byko-chart Opacity-Display 12H
Standards
ASTM
ISO
D 344, D 2805
6504-3
Cat. No.
2824
Technical Specifications
Material
Clearcoated
Clearcoated
Clearcoated
Clearcoated
Clearcoated
Clearcoated
Film laminated
Film laminated
Clearcoated
Cat. No.
2822
Cat. No.
2804
Cat. No.
2802
Size
Qty/Box
140 x 254 mm (5.5 x 10 in)
250
194 x 289 mm (7.6 x 11.4 in)
194 x 289 mm (7.6 x 11.4 in)
194 x 289 mm (7.6 x 11.4 in)
286 x 438 mm (11.25 x 17.25 in)
286 x 438 mm (11.25 x 17.25 in)
283 x 438mm (11.1 x 17.2 in)
148 x 210 mm (5.8 x 8.3 in)
286 x 438 mm (11.25 x 17.25 in)
250
250
250
125
125
250
250
125
Forms 12H and 15H provide also a large enough area for objective color and gloss measurement.
Plain Black Drawdown Chart
An all black chart can check opacity of a coating used over a dark
primer or substrate. A visual assessment of sparkle or pearl appearance of special effect coatings and cosmetics can be easily
viewed with a black background.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
Description
2845
byko-chart Plain Black BK
170
Technical Specifications
Material
Size
Qty/Box
Clearcoated
218 x 288 mm (8.6 x 11.25 in)
250
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Brushout Drawdown Cards
Made from heavy, rigid stock paper; used mostly for informal
brushout applications. The paper stock is almost twice the thickness of regular drawdown chart paper to give greater rigidity for
easier handling.
Appearance
Cat. No.
2856
Cat. No.
2857
Cat. No.
2858
Ordering Information
Description
2856
2857
2858
byko-chart Brushout 5DX
byko-chart Brushout 2DX
byko-chart Brushout WDX
Technical Specifications
Material
Size
Qty/Box
Clearcoated
Clearcoated
Clearcoated
100 x 152 mm (3.9 x 6.0 in)
100 x 152 mm (3.9 x 6.0 in)
100 x 152 mm (3.9 x 6.0 in)
500
500
500
Plain White Drawdown Charts
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
Description
2827
2828
byko-chart plain white WB*
Plain white
Technical Specifications
Material
Clearcoated
Clearcoated
Clearcoated
Clearcoated
Clearcoated
uncoated
Chromolux
Chromolux
Chromolux
Size
Qty/Box
193 x 288 mm (7.63 x 11.33 in)
250
286 x 438 mm (11.25 x 17.25 in)
76 x 140 mm (3.0 x 5.5 in)
140 x 254 mm (5.5 x 10 in)
218 x 288 mm (8.6 x 11.25 in)
193 x 288 mm (7.63 x 11.33 in)
283 x 438 mm (11.1 x 17.2 in)
210 x 297 mm (8.3 x 11.7 in)
148 x 210 mm (5.8 x 8.3 in)
125
1000
250
250
250
250
250
200
*Note: These drawdown charts have a 6 mm (0.25 in) hole, centered 5 mm (0.2 in) from the top edge.
Birch Veneer Panel
Real wood laminated on paper. Birch has a neutral color with
minimal grain pattern for color matching of stains.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
5096
Description
Birch Venner Panel, R7D
Technical Service
2825
2826
2837
2835
2891
2892
2893
byko-chart plain white WH
byko-chart plain white WG
byko-chart plain white WA*
byko-chart plain white WK
byko-chart plain white NWK*
byko-chart Chromolux L
byko-chart Chromolux M
byko-chart Chromolux S
SAVE up to 30% when you
buy 4 or more boxes!
PhysicalApplication
Properties
These drawdown charts are plain white with the coating on
one side and no text or label on top (except 2835). The 2835 is
an uncoated stock paper with a nominal thickness of 0.38 mm
(15 mils).
Chromolux drawdown cards are for determination of whiteness.
The Chromolux chart has a very smooth, high gloss surface,
achieved by the paper being pressed against a hot metal plate.
Save!
Color
Cat. No.
New!
Technical Specifications
Material
Birch Wood
Dimensions
76 x 152 mm (3.0 x 6.0 in)
171
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Qty/Box
100
Uncoated Drawdown Cards
Use these uncoated drawdown cards to simulate wood or unsealed wallboard.
Save!
Cat. No.
2831
2832
Cat. No.
2838
Cat. No.
2805
Cat. No.
2855
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
Description
2831
2832
byko-chart, uncoated N2A
2838
2805
2855
2885
byko-chart, uncoated N2C
byko-chart, uncoated N9A
byko-chart, uncoated L
byko-chart, uncoated M
byko-chart, uncoated S
SAVE up to 30%
when you buy
4 or more boxes!
Cat. No.
2885
Technical Specifications
Material
uncoated
uncoated
uncoated
uncoated
uncoated
uncoated
Size
Qty/Box
140 x 254 mm (5.5 x 10 in)
250
194 x 260 mm (7.6 x 10.25 in)
140 x 254 mm (5.5 x 10 in)
210 x 297 mm (8.27 x 11.7 in)
105 x 148 mm (4.13 x 5.83 in)
75 x 185 mm (3.0 x 7.3 in)
Drawdown Plate
250
250
250
250
250
New!
Provides an economical and convenient means for making drawdowns of uniform film thickness.
■ Easy to use and easy to clean
■ Holds charts securely for drawdowns
■ Helps to achieve uniform results
The drawdown plate consists entirely of glass 12.7 mm (0.5 in) in
thickness. The all glass plate has rubber feet and a spring clip to
hold the drawdown chart firmly in place.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
Description
4262
Drawdown Plate, Glass
172
Technical Specifications
Glass plate Size
Dimensions
254 x 355.6 mm
254 x 355.6 x 12.7
(10 x 14 in) mm (10 x 14 x 0.5 in)
Net
Application
Weight
3.2 kg
general purpose for
(7.0 lbs) drawdowns on paper charts
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Sag and Leveling Test Charts
Standards
ASTM
Appearance
This drawdown chart is designed for use with the NYPC Leveling
Test Blade and the Anti-Sag Meter. The extra large black area
allows measurements to be made over the black area only, in
accordance with specifications that require the operator to ignore
the leading and trailing edges of the drawdown.
D 4400
Cat. No. 2833
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
Description
2833
byko-chart Sag and Leveling 7B
Technical Specifications
Material
Size
Qty/Box
Clearcoated
193 x 286 mm (7.6 x 11.25 in)
250
Color
Spray Monitors
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
2840
2841
Description
Spray Monitors M12-BW
Spray Monitors M33-BW
Cat. No.
2840
Cat. No.
2841
Technical Specifications
Material
Clearcoated
Clearcoated
Dimensions
25 x 25 mm (1.0 x 1.0 in)
50 x 50 mm (2.0 x 2.0 in)
Qty/Box
2000
500
PhysicalApplication
Properties
These spray monitors are self-adhering, pressure-sensitive labels
with a hiding power test pattern and a sealed, solvent-resistant
surface. They are used with metal panels and other substrates
where a uniform surface appearance provides no visual clues as
to the thickness of the applied film. It adheres firmly whether
air-dried or baked. They are useful for visually checking for film
opacity during the painting process.
Inter-leaf Paper
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
2839
2842
2843
2844
Description
Inter-leaf Paper 1P-1B
Inter-leaf Paper 1P-1A
Inter-leaf Paper 1P-1C
Inter-leaf Paper 1P-1K
Technical Service
The Inter-leaf Paper is designed to protect a dry paint film. Place
the Inter-leaf Paper between the byko-charts. The Inter-leaf Paper
has a non-stick surface. They protect the paint film from being
marred and prevents the paint film from adhering to the chart
stacked over it. The Inter-leaf Paper should be used when storing
or shipping test charts.
Save!
SAVE up to 30% when
you buy 4 or more boxes!
Technical Specifications
Material
non-stick
non-stick
non-stick
non-stick
Dimensions
194 x 286 mm (7.62 x 11.25 in)
140 x 254 mm (5.5 x 10 in)
194 x 260 mm (7.62 x 10.25 in)
219 x 286 mm (8.62 x 11.25 in)
173
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Qty/Box
1000
1000
1000
1000
Clear Polyester Film
The clear polyester film can be used as a substrate for coatings
to evaluate color, gloss, and transparency. It is used to check for
foam stabilization and de-flocculation of pigments, or placed over
a black and white background for evaluation of hiding power.
In addition, it is used as an overlay to protect a drawdown after
drying without obscuring visibility.
Clear polyester film
Ordering Information
Technical Specifications
Cat. No.
2870
2871
2872
Description
byko-chart PE film, 100 µm
byko-chart PE film, 50 µm
byko-chart PE film, 76 µm
Save!
Material
Clear Polyester Film
Clear Polyester Film
Clear Polyester Film
SAVE up to 30%
when you buy
4 or more boxes!
Dimensions
127 x 194 mm (5.0 x 7.62 in)
127 x 194 mm (5.0 x 7.62 in)
216 x 280 mm (8.50 x 11.00 in)
Qty/Box
250
250
250
Scrub Test Panel
Used in conjunction with the BYK-Gardner Abrasion Testers.
These scrub test panels are the perfect substrate for all types of
abrasion tests. The plastic panels are 0.25 mm thick (10 mils).
Standards
ASTM
ISO
Cat. No.
5015
Cat. No.
5016
Abrasion Tester
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
5015
5016
D 2486, D 3450, D 4213
11998
Description
Black Scrub Panel P121-10N
White Scrub Panel P122-10N
Technical Specifications
Material
Plastic
Plastic
Size
165 x 432 mm (6.5 x 17 in)
165 x 432 mm (6.5 x 17 in)
Qty/Box
100
100
Black Glass Panel
Black glass is used in widely referenced high-precision ASTM
method D2805, and related hiding power test methods. The
coating is applied directly to the glass surface. The accuracy of
this test method depends on the unique hardness and levelness
characteristics of the glass substrate.
Standards
ASTM
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
3720
174
Description
Black Glass Panel
D 2805
Technical Specifications
Material
Glass
Dimensions
203 x 203 mm (8 x 8 in)
Weight/Box
0.9 kg (2 lbs)
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Bar Film Applicators
Info!
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
Comes complete with:
Drawdown Bar applicator
Reuseable storage case
Calibration Certificate – NIST traceable
Note: Drawdown bars can only be returned unused and in original packaging.
Military Spec.
D 823, D 3258
TT-P-29, TT-E-508A, PD-220A
141a
JAN-P-630, JAN-P-700
MIL-P-13341
Technical Specifications
Theoretical Wet Film
Thickness (mils)
3.0
Dimensions
Shipping Weight
6.0
1.0
1.5
3.0
6.0
1.5
3.0
5.0
6.0
10.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
20.0
Gap Clearance
mils (µm)
6.0 (152.4)
Film Width
inches (cm)
2 (5.08)
12.0 (304.8)
2 (5.08)
2.0 (50.8)
3 (7.64)
3.0 (76.2)
3 (7.64)
6.0 (152.4)
3 (7.64)
12.0 (304.8)
3 (7.64)
3.0 (76.2)
3.5 (8.91)
6.0 (152.4)
3.5 (8.91)
10.0 (254)
3.5 (8.91)
12.0 (304.8)
3.5 (8.91)
20.0 (508)
3.5 (8.91)
1.0 (25.4)
6 (15.24)
2.0 (50.8)
6 (15.24)
3.0 (76.2)
6 (15.24)
4.0 (101.6)
6 (15.24)
5.0 (127)
6 (15.24)
6.0 (152.4)
6 (15.24)
8.0 (203.2)
6 (15.24)
10.0 (254)
6 (15.24)
12.0 (304.8)
6 (15.24)
16.0 (406.4)
6 (15.24)
20.0 (508)
6 (15.24)
24.0 (609.6)
6 (15.24)
40.0 (1016)
6 (15.24)
approx. 2.5 x 1.5 cm (1 x 0.6 in),
length is 3.81 cm (1.5 in) greater than film width
0.7 kg (1.5 lbs)
175
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5573
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
Single Bar 2″, 3 mils
Single Bar 2″, 6 mils
Single Bar 3″, 1 mil
Single Bar 3″, 1.5 mils
Single Bar 3″, 3 mils
Single Bar 3″, 6 mils
Single Bar 3.5″, 1.5 mils
Single Bar 3.5″, 3 mils
Single Bar 3.5″, 5 mils
Single Bar 3.5″, 6 mils
Single Bar 3.5″, 10 mils
Single Bar 6″, 0.5 mils
Single Bar 6″, 1 mil
Single Bar 6″, 1.5 mils
Single Bar 6″, 2 mils
Single Bar 6″, 2.5 mils
Single Bar 6″, 3 mils
Single Bar 6″, 4 mils
Single Bar 6″, 5 mils
Single Bar 6″, 6 mils
Single Bar 6″, 8 mils
Single Bar 6″, 10 mils
Single Bar 6″, 12 mils
Single Bar 6″, 20 mils
ASTM
Federal Spec.
FTMS
JAN
PhysicalApplication
Properties
5550
5551
Description
Standards
Color
Trade in your old drawdown bar and get a
new certified bar for less than the cost of
recertification.
Appearance
BYK Drawdown Bar film applicators are the highest quality and
easiest to clean and maintain due to their simple design and rugged construction. The theoretical wet film thickness is etched
onto every drawdown bar. The theoretical wet film thickness is
roughly one-half the actual gap clearance. If you have a gap clearance of 6 mils, the theoretical wet film thickness etched on the
bar applicator is 3 mils. We can not guarantee that you will drawdown the theoretical wet film thickness. The drawdown process
consists of many variables. The actual wet film thickness can vary
from 50% to 90% of the gap depending on the gap clearance.
■ Every drawdown bar is certified in our lab and comes with a
calibration certificate
■ Packaged in a handy reuseable storage box to help prevent
damage
■ Made of 440-grade stainless steel, ground to tight tolerances
for repeated use.
Multiple Clearance Applicators
Multiple Clearance Applicators are designed for the production of
uniform films of paints, adhesives and similar products on plane
substrates. They combine the accuracy of fixed applicators with
the versatility of multiple clearance / gap choices in one unit.
These applicators are suitable for use of aqueous, acid, and alkaline products.
How to choose the right applicator.
■ Low viscous paint: applicator frame
■ High viscous paint: 4-sided or bar applicator
■ Flexible substrates like foils: wire wound applicators
Applicator Frame
■ Stainless steel – corrosion resistant
■ 4 clearances
■ Packaged in a handy reuseable box to prevent damage
■ 2057: 2-chamber design for assessing 2 paint formulations
side by side
4-Sided Applicator
■ Stainless steel – corrosion-resistant
■ 4 clearances
60
120
90
Procedure
–
–
–
–
–
30
Place substrate to be coated on smooth surface
Place film applicator with desired gap depth on substrate
Pour coating in front of gap in pulling direction
Pull at uniform speed (approx. 25 mm / s)
Put applicator immediately into diluted cleaning solvent and
clean with brush
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
2020
2021
2040
2041
2030
2031
2056
2057
Description
4-Sided Bar 60, 30-120 µm
4-Sided Bar 80, 30-120 µm
4-Sided Bar 60, 50-200 µm
4-Sided Bar 80, 50-200 µm
Applicator Frame 60, 30-120 µm
Applicator Frame 80, 30-120 µm
Applicator Frame 70, 50-200 µm
Applicator Frame 2x35, 50-200 µm
Standards
ASTM
FTMS
D 823
No. 141a, Meth. 2161,
Meth. 2162, Meth. 4255,
Meth. 6226
Technical Specifications
Gap Clearance
30 & 60 & 90 & 120 µm
30 & 60 & 90 & 120 µm
50 & 100 & 150 & 200 µm
50 & 100 & 150 & 200 µm
30 & 60 & 90 & 120 µm
30 & 60 & 90 & 120 µm
50 & 100 & 150 & 200 µm
50 & 100 & 150 & 200 µm
Film Width
60 mm
80 mm
60 mm
80 mm
60 mm
80 mm
70 mm
2 x 35 mm*
Material
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Comes complete with:
Applicator
Reuseable storage case
*Note: 2-chamber design 35 mm length per chamber
176
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Multiple Clearance Applicators
Multiple Clearance Applicators combine the accuracy of fixed
applicators with the versatility of multiple clearance / gap choices
in one unit.
U Shaped
■ 440C Stainless steel
■ 2 clearances
■ Tool steel
■ 2 clearances
Appearance
Bar Type
3 mils
Color
Ordering Information
Description
6957
5302
Double Bar 2″ – 2 & 4 mils
Gap Clearance
µm (mils)
50.8 & 101.6 µm (2 & 4 mils)
152.4 & 254.0 µm (6 & 10 mils)
50.8 & 101.6 µm (2 & 4 mils)
152.4 & 254.0 µm (6 & 10 mils)
50.8 & 101.6 µm (2 & 4 mils)
152.4 & 254.0 µm (6 & 10 mils)
50.8 & 101.6 µm (2 & 4 mils)
152.4 & 254.0 µm (6 & 10 mils)
50.8 & 101.6 µm (2 & 4 mils)
152.4 & 254.0 µm (6 & 10 mils)
50.8 & 101.6 µm (2 & 4 mils)
152.4 & 254.0 µm (6 & 10 mils)
50.8 & 101.6 µm (2 & 4 mils)
152.4 & 254.0 µm (6 & 10 mils)
50.8 & 101.6 µm (2 & 4 mils)
152.4 & 254.0 µm (6 & 10 mils)
50.8 & 101.6 µm (2 & 4 mils)
152.4 & 254.0 µm (6 & 10 mils)
50.8 & 101.6 µm (2 & 4 mils)
152.4 & 254.0 µm (6 & 10 mils)
Film Width
mm (inch)
50.8 mm (2 in)
50.8 mm (2 in)
76.2 mm (3 in)
76.2 mm (3 in)
101.6 mm (4 in)
101.6 mm (4 in)
127.0 mm (5 in)
127.0 mm (5 in)
152.4 mm (6 in)
152.4 mm (6 in)
38.1 mm (1.5 in)
38.1 mm (1.5 in)
63.5 mm (2.5 in)
63.5 mm (2.5 in)
88.9 mm (3.5 in)
88.9 mm (3.5 in)
114.3 mm (4.5 in)
114.3 mm (4.5 in)
139.7 mm (5.5 in)
139.7 mm (5.5 in)
Material
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Technical Service
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5326
5327
5328
5329
6948
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
Double Bar 2″ – 6 & 10 mils
Double Bar 3″ – 2 & 4 mils
Double Bar 3″ – 6 & 10 mils
Double Bar 4″ – 2 & 4 mils
Double Bar 4″ – 6 & 10 mils
Double Bar 5″ – 2 & 4 mils
Double Bar 5″ – 6 & 10 mils
Double Bar 6″ – 2 & 4 mils
Double Bar 6″ – 6 & 10 mils
U-Bar 2″, 2 & 4 mils
U-Bar 2″, 6 & 10 mils
U-Bar 3″, 2 & 4 mils
U-Bar 3″, 6 & 10 mils
U-Bar 4″, 2 & 4 mils
U-Bar 4″, 6 & 10 mils
U-Bar 5″, 2 & 4 mils
U-Bar 5″, 6 & 10 mils
U-Bar 6″, 2 & 4 mils
U-Bar 6″, 6 & 10 mils
Technical Specifications
PhysicalApplication
Properties
Cat. No.
Comes complete with:
Applicator bar
Reuseable storage case
177
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Multiple Clearance
Square Applicator
Multiple Clearance Applicators combine the accuracy of fixed
applicators with the versatility of multiple clearance/gap choices
in one unit.
■ Greatest versatility
■ 8 clearances
■ Highest quality stainless steel
■ Packaged in a handy reuseable box to prevent damage
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
Description
5361
Square Frame 2″, 1-8 mils
5351
Square Frame 2″, 5-50 mils
5363
Square Frame 2″, 0.5-6 mils
5353
Square Frame 3″, 1-8 mils
5354
Square Frame 3″, 5-50 mils
5355
Square Frame 3″, 0.5-6 mils
5356
Square Frame 4″, 1-8 mils
5357
Square Frame 4″, 5-50 mils
5358
Square Frame 4″, 0.5-6 mils
Technical Specifications
Gap Clearance Film Width
µm (mils) cm (inch)
25.4, 50.8, 76.2, 101.6, 127.0, 152.4, 177.8, 203.2 µm
5.08 cm
(1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 mils)
(2 in)
127, 254, 381, 508, 635, 762, 1016, 1270 µm
5.08 cm
(5,10,15,20,25,30,40,50 mils)
(2 in)
12.7, 25.4, 38.1, 50.8, 76.2, 101.6, 127.0, 152.4 µm
5.08 cm
(0.5,1,1.5,2,3,4,5,6 mils)
(2 in)
25.4, 50.8, 76.2, 101.6, 127.0, 152.4, 177.8, 203.2 µm
7.62 cm
(1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 mils)
(3 in)
127, 254, 381, 508, 762, 1016, 1270 µm
7.62 cm
(5,10,15,20,25,30,40,50 mils)
(3 in)
12.7, 25.4, 38.1, 50.8, 76.2, 101.6, 127.0, 152.4 µm
(0.5,1,1.5,2,3,4,5,6 mils)
25.4, 50.8, 76.2, 101.6, 127.0, 152.4, 177.8, 203.2 µm
(1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 mils)
127, 254, 381, 508, 762, 1016, 1270 µm
(5,10,15,20,25,30,40,50 mils)
12.7, 25.4, 38.1, 50.8, 76.2, 101.6, 127.0, 152.4 µm
(0.5,1,1.5,2,3,4,5,6 mils)
7.62 cm
(3 in)
10.16 cm
(4 in)
10.16 cm
(4 in)
10.16 cm
(4 in)
Material
Stainless
Steel
Stainless
Steel
Stainless
Steel
Stainless
Steel
Stainless
Steel
Stainless
Steel
Stainless
Steel
Stainless
Steel
Stainless
Steel
Comes complete with:
Square frame
Reuseable storage case
178
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Film Casting Knife
The applicator consists of two end plates joined by a bridge and
an adjustable blade below the bridge. Two micrometers extend
through the bridge and contact the upper edge of the blade,
allowing it to be adjusted upward or downward to control the
gap and ultimately the film thickness. The blade and end plates
are constructed of 6.4 mm (1/4 in) aluminum. The end plates effectively contain the sample pool during the drawdown process.
Appearance
The BYK-Gardner Film Casting Knife is an adjustable clearance film
applicator. Its extended end plates confine the coating sample
during drawdown. The micrometer adjusted gate allows clearance / gap settings from 0 to 150 mils in 1 mil increments. Metric
versions produce clearances / gaps of 0 to 3800 microns in 10
micron increments.
Most versatile manual model
Standards
ASTM
FTMS
Technical Specifications
Blade Width Clearance/Gap
2 in
0-150 mils
4302
Film Casting Knife 4″
4 in
0-150 mils
4303
Film Casting Knife 6″
6 in
0-150 mils
4304
Film Casting Knife 8″
8 in
0-150 mils
4305
Film Casting Knife 12″
12 in
0-150 mils
2325
Film Casting Knife, 5 cm
5.1 cm
0-3800 µm
2326
Film Casting Knife, 10 cm
10.2 cm
0-3800 µm
2327
Film Casting Knife, 15 cm
15.2 cm
0-3800 µm
2328
Film Casting Knife, 20 cm
20.3 cm
0-3800 µm
2329
Film Casting Knife, 30 cm
30.5 cm
0-3800 µm
Dimensions
76.2 x 102 x 63.5 mm
(3 x 4 x 2.5 in)
76.2 x 102 x 114 mm
(3 x 4 x 4.5 in
76.2 x 102 x 165 mm
(3 x 4 x 6.5 in)
76.2 x 102 x 216 mm
(3 x 4 x 8.5 in)
76.2 x 102 x 317.5 mm
(3 x 4 x 12.5 in)
76.2 x 102 x 63.5 mm
(3 x 4 x 2.5 in)
76.2 x 102 x 114 mm
(3 x 4 x 4.5 in)
76.2 x 102 x 165 mm
(3 x 4 x 6.5 in)
76.2 x 102 x 216 mm
(3 x 4 x 8.5 in)
76.2 x 102 x 317.5 mm
(3 x 4 x 12.5 in)
Weight
0.5 kg (1.2 lbs)
0.7 kg (1.6 lbs)
0.8 kg (1.8 lbs)
1.0 kg (2.1 lbs)
1.2 kg (2.8 lbs)
0.5 kg (1.2 lbs)
0.7 kg (1.6 lbs)
0.8 kg (1.8 lbs)
1.0 kg (2.1 lbs)
1.2 kg (2.8 lbs)
Comes complete with:
Film Casting Knife
Reuseable Storage case
179
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
Description
Film Casting Knife 2″
PhysicalApplication
Properties
Cat. No.
4301
Color
Ordering Information
D 823-53 (1970)
No. 141a, Meth. 2161,
2162, 4255, 6266
Wire-wound rods
Wire-wound rods,
200 mm film width
Each rod has a 10 mm diameter with a 200 mm film width. There
is a 20 mm space on both ends to grip the rod. The rods can be
attached to a holder to secure the rod during a drawdown. An
adapter is also available to attach the wire-wound rods to the
2101 and 2105 Automatic Film Applicators.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2428
Description
Wire-wound rod 200 - 0,4 mils
Wire-wound rod 200 - 0,6 mils
Wire-wound rod 200 - 1 mils
Wire-wound rod 200 - 2 mils
Wire-wound rod 200 - 3 mils
Wire-wound rod 200 - 4 mils
Wire-wound rod 200 - 5 mils
Wire-wound rod 200 - 6 mils
Wire-wound rod 200 - 7 mils
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
2440
2430
4102
Description
Wire-wound Rod Holder
Wire-wound Rod Adapter*
Wire-wound Rod Stand – 24 cm
Technical Specifications
Wet Film Thickness
10 µm (0.4 mils)
15 µm (0.6 mils)
25 µm (1.0 mils)
50 µm (2.0 mils)
75 µm (3.0 mils)
100 µm (3.9 mils)
125 µm (4.9 mils)
150 µm (5.9 mils)
200 µm (7.9 mils)
Film Width
200 mm (7.9 in)
200 mm (7.9 in)
200 mm (7.9 in)
200 mm (7.9 in)
200 mm (7.9 in)
200 mm (7.9 in)
200 mm (7.9 in)
200 mm (7.9 in)
200 mm (7.9 in)
Dimensions
24 cm x ø 1.0 cm (9.4 in x ø 0.4 in)
24 cm x ø 1.0 cm (9.4 in x ø 0.4 in)
24 cm x ø 1.0 cm (9.4 in x ø 0.4 in)
24 cm x ø 1.0 cm (9.4 in x ø 0.4 in)
24 cm x ø 1.0 cm (9.4 in x ø 0.4 in)
24 cm x ø 1.0 cm (9.4 in x ø 0.4 in)
24 cm x ø 1.0 cm (9.4 in x ø 0.4 in)
24 cm x ø 1.0 cm (9.4 in x ø 0.4 in)
24 cm x ø 1.0 cm (9.4 in x ø 0.4 in)
Accessories
Information
for item numbers 2419 - 2428
for item numbers 2419 - 2428
for item numbers 2419 - 2428
*Note: Adapter lengthens the wire-wound rod to fit the 2101 and 2105
Automatic Film Applicator. Sold as a pair.
4102 – Rod Stand – 24 cm
180
2440 – Rod Holder
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Wire-wound rods,
10″ inch (254 mm) film width
4103
4104
Wire-wound rod 10″ – 0,2 mils
4106
4108
4110
4112
4116
4122
4128
4134
4140
4152
Wire-wound rod 10″ – 0,3 mils
Wire-wound rod 10″ – 0,4 mils
Wire-wound rod 10″ – 0,5 mils
Wire-wound rod 10″ – 0,65 mils
Wire-wound rod 10″ – 0,8 mils
Wire-wound rod 10″ – 1 mil
Wire-wound rod 10″ – 1,5 mils
Wire-wound rod 10″ – 2 mils
Wire-wound rod 10″ – 2,5 mils
Wire-wound rod 10″ – 3 mils
Wire-wound rod 10″ – 4 mils
Technical Specifications
Wet Film
mils
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.65
0.8
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
4.0
Thickness
microns
5
8
10
13
16
20
25
38
50
63
75
100
Wire
mils
3
4
6
8
10
12
16
22
28
34
40
52
Diameter
mm
0.075
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.25
0.30
0.41
0.56
0.71
0.86
1.02
1.32
Dimensions
1.3 x 30.5 cm (0.5 x 12’’)
1.3 x 30.5 cm (0.5 x 12’’)
1.3 x 30.5 cm (0.5 x 12’’)
1.3 x 30.5 cm (0.5 x 12’’)
1.3 x 30.5 cm (0.5 x 12’’)
1.3 x 30.5 cm (0.5 x 12’’)
1.3 x 30.5 cm (0.5 x 12’’)
1.3 x 30.5 cm (0.5 x 12’’)
1.3 x 30.5 cm (0.5 x 12’’)
1.3 x 30.5 cm (0.5 x 12’’)
1.3 x 30.5 cm (0.5 x 12’’)
1.3 x 30.5 cm (0.5 x 12’’)
Net Weight Shipping Weight
3.8 kg (8.5 lbs)
5.4 kg (12 lbs)
0.4 kg (0.9 lbs)
0.9 kg (2 lbs)
Technical Service
Description
PhysicalApplication
Properties
Cat. No.
Color
Ordering Information
Appearance
Each rod is 1/2 inch in diameter and 12 inches in length, allowing 1 inch at either end to grip. The approximate wet film thickness that will result after a coating passes through the grooves
between the wires and then levels off to a uniform thickness has
been computed for each diameter of wire and is shown in the
table below.
Note: Additional rod sizes are available upon request.
A complete set of 12 wire-wound rods can be ordered. This will
allow for a large range of wet film thickness capability from 0.2
mils (5 microns) to 4.0 mils (100 microns). A convenient bench
stand comes with the set for easy handling and storage.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
4100
4101
Description
Wire-wound rod set 10
Wire-wound rod Stand
Accessories
Dimensions
30.4 x 26.0 x 3.8 cm (12 x 10.25 x 1.5 in)
29.5 x 26.0 x 2.8 cm (11.6 x 10.25 x 1.1 in)
Comes complete with:
Wire-wound rod set:
12 wire-wound rods
Bench stand
181
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Step Gap Film Applicator
This applicator produces film thickness increasing step by step.
Provides an easy comparison of opacity changes based on film
thickness differences.
■ 4 clearances with 4 steps each
■ Film width is 25 mm per step
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
2120
Description
Step Gap Frame
Technical Specifications
Gap Clearance (µm)
25 & 50 & 75 & 100 µm
50 & 100 & 150 & 200 µm
150 & 200 & 250 & 300 µm
300 & 350 & 400 & 450 µm
Film Width
4 x 25 mm
Material
Stainless Steel
Comes complete with:
Applicator Frame
Storage case
Dow Latex Film Applicator
A U-shaped film applicator designed to allow the application of
a second coat of paint directly upon a hardened first coat while
the ends of the applicator remain on the uncoated panel surface.
The gap on one edge of the Dow Applicator has both greater
clearance and width than the gap on the other edge.
Paint is applied within the channel formed by the “U” shape of
the bar; as the bar is drawn down, the pool of paint is contained
within the channel, yielding a consistent width.
■ Allows two coats on a single substrate
Standards
ASTM
Federal Spec.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
2230
Description
Dow Latex Applicator
D 823, D 2486, D 3258
TT-P
Technical Specifications
Gap Clearance
Film Width
Material
175 and 250 µm (7 and 10 mil) 13.3 and 14 cm (5.25 and 5.5 in) Stainless Steel
Comes complete with:
Applicator
Storage case
182
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Leveling/Sagging Tester
■ Simple comparison test of the leveling and sagging properties of paints in the period between application and drying
■ One applicator to test leveling and sagging
■ Corrosion resistant stainless steel construction
Appearance
In most cases, leveling is a desired property of paints expressed
in the fact that the cured film shows a surface as plain as
possible with brush marks, spray drops or other unevennesses
occuring as little as possible. Sagging, however, is considered a
paint defect, particularly occuring on vertical surfaces, in edges
and corners. The most common terms, for example streaks or
tear drops, perfectly describe its characteristic appearance. It is
not always possible, or only with difficulties, to measure this type
of flow behavior by means of viscometers.
Standards
ASTM
FTMS
D 2801
141a, Method 4494
Leveling Test Procedure
PhysicalApplication
Properties
Sagging Test Procedure
Technical Service
■ Apply the coating, forming 10 streaks of various thicknesses
■ Immediately after application, place the test panel into a
vertical position, with the thinnest film streak at the top,
avoiding any shock
■ Depending on the sagging tendency the separate streaks
converge
■ For a reproduction of the results, which is difficult anyway,
it is important to work under constant climatic conditions, to
apply film streaks uniformly, and to set a time for evaluation
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
0810
Color
■ Draw the paint to be tested over a plane substrate (test
chart), producing 5 pairs of streaks of various film thicknesses
■ Hold the test panel in a horizontal position, and observe
which of the pairs of streaks converge
■ Generally, the gap depth of that pair of streaks is indicated,
where the intervals between the streaks are slightly visible
Description
Leveling/Sagging Tester
Comes complete with:
Leveling/Sag Tester frame applicator
Storage case
5 pairs of gaps for leveling test: 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1.0 mm
10 steps for sagging test:75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 µm
183
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
NYPC Leveling
Test Blade
This instrument provides a means of evaluating the ability of a
freshly applied coating to level before curing while reducing or
eliminating marks caused by brushing or other means of application. Evaluations of leveling using this specially designed applicator correlate with, but are more consistent than, evaluations
done by brushout. Since different factors influence leveling and
sagging, tests for these properties should not be confused with
each other. The leveling test is performed on a horizontal plane
and is not a measure of sagging.
The New York Paint Club (NYPC) Leveling Test Blade is a U shaped
film applicator with a shallow gap cut into one edge. Into this
shallow gap is cut an evenly spaced series of five pairs of narrow
notches having total clearances of 10, 20, 40, 80 and 160 mils.
The applicator will produce a 4” wide drawdown, and has an
overall width of 5”.
A drawdown is made on a panel or chart using normal procedures. This produces five parallel pairs of ridges with a very thin
(<0.5mil) distance between them. The drawdown is kept flat on
a horizontal plane until the coating is dry and it is then evaluated. Leveling is rated on the basis of which ridge pairs of coating
merged together and to what extent.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
0812
VEL
. LE
.P.C
N.Y
ADE
T BL
TES
Complies with New York Society for Paint Technology
Standards
New York Society
for Paint Technology
Official Digest
No. 44, Vol. 32 No. 430,
p. 1435
Technical Specifications
Description
NYPC Leveling Test Blade
Shipping Weight
450 g (1 lbs)
Net Weight
340 g (12 oz.)
Dimensions
127 x 32 x 44.5 mm (5 x 1.25 x 1.75 in)
Comes complete with:
Test blade
Storage case
Leveling Test Blade
The Leveling Test Blade is designed to comply with ASTM method
D 4062 to measure the leveling properties of water and solventbased architectural coatings. The leveling blade creates parallel
ridges to simulate brush marks. After the coating dries the
drawdown is compared to plastic leveling standards.
New!
The leveling test bar is a cylinder rod with alternating gap
clearances of 100 and 300 microns (4 and 12 mils). Plastic side
arms are a guide to maintain a straight blade movement.
Standards
ASTM
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
0813
Description
Leveling Test Blade
D 4062
Technical Specifications
Dimensions
185 x 100 x 25 mm (7.25 x 4.0 x 1.0 in.)
Weight
531 gm (1.2 lbs)
Comes complete with:
Test blade
Storage case
184
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Anti-Sag Meter
Appearance
Coatings applied on non-horizontal surfaces will sag due to gravity. Sag resistance is a factor of the composition and viscosity of
the coating, as well as the applied thickness. The Anti-Sag meter
allows quantification of the sagging properties of coatings.
■ Quick test of the sagging of coatings on non-horizontal
surfaces
■ Available in most coating thickness ranges
Ordering Information
Description
Anti-Sag Meter 3-12 mils
Anti-Sag Meter 1-6 mils
Anti-Sag Meter 14-60 mils
Anti-Sag Meter 4-24 mils
Comes complete with:
Anti-sag meter bar
Storage case
ASTM
D 3730. D 4400
Technical Specifications
Clearance Range
Standard Range 76 to 305 µm (3 to 12 mils)
Low clearance 25.4 to 152.4 Μm (1 to 6 mils)
High clearance 355.6 to 1524 Μm (14 to 60 mils)
Medium clearance 101.6 to 609.6 Μm (4 to 24 mils)
Dimensions
12.7 x 3.8 x 2.5 cm (5 x 1.5 x 1 in)
Net Weight
0.3 kg (0.625 lbs)
Shipping Weight
0.6 kg (1.25 lbs)
PhysicalApplication
Properties
Cat. No.
5401
5402
5403
5404
Standards
Color
The applicator is a U-shaped drawdown bar with a series of
1/4 inch (6.4 mm) wide notches of varying clearances, spaced
1/16 inch (1.6 mm) apart. The bar is 5 inches (127 mm) wide
and produces a total film width of 3 3/8 inches (86 mm). When
a drawdown is made, a series of parallel stripes of different wet
film thickness will be formed. This panel is placed on a vertical surface with the stripes horizontal and the thickest stripe lowest. As
the film stripes sag downward, some of the uncoated 1/16 inch
(1.6 mm) spaces may become entirely covered. The clearance of
the gap that produces the thickest film stripe, not sagging completely to the stripe below, is the anti-sag index of the coating.
Leslie Applicator
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
5409
Description
Leslie Applicator
Comes complete with:
Applicator
Storage case
Technical Service
This applicator is used for flow/leveling and sag testing. The
design is similiar to the anti-sag meters with an extended
gap range of 1 to 18 mils (25.4 - 457.2 microns). The 6 mil
(152.4 microns) gap section is extended relative to the other gaps.
Technical Specifications
Clearance Range
Dimensions
Net Weight
24.4 to 457.2 µm (1 to 18 mils)
17.8 x 5.56 x 2.54 cm (7.0 x 2.19 x 1.0 in)
0.8 kg (1.76 lbs)
185
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Pfund Cryptometer
Wet Hiding Power Test
The cryptometer is a wedge type film applicator, which determines the wet hiding power of a coating within a few minutes.
■ Quickly and reliably checks wet hiding power
■ Determines thickness needed for complete hiding
■ Gives estimate of coverage in square feet per gallon
■ Can be used with any color of coating
■ Small sample size (3 - 5 mls.) makes this ideal for QC tests
It consists of two plates of glass separated at a fixed angle. The
bottom glass plate is engraved with a scale, and the top plate is
transparent.
Procedure
A coating is placed into the open area between the plates, forming a wedge shaped film (Fig. 1). By sliding the top plate back and
forth, a sharp line of demarcation alternatively appears and disappears (Fig. 2). The point at which the demarcation line appears is
read on the engraved scale (Fig. 3). These scale readings are easily
converted into thickness in mils, or coverage in square feet per
gallon using the table furnished with the instrument.
The value of the “wedge constant” of a top plate is the thickness
in mils of the wedge of wet paint exactly over the demarcation
line when the top plate is centered over this line and the scale
reading is 25. Top plates with different wedge constants are included, depending on the opacity of the material to be tested:
– Wedge constant 0.007 for coatings with lesser opacity
– Wedge constant 0.002 for more opaque coatings
Ordering Information
Technical Specifications
Cat. No.
3301
Description
Pfund Cryptometer
Dimensions
16.5 x 10.1 x 3.8 cm (6.5 x 4 x 1.5 in)
Net Weight
1.2 kg (2.75 lbs)
Shipping Weihgt
1.8 kg (4 lbs)
Comes complete with:
Base Plate; Top Plate, wedge constant 0.002
Top Plate, wedge constant 0.007
Accessories: Extra Top Plates
Due to friction, top plates wear and should be replaced periodically.
(Fig. 1)
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
3302
3303
3304
3305
186
Description
Top plate 0.002
Top plate 0.007
Top plate 0.0035
Bottom plate black / white
(Fig. 2)
(Fig. 3)
Accessories
Information
Wedge constant 0.002
Wedge constant 0.007
Wedge constant 0.0035
1/2 black and 1/2 white
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Vacuum Pump
Vacuum Pump
Appearance
For use with vacuum plates, as well as other applications where
a reliable source of low vacuum is needed. Compact and rotary
in design, this pump provides a quiet and constant source of
vacuum.
■ Low maintenance design
■ Rugged construction
■ Carrying handle for easy transport
■ Compact size for laboratory use
Vacuum Plate
Ordering Information
Description
3879
Vacuum Pump 115 V
3877
Vacuum Pump 230 V, with European Power Plug
3875
Vacuum Pump, 230V with UK Power Plug
Technical Specifications
Motor
Power
0.09 kW
(0.125 hp)
0.09 kW
(0.125 hp)
0.09 kW
(0.125 hp)
Power
Supply
115 V
60 Hz
230 V
50 Hz
230V
50 Hz
Capacity
Dimensions
1.9 m³/h
(1.1 cfm)
1.9 m³/h
(1.1 cfm)
1.9 m³/h
(1.1 cfm)
193.6 x 130 x 272 mm
(7.8 x 5.12 x 10.69 in)
193.6 x 130 x 272 mm
(7.8 x 5.12 x 10.69 in)
193.6 x 130 x 272 mm
(7.8 x 5.12 x 10.69 in)
Net
Weight
7.3 kg
(16.1 lbs)
7.3 kg
(16.1 lbs)
7.3 kg
(16,1 lbs)
Color
Cat. No.
Comes complete with:
Vacuum gage, Pressure gage, Regulator, Power cord with plug, Rubber feet,
Flexible tube 1,5 m
PhysicalApplication
Properties
Vacuum Plates
Also known as suction plates, these perforated metal plates are
ideal for most manual drawdowns.
■ Holds charts securely during drawdowns
■ Helps to achieve uniform results
■ Uniform flatness across the entire surface
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
3876
Description
Vacuum Plate S, aluminum
3878
Vacuum Plate L, aluminum
3882
Vacuum Plate S, stainless steel
Comes complete with:
Vacuum plate
Hose fitting
Rubber footings
Technical Specifications
Surface Size
229 x 305 mm
(9 x 12 in)
305 x 457 mm
(12 x 18 in)
229 x 305 mm
(9 x 12 in)
Dimensions
229 x 305 x 32 mm
(9 x 12 x 1.25 in)
305 x 457 x 32 mm
(12 x 18 x 1.25 in)
229 x 305 x 32 mm
(9 x 12 x 1.25 in)
Net Weight
2.7 kg
(6 lbs)
7.2 kg
(16 lbs)
9.0 kg
(20 lbs)
Shipping Weight
5 kg
(11 lbs)
10 kg
(22 lbs)
12 kg
(26.4 lbs)
Technical Service
Consists of a perforated machined aluminum or stainless steel to
which a vacuum is applied to hold the drawdown card in place.
The card should be slightly flexible and stiff enough to resist
dimpling.
Flatness tolerance: ≤ 25.4 microns (1.0 mils) of entire plate surface
187
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Automatic Film
Applicator L
Drawdowns made by hand can show irregularities caused by
variations in speed and pressure on the applicator tool. The quality of the drawdown will be dependent on the shear rate and
the weight on the applicator. Measurements of film properties
such as abrasion resistance, hiding power and gloss are greatly
affected by the application quality.
Using an automatic film applicator guarantees a linear and even
movement of the film applicator – repeatable and high quality
results are guaranteed:
■ Precise application speed settable in 10 mm/s increments
from 50 to 500 mm/s
■ Wide range of operating speeds allowing optimum settings
of shear rate
■ Real time display of application speed
■ Memory function to store commonly used speeds
■ Constant downward force applied to coated surface
■ A wide variety of film applicators can be accommodated
■ Applicators may be used side by side for comparison tests
■ Wire wound bar attachment included
■ Solvent resistant touch key panel that is easily cleaned
■ Built-in vacuum plate with vacuum pump
■ Two stroke lengths
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
2101
Description
Automatic Film Applicator L
Comes complete with:
Automatic Film Applicator L
Vacuum plate
Built-in vacuum pump
Clamp for sample holding
Weight set
Operating manual
Automatic Film Applicator 2101
Standards
ASTM
D 823
The weight set is included to hold down the applicator bar when
high viscosity coatings or inks are drawn down at a fast speed
setting.
Technical Specifications
Traverse Speed
Traverse Speed Accuracy
Display Resolution
Wire Bar Diameter
Note: Applicators and test charts must be ordered separately.
Wire Bar Test Length
Wire Bar Minimum Length
Stroke Length
Test Panel Size
Preset Speed Memories
Power Supply
Power Consumption
Dimensions
Weight
Ordering Information
Accessories
Cat. No.
2113
2430
Description
Weight Set, for 2101, 2105
Wire-wound Rod Adapter
50 - 500 mm/s (2 - 20 in/s)
10 mm/s (0.4 in/s)
10 mm/s (0.4 in/s)
10 - 13 mm (0.4 - 0.5 in)
320 mm max. (12.4 in max.)
407 mm (16.0 in)
170 mm (6.7 in); 340 mm (13.4 in)
420 x 300 mm (16.5 x 11.8 in)
2
230/115 V, 50/60 Hz selectable
130 Watts
632 x 220 x 500 mm (24.9 x 8.7 x 19.7 in)
45 kg (99.2 lbs)
Information
Consists of weight holder, weight, and bracket clamp. Total weight 1361 gm (3 lbs)
Required to fit Wire Rods 2419 - 2428 onto 2101 & 2105 Automatic Film
Applicators, sold as a pair.
Note: Weight set is for Automatic Film Applicators 2101 and 2105 only.
188
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Automatic
Film Applicator S
Appearance
Smaller footprint version of the 2101 Automatic Film Applicator. The
Small Film Applicator has a clipboard to hold the drawdown chart.
The clipboard size will accommodate a 19 x 26 cm (7.5 x 10.25 in)
chart. One stroke length is available.
The weight set is included to hold down the applicator bar when
high viscosity coatings or inks are drawn down at a fast speed
setting.
2105 Small Automatic Film Applicator
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
2105
Description
Automatic Film Applicator S
Note: To use the wire rods 2419-2428 on the 2105 Automatic Applicator the Rod
Adapter 2430 must be used.
Cat. No.
2113
2430
Description
Weight Set, for 2101, 2105
Wire-wound rod Adapter
Display Resolution
Wire Bar Diameter
Wire Bar Test Length
Wire Bar Minimum Length
Stroke Length
Test Panel Size
Preset Speed Memories
Power Supply
Power Consumption
Dimensions
Weight
50 - 500 mm/s (2 - 20 in/s)
10 mm/s (0.4 in/s)
10 mm/s (0.4 in/s)
10 - 13 mm (0.4 - 0.5 in)
200 mm max. (7 in max.)
305 mm (12.0 in)
240 mm (9.4 in)
250 x 195 mm (9.8 x 7.7 in)
4
230/115 V, 50/60 Hz selectable
< 100 Watts
310 x 200 x 565 mm (12.2 x 7.8 x 22.2 in)
16.4 kg (36 lbs)
Accessories
Information
Consists of weight holder, weight, and bracket clamp. Total weight 1361 gm (3 lbs)
Required to fit Wire Rods 2419 - 2428 onto 2101 & 2105 Automatic Film Applicators,
sold as a pair.
PhysicalApplication
Properties
Ordering Information
Traverse Speed
Traverse Speed Accuracy
Color
Comes complete with:
Small Automatic Film Applicator
Rubber mat and clamp for sample holding
Weight set
Operating manual
Technical Specifications
Technical Service
189
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
byko-drive
Automatic Film Applicator
The byko-drive Automatic Applicator is an economical film applicator that improves the consistency of drawdowns. When more
than one operator is drawing down the same coating or ink, the
dry film appearance will vary because of different drawdown techniques. Drawdown speed and pressure on the applicator tool will
impact the result. Film thickness, gloss, opacity, and color can vary
with differing drawdown techniques.
The byko-drive is available with a vacuum plate or glass plate with
clamp. Applicator bars, U-shaped bars, applicator frames, film
casting knifes, and wire-wound rods are acceptable applicators.
The byko-drive has a compact design consisting of a light-weight
aluminum chassis and impact resistant thermo-plastic cover.
2121 byko-drive V Automatic Film Applicator
■ User selectable start and stop positions to accommodate
different chart sizes
■ Power assist carriage return for ease of operation
■ Drip pan for faster cleanup
■ Weight and bar fixture for consistent pressure on applicator
devices
■ Small footprint to save on counter space
■ Easy to operate user controls
■ Adjustable push bar gap clearances
The byko-drive has two user selectable speeds:
■ 10 mm/sec – complies with ISO method 11998
■ 1 in/sec – same speed setting as the BYK-Gardner
Mechanical Drive
Ordering Information
Technical Specifications
Cat. No.
2121
2122
Description
byko-drive V
byko-drive G
Comes complete with:
byko-drive
Weight bar (2123)
External power supply
Drip pan
Instruction manual
Note: Applicators and Vacuum Pump must be ordered separately.
Standards
ASTM
D 823
Platform
with vacuum plate
with glass plate and clamp
Voltage
Traverse speeds
Traverse speed accuracy
Wire bar diameter limits
Wire bar length maximum
Stroke length
Weight
Test panel size maximum
Dimensions
Gap between push-bar and plate
100 - 240 V/50 - 60 Hz
10 mm/sec or 1 in/sec
±5%
6 - 19 mm (0.25 - 0.75 in)
406 mm (16 in)
25 - 235 mm (1 - 9.25 in)
6 kg (13 lbs)
229 x 305 mm (9 x 12 in)
365 x 229 x 127 mm (14.38 x 9 x 5 in)
3.7 mm, 10.0 mm, 16.4 mm
Accessories
Cat. No.
3879
3877
3875
3876
2129
2123
2128
2124
2125
2127
2126
2130
190
Description
Vacuum Pump, 115V
Vacuum Pump, 230V, European plug
Vacuum Pump, 230V, UK Plug
Vacuum Plate S
Weight Bar, 1,362 gm (3.0 lbs)
Weight Bar, 454 gm (1.0 lb)
Weight Bar, 908 gm (2.0 lbs)
Power supply, for byko-drive
Drip pan
Glass plate + clamp
O-ring Set (10 pcs)
Long Push Arm, pair, Adjustable gap
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Introduction
Laboratory Balances
Appearance
Balances are one of the most universal laboratory instruments
used in virtually every lab in the world today. BYK-Gardner offers
the Sartorius balances to further enhance our ability to provide
a "total solution" for the coatings and plastic laboratory market.
These balances will meet the needs of virtually any lab, from
routine QC checks to sophisticated R&D tasks.
The Sartorius brand provides world class performance with
a durable, rugged design. BYK-Gardner offers two Sartorius
balances series. The Entris Series that are affordable analytical and
toploading balances. The Quintix Series incorporates the latest
features of balance design. The product offering includes analytical balances for the most critical weighting tasks and the easy to
use toploading design.
Color
When selecting a balance the capacity and the readability are the
two most important specifications. The capacity is the maximum
limit of the balance. The readability is the minimum unit value
that can be displayed. The pan size is another feature that should
be considered.
Physical Properties
Balances
BALANCES
Technical Service
191
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Sartorius Balances
Entris Analytical Balances
The Entris series from Sartorius offers excellent performance for
even the most demanding users. They meet all requirements for
efficient workflow and accurate results needed in many of todays
laboratory applications.
All Entris models are made with state-of-art technology to provide
accurate and outstanding performance at remarkably affordable
prices. Entris balances are distinguised by an attractive design,
durable ABS housing and user-friendly operation.
■ Advanced microprocessor for accurate weighing results and
fast stabilization
■ Built-in application programs for weighing, percentage,
density determination, counting, conversion
■ Backlit display
■ Pan size 90 mm (3.5 inch)
■ Anti-theft lock for cable or chain
■ Durable ABS housing
■ Integrated under-floor weighing
■ RS232C interface
■ External calibration
■ 2 year warranty
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
1636
1637
Description
Entris 124-1S
Entris 224-1S
Comes complete with:
Balance
Draft shield,
Anti-theft lock,
Below balance weighing,
Glass level
192
Technical Specifications
Readability
0.0001 g
0.0001 g
Voltage
Net Weight, approx.
Dimensions (DxWxH)
Capacity
Repeatibility
120 g
0.0001 g
220 g
0.0001 g
100-240V, 50-60Hz, 0.2A
4.4 kg (9.7 lb)
230 x 303 x 330 mm
(9.1 x 11.9 x 13.0 in)
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Sartorius Balances
Entris Toploading Balances
Appearance
The performance specifications of the Sartorius Entris series
of balances set new standards in the compact and affordable
laboratory balances market. Whether you need to weigh in a lab
or in the field, with a Sartorius Entris series balance you will always
have just the right equipment.
■ Easy navigation with function keys and simple to read level
indicators
■ Built-in application programs: Weighing, percentage, density
determination, counting, conversion
■ Backlit Display
■ Battery-operable with battery pack accessory
■ Extra large feet for easy leveling
■ Anti-theft lock protection
■ RS 232 C interface
■ Draft Shield for 323-1S and 623-1S models
Cat. No.
1638
1639
1640
Entris 2202-1S
Entris 6202-1S
Entris 8201-1S
Comes complete with:
Balance
Glass level,
Anti-theft lock,
Below balance weighing
Technical Specifications
Readability
0.001 g
0.001 g
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.1 g
Voltage
Net Weight, approx.
Dimensions (DxWxH)
Capacity
320 g
620 g
2200 g
6200 g
8200 g
Repeatibility
0.001 g
0.001 g
Pan Size
115 mm ø
115 mm ø
0.01 g
180 x 180 mm
0.01 g
180 x 180 mm
0.1 g
180 x 180 mm
100-240V, 50-60Hz, 0.2A
4.9 kg (10.8 lb)
For part numbers 1638, 1639:
230 x 303 x 136 mm
9.1 x 11.9 x 5.4 in.
For part numbers 1640 - 1642:
230 x 303 x 91 mm
9.1 x 11.9 x 3.6 in.
Physical Properties
Balances
1641
1642
Description
Entris 323-1S
Entris 623-1S
Color
Ordering Information
Accessories
Description
Printer
Printer paper, for 1607
Dust Cover, for Analytical Balance
Data Cable RS232C/USB
193
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
Cat. No.
1607
1643
1609
1038
Sartorius Balances
Sartorius Quintix Series
The Quintix series of balances set new standards for design and
performance. The Quintix Series provide a wide range of analytical and toploading solutions combining innovative design and
highly advanced weighing technology. With the input from experienced lab users a new operating interface was developed. Selfexplanatory icons and plain-text prompts on a large touch screen
display have all the information for easy operation.
■ Easy-to-run application programs at the touch of a button:
% weighing, density, mass unit conversion, counting,
statistics and more
■ Checkweighing to determine if a sample is within the
tolerance range
■ Convenient filling mode for reliable filling to target value
■ isoCAL function to automatically compensate for drift caused
by temperature fluctuations
■ Menu lock for protection against unintentional changes
■ Chemically and vibration resistant housing
■ Below balance weighing feature
■ USB interface with direct connectivity with Microsoft® Office
program. No additional software is needed.
■ GLP/GMP compliant records
Sartorius Quintix Analytical Balances
■ Draft shield with removable side panels
■ Easy to clean design
■ Resolution down to 0.1mg
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
1026
1027
Description
Quintix 124-1S
Quinitix 224-1S
Comes complete with:
Balance
In use cover, Anti-theft lock
Below balance weighing
Draft shield
194
Technical Specifications
Readability
0.0001 g
0.0001 g
Voltage
Net Weight, approx.
Dimensions (DxWxH)
Capacity
120 g
220 g
Reproducibility
Pan Size
0.0001 g
90 mm (3.54 in)
0.0001 g
90 mm (3.54 in)
100-240V, 50-60 Hz, 0.2A
5.2 kg (11.4 lb)
360x216x320 mm
(14.1x8.5x12.6 in.)
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Sartorius Balances
Quintix Toploading Balances
Ordering Information
Quintix 513-1S
Quintix 612-1S
Quintix 1102-1S
Quintix 2102-1S
Quintix 3102-1S
Quintix 5102-1S
Quintix 5101-1S
Quintix 5100-1S
Comes complete with:
Balance
In use cover, Anti-theft lock
Below balance weighing
Draft shield (for Quintix 213-1S, 313-1S, 513-1S only)
Technical Specifications
Readability
0.001 g
0.001 g
0.001 g
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.1 g
1.0 g
Voltage
New Weight, approx.
Dimensions (DxWxH)
Capacity
210 g
310 g
510 g
610 g
1100 g
2100 g
3100 g
5100 g
5100 g
5100 g
Reproducibility
0.001 g
0.001 g
Pan Size Diameter
120 mm
120 mm
0.001 g
120 mm
0.01 g
180 mm
0.01 g
180 mm
0.01 g
180 mm
0.01 g
180 mm
0.01 g
180 mm
0.1 g
180 mm
0.5 g
180 mm
100-240V, 50/60Hz, 0.2A
5.2 kg (11.4 lb.)
For models 213,313,513:
360x216x320 mm
(14.1x8.5x12.6 in.)
For models 612, 2102, 3102, 5102,
5101, 5100:
360x216x95 mm
(14.1x8.5x3.75 in.)
Cat. No.
1607
1643
1608
1609
Technical Service
Accessories
Description
Printer
Printer Paper, for Printer 1607
Data Cable, USB/USB-A
Dust Cover, Analytical Balances with draft shield
195
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Physical Properties
Balances
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
Description
Quintix 213-1S
Quintix 313-1S
Color
Cat. No.
1028
1029
1030
Appearance
■ isoCAL feature – fully automatic temperature and time
controlled adjustment
■ Weigh cell mounted on heavy-duty die-cast plate made of
aluminum alloy
■ Anti-theft device – Kensington lock and lug for attaching a
chain or cable
■ Draft shield standard for models 213, 313 and 513
BYK LC 2
Conductivity Meter
Provides measurement of electrical conductivity of solvents
and solvent borne paint formulations for electrostatic spray
applications.
■ Stainless steel measuring cell and electrodes
■ Solvent resistant housing
When measuring conductivity, liquid builds up a specific ohmic
resistance to the electric current, depending on the applied
voltage. The reciprocal value is the conductivity. The measured
resistance depends on the geometric arrangement of the
electrodes within the measuring cell. In order to be independent
of the measuring cell, the measured resistance has to be divided by the cell constant “C” which yields specific resistance. The
specific resistance describes the application and performance
properties of electrocoating paints.
The BYK-Gardner LC 2 Conductivity Meter was developed in
cooperation with the VDA (Association of German Automotive
Industry) following VDA standards.
Measurement of the resistance of liquid paints is carried out in the
annular passage of the measuring cell. The measuring cell consists
of two separable parts. The electrodes are arranged concentrically
(Cat. No.1710) or parallel (Cat. No.1712), thus forming an
annular passage. They are insulated from each other.
The electrodes of the measuring cell are made of stainless steel,
with the surface polished and therefore easy to clean. Only an
absolutely clean measuring cell guarantees that the entire surface
of the electrode is available for measurement. The probe is impervious and can be immersed in solvents for a short time.
Measuring Cell
Conductivity Meter
Standards
ASTM
DIN
ISO
Info!
D 5682
55667
15091
This conductivity meter works only with solvents
and solvent based paints. The presence of water
will cause electrolysis and results in false readings.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
Description
Technical Specifications
1722
Conductivity Meter LC 2
1710
1712
1713
Conductivity tube cell, LC 2
Conductivity plate cell, LC 2
Space holder for 1712
105 x 55 x 145 mm
(4.1 x 2.2 x 5.7 in)
Width
Cell Length
Cell Qty/Box
Constant C
42 mm (1.6 in)
250 mm (9.8 in) 7.55 x 10-3 cm-¹
50 mm (1.9 in) 380 mm (14.5 in) 7.55 x 10-3 cm-¹
100
Measuring
Range
50 kΩ - 19.99 MΩ,
20 µS - 0.05 µS
Diameter
Measuring
Voltage
15 V (AC/DC)
Power
Supply
9 V battery
Dimensions
Note: BYK LC 2 Meter and measuring cell must be ordered separately.
Please order 1713 space holders when ordering the 1712 measuring cell. The
space holders are necessary to maintain the proper distance between the plates.
Very easy to clean – Measuring Cell
196
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Density Cups
Regular
US Cup
Tare
weight
Midget Cup
with tare weight
Appearance
Density is defined as weight per unit volume at a specified temperature. Density cups are used for quality control because errors in
paint composition will result in different density readings. Density
cups have also been described as liquid pycnometers.
Imperial Cup
BYK-Gardner Density cups use a cylindrical shape which provides a
large opening for easy filling, emptying, and cleaning. The tightly
fitted stainless steel covers have an upward slope to a small hole
in the center to allow excess sample material to be expelled without entrapping air bubbles, which increases accuracy.
ASTM Cup Volume
Made of corrosion resistant steel
In North America the term “weight per gallon” (wpg) is used in
the coating industry. The volume of the weight per gallon cup
is such that, at a specified temperature, the numerical value in
grams of water that it can hold is equal to, or ten times greater
than, the numerical value in pounds of water that a gallon container can hold. A US gallon of water weighs 8.32 pounds, thus a
Regular US weight per gallon cup holds ten times this amount in
volume, 83.2 ml. When taking a measurement, the cup and the
sample must be brought to the same equilibrium temperature
(usually 25 °C or 77 °F). Regular and Imperial Cup tolerance are
0.5%; the Midget Cup tolerance is 1.2% measured at 25 ℃ with
distilled water.
Standards
Determination of Density and Specific Gravity
Volume (ml)
83.2
8.32
100 or 50
100
Procedure
■ Weigh cleaned density cup empty and record weight
■ Temper density cup and test liquid (Refer to appropriate test
standard for proper temperature)
■ Fill density cup
■ Put cover on without tilting
■ Avoid air bubbles
■ Remove overflowing liquid carefully with absorbent cloth
■ Weigh filled density cup
■ Calculate density
Density
[weight full (g) – weight empty (g)] x 0.1 = lbs/gal
[weight full (g) – weight empty (g)] = lbs/gal
[weight full (g) – weight empty (g)] / volume (ml) = g/cm³
[weight full (g) – weight empty (g)] / volume (ml) = g/cm³
Specific Gravity (relative to water)
[weight full (g) – weight empty (g)] x 0.01202 = specific gravity
[weight full (g) – weight empty (g)] x 0.1202 = specific gravity
specific gravity = density
specific gravity = density
1 ml = 1 cm³; 1 liter = 1000 ml; specific gravity of water = 1 g/ml
1000 ml = 0.2646 U.S. gallon; 1 U.S. gallon = 3.785 liter
197
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
U.S. Standard Cup
U.S. (Baltimore) Midget Cup
ISO Cup
British imperial Cup
2811
Density
Physical Properties
ISO Cups are machined from stainless steel, and use the metric
system. The cups hold a defined volume of liquid of 50 or 100
ml. A tolerance of 0.1% is guaranteed. Testing is carried out in
accordance with ISO at 23 °C ± 2 °C.
D 333, D 1475, D 2805
3900 A 19
53217
Color
ISO Cup Volume
ASTM
BS
DIN
ISO
Density Cups
BYK-Gardner offers four different sized density cups:
■ Regular US Cup with a volume of 83.2 ml
■ Midget cup with a volume of 8.32 ml. The Midget cup offers
a direct conversion to lbs/gal, eliminating the need for
dividing the full cup weight by 10.
■ British Imperial Standard size with a volume of 100 ml.
■ ISO standard size with a volume of 100 ml and 50 ml.
All the BYK-Gardner Density Cups come uncertified except for
the ISO Cups with part numbers 1130 and 1140. Certification is
available for a fee. The certification is provided by BYK-Gardner’s
ISO 17025 accredited service departments. Please contact your
BYK-Gardner representative for pricing.
ISO Density Cups
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
9654
9655
9664
9658
9659
1132
1130
1142
1140
198
Description
US Density Cup
US Density Cup w/tare weight
US Midget Cup w/tare weight
BSI Density Cup
BSI Density Cup w/tare weight
ISO Cup L
ISO Cup L certified
ISO Cup S
ISO Cup S certified
Technical Specifications
Volume ml
83.2
83.2
8.32
100
100
100
100
50
50
Dimensions
38 x 76 mm (1.5 x 3 in)
38 x 76 mm (1.5 x 3 in)
25 x 32 mm (1.0 x 1.25 in)
38 x 89 mm (1.5 x 3.5 in)
38 x 89 mm (1.5 x 3.5 in)
52 x 62 mm (2.05 x 2.44 in)
52 x 62 mm (2.05 x 2.44 in)
52 x 34 mm (2.05 x 1.34 in)
52 x 34 mm (2.05 x 1.34 in)
Shipping Weight
0.23 kg (0.5 lbs)
0.45 kg (1 lbs)
0.23 kg (0.5 lbs)
0.23 kg (0.5 lbs)
0.45 kg (1 lbs)
0.45 kg (1 lbs)
0.45 kg (1 lbs)
0.23 kg (0.5 lbs)
0.23 kg (0.5 lbs)
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Fineness of
Grind Gages
The Fineness of Grind Gage is used to indicate the fineness of
grind or the presence of coarse particles or agglomerates in a
dispersion. It does not determine particle size or particle size
distribution.
Grind gages are used in controlling the production, storage, and
application of dispersion products produced by milling in the
paint, plastic, pigment, printing ink, paper, ceramic, pharmaceutical, food, and many other industries.
Wedge Printing Plates
The Wedge Printing Plate offers a convenient quality check for
ink prior to use on the press. The ink can be evaluated for color,
gloss, holdout, varnishability, drying time, rub and fade resistance.
The plate consists of a precisely made channel of a fixed depth
to control the ink film thickness. The channel has a large surface
area to evaluate ink properties. The ink is precisely hand-drawn
using a scraper. The plate is easy to clean for quick turnaround.
1
80
2
3
60
Made of corrosion resistant stainless steel
4
5
40
6
20
7
8
100
Standards
ASTM
ISO
FTMS
D 333, D 1210, D 1316
1524
141a, Method 4411.1
The Hegman scale or National Standard scale may be abbreviated
“NS” on the gage. The scale ranges from 0 to 8 with numbers
increasing as the particle size decreases.
0 Hegman = 4 mil/100 micron particle size
4 Hegman = 2 mil/50 micron particle size
8 Hegman = 0 mil/0 micron particle size
BYK-Gardner offers a wide variety of grind gages varying in scales,
number of grooves, length and width of grooves and size of the
block.
Physical Dispersion
Properties
Most gages will have one scale marked in either mils or microns.
1 mil = 25.4 microns
1 mil = 0.001 inch
1 micron = 0.001 mm
µm
100
Color
The Fineness of Grind Gage is a flat steel block in the surface of
which are two flat-bottomed grooves varying uniformly in depth
from a maximum at one end of the block to zero near the other
end. Groove depth is graduated on the block according to one or
more scales used for measuring particle size.
Hegman
0
Appearance
Also called grind gages and Hegman gages. Many types of solid
materials must be ground or milled into finer particles for dispersion in appropriate liquid vehicles. The physical properties of the
resulting dispersions, often called “grinds”, depend not only on
the actual size of the individual particles, but also on the degree
to which they are dispersed.
New!
Technical Service
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
1518
2514
1522
Description
Replacement Scraper, 50 mm
Replacement Scraper, 95 mm
Replacement Scraper, 117 mm
Accessories
for Grindometers 1509 - 1512
for Grind Gages 2500 - 2517
for Wedge Printing Plates
199
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Fineness of Grind Gages
Ordering Information
Technical Specifications
Cat. No.
1509
Description
Grindometer 15*
1510
Grindometer 25*
13 x 130 mm
2
1511
Grindometer 50*
13 x 130 mm
2
1512
Grindometer 100*
13 x 130 mm
2
2500
Grind Gage No. 25
0.5 x 2 in
2
2501
Grind Gage No. 45
0.5 x 4 in
2
2502
Grind Gage No. 65
0.5 x 6 in
2
2503
Grind Gage No. 5251
0.5 x 5 in
2
2504
Grind Gage No. 5252
0.5 x 5 in
2
2505
Grind Gage No. 5254
0.5 x 5 in
2
2506
Grind Gage No. 54
2 x 5 in
1
2507
Grind Gage No. 52
2 x 5 in
1
2508
Grind Gage No. 51
2 x 5 in
1
2509
Grind Gage No. 6251 - G1
1 x 6.25 in
2
2510
Grind Gage No. 6252 - G2
1 x 6.25 in
2
2511
Grind Gage No. 6254 - G4
1 x 6.25 in
2
2512
Grind Gage No. PD-250
1 x 6.25 in
2
2513
Grind Gage No. PB-20
0.5 x 8 in
2
2516
Grind Gage No. 5252-N
12.7 x 127 mm
2
2517
Grind Gage No. 5254-N
12.7 x 127 mm
2
1520
Wedge Printing Plate, Warren-2
76.2 x 165.1 mm
1521
Wedge Printing Plate, Warren-3
76.2 x 165.1 mm
Comes complete with: Grind block, Scraper, Reusable Storage Case
*Note: Designed to comply with ISO method 1524
200
Path Size No. Of Paths
13 x 130 mm
2
Scales Range
Micron/ 0 - 15
Hegman 8 - 6.8
Micron/ 0 - 25
Hegman
8-6
Micron/ 0 - 50
Hegman
8-4
Micron/ 0-100
Hegman
8-0
Hegman/
8-0
Mils
0-5
Hegman/
8-0
Mils
0-5
Hegman/
8-0
Mils
0-5
Microns/ 0 - 25
Mils/
0-1
Hegman
8-6
Microns/ 0 - 50
Mils/
0-2
Hegman
8-4
Microns/ 0-100
Mils/
0-4
Hegman
8-0
Hegman/
8-0
Microns 0-100
Hegman/
8-4
Microns 0 - 50
Hegman/
8-6
Microns 0 - 25
Hegman/
8-6
Micron/ 0 - 25
NPIRI 0 - 10
Hegman/
8-4
Microns/ 0 - 50
NPIRI 0 - 20
Hegman/
8-0
Microns/ 0-100
NPIRI 0 - 40
Microns/ 0 - 50
Microns 0-250
Mils 0 - 20
Dimensions Net Weight
169 x 42 x 13 mm
1 kg
(2.2 lbs)
169 x 42 x 13 mm
1 kg
(2.2 lbs)
169 x 42 x13 mm
1 kg
(2.2 lbs)
169 x 42 x 13 mm
1 kg
(2.2 lbs)
0.5 x 2.5 x 4.80 in
0.9 kg
(2.0 lbs)
0.5 x 2.5 x 6.69 in
1.6 kg
(3.5 lbs)
0.5 x 2.5 x 8 in
1.8 kg
(4.0 lbs)
0.5 x 2.5 x 6.69 in
1.8 kg
(4.0 lbs)
0.5 x 2.5 x 6.69 in
1.8 kg
(4.0 lbs)
0.5 x 2.5 x 6.69 in
1.8 kg
(4.0 lbs)
0.50 x 3.5 x 6.75 in
3.6 kg
(8.0 lbs)
3.6 kg
(8.0 lbs)
3.6 kg
(8.0 lbs)
5.0 kg
(11 lbs)
0.50 x 3.5 x 6.75 in
0.50 x 3.5 x 6.75 in
0.75 x 3.5 x 9.5 in
0.75 x 3.5 x 9.5 in
5.0 kg
(11 lbs)
0.75 x 3.5 x 9.5 in
5.0 kg
(11 lbs)
0.75 x 3.5 x 9.5 in
5.0 kg
(11 lbs)
3.0 kg (6.5
lbs)
1.8 kg (4.0
lbs)
0.75 x 2.5 x 9.5 in
0 - 50
4-8
5 - 10
0-100
0-8
0 - 10
0.3
12.7 x 63.5 x 171.5 mm
1
Microns
Hegman
North
Microns
Hegman
North
Mils
1
Mils
0.4
101.6 x 165.1 x mm
12.7 x 63.5 x 171.5 mm
1.8 kg
(4.0 lbs)
101.6 x 165.1 x mm
3.4 kg
(7.4 lbs)
3.4 kg
(7.4 lbs)
Tolerance range for 1509 - 1512: ± 2.5 microns
Tolerance range for 2500 - 2517: ±5.1 microns
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Drying Time Recorder
BYK-Gardner offers the versatile BK Drying Time Recorder to
help quantify the various stages of film curing and drying, deliver
reproducible results, and guarantee highest efficiency:
■ Simultaneous testing of 6 samples – saves time
■ Three different speeds: 6-12-24 hrs – for any application
■ Alternative speeds available upon request
Appearance
The various stages of drying and curing that occur in films are easy
to detect but difficult to define in terms of chemical and physical
principles. In order to evaluate them objectively it is necessary to
use instrumentation under controlled conditions.
BK Drying Time Recorder
Typical Test Result
Procedure
Cat. No.
2711
2710
Description
Drying Time Recorder 115V
Drying Time Recorder 230V
0
2
1.5
3
2
Levelling Basic trace Ripped film
Standards
ASTM
ISO
DIN EN
4
5
4
5
Surface trace
time
Dry
D 5895
9117-4
14022
Technical Specifications
Power Supply
115 VAC/60 Hz
230 VAC/50 Hz
Dimensions
49 x 25 x 11 cm (19.3 x 9.8 x 4.3 in)
49 x 25 x 11 cm (19.3 x 9.8 x 4.3 in)
Shipping Weight
4.7 kg (10.4 lbs)
4.7 kg (10.4 lbs)
Comes complete with:
Drying Time Recorder
6 Glass panels, 6 Needles 1mm (2735), 6 Needles 2mm (2737)
Note: This Drying Time Recorder can only be used at room temperature
Ordering Information
Description
Needle Set, 1mm
Needle Set 2 mm
Glass Panel Set
Glass Panel Holder
Film Applicator, 12 mm
Weight Set
Accessories
Description
Set of 12; 1 mm diameter with rounded tip
Set of 6, 2 mm diameter with rounded tip
Set of 12
For coating glass panels. Use 2723; dimensions 36 x 4 x 2 cm (14 x 1.6 x 0.8 in)
Sttainless steel, 2 gaps, gap clearance (38 and 76 µm)
Set of 6, 5 grams per weight
Technical Service
Cat. No.
2735
2737
2730
2720
2723
2736
Physical
Drying
Properties
Time
Ordering Information
1
Color
■ Coat the glass strip using the film applicator and holder
(order separately below)
■ The drying of the paint starts here. If you prepare multiple
panels at different times note the time when the draw down
was made and add it to the time the sample is in the recorder
■ Place needles on the sample strip and select the speed by
adjusting the speed switch
■ Turn the recorder on – the unit will automatically switch off
at the end of the test
■ Evaluate the results (see figure at right)
Glass panels
Film Applicator
and Holder
201
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Permeability Cups
The permeability of a coating to water vapor is measured by
suspending a free film of the material across the top of a wide
shallow cup. Then, in a controlled environment, a desiccant is
used to draw water vapor through the film into or out of the cup.
Weight loss or gain of the cup’s content over a specified period
is used to determine the rate of vapor transmission through the
film. The permeability of a film to many other substrates in the
gaseous state can be tested in a similar fashion.
Permeability Cup
The BYK-Gardner PERM Cup is a shallow cylinder with a threaded
flange, flat retaining washer and threaded ring cover. Rubber gaskets are used to tightly seal the specimen between the cup and
the ring cover. The cup and cover are knurled for easier handling.
Standards
ASTM
ISO
D 1653
7783-2
Two different size cups are available:
■ Large 25 cm² cup meets the ASTM standard
■ Small 10 cm² cup allows the use of a smaller specimen and
less desiccant
Procedure
During a test, vapor passes from the cup through the film specimen
to an open container of desiccant or other absorbent material in a
controlled environment. The permeability cup and other container
are sealed together in a larger container to provide control of the
vapor pressure.
Testing may also be set up to allow passage of vapor from a
solution in the open container through the test film to a desiccant
or other absorbent material within the permeability cup.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
2300
2301
Description
Permeability Cup S
Permeability Cup L
Technical Specifications
Exposed Area
10 cm²
25 cm²
Dimensions
6.3 x 2.5 cm (2.5 x 1 in)
8.1 x 2.5 cm (3.25 x 1 in)
Net Weight
76 g (2.7 oz.)
129 g (4.6 oz.)
Comes complete with:
Threaded flange, Cup bottom, Retaining washer, Neoprene gasket,
Polyethylene gasket, Operating manual
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
2302
2303
2304
2305
202
Description
Polyethylene Gasket L
Neoprene Gasket L
Polyethylene Gasket S
Neoprene Gasket S
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Introduction
Appearance
Film thickness gages are among the most essential instruments
used in the coatings industry. The generally accepted ratio of dry
film to wet film thickness of most coatings is:
Dry Film = Wet Film x % Vol. Solids of Coating
100
Errors in film thickness estimates result in a needless expenditure
of time, material, and money. If a film is too thin, its hiding power
and protective capabilities may be inadequate and time will be
lost in recoating the surface. If a coating application results in a
dry film being excessively thick, failures such as cracking, flaking,
or excessive drying time may result. Also, there is the cost factor
of applying too much coating.
Wet Film Thickness
Color
In order to control the process variables when applying a coating
to a surface, it is often desirable that measurements are made to
determine thickness while the coating is still wet. Wet film measurement is done by devices based upon the shape of the surface
area, and the expected range of thickness. In addition, wet film
measurements are also very useful for coating systems where the
dry film thickness can only be measured destructively.
Measuring coating thickness accurately maximizes quality and
minimizes material costs. Dry film checking can be carried out
non-destructively or destructively, for e.g. multi-layer applications.
FILM THICKNESS
203
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
Non-Destructive Tests
Electronic type gages with digital display are used. These instruments measure the thickness of insulating coatings on non-magnetic, metal substrates (NFe) and of non-magnetic coatings on
steel or iron (Fe). Two different measurement principles are being
used:
■ Magnetic inductive measurement on Fe-substrates
■ Eddy-current measurement on NFe-substates
■ Examples for insulating and non-magnetic coatings:
paint, plastic, enamel, chrome, copper, zinc, powder
coatings, electro-plating, galvanizing, rubber, hard chrome,
sprayed metal, ceramics
■ Examples for NFe substrates:
aluminum, copper, brass, non-magnetic steel, bronze,
magnesium, zinc
■ Examples for Fe substrates: steel, cast iron
Physical
Film Properties
Thickness
Dry Film Thickness
Measurement Techniques
Magnetic Induction (Fe):
This method uses two magnet coils where the magnetic field
changes if brought near a ferromagnetic substrate. The change
of the magnetic field is related to the distance between the probe
and the substrate – thus to film thickness. The second of the
two coils takes up the magnetic current. This magnetic coupling
between both magnetic poles is the measure used for film thickness. In addition, electromagnetic induction uses alternating
magnetic fields, generated by a ferromagnetic coil. Today, highly
precise Hall-effect semiconductors are integrated in modern
ferrous probes.
Eddy-Current Measurements (NFe):
This method is required when measuring non-conductive coatings (NFe) on non-ferromagnetic substates (NFe) such as e.g.
aluminum. The eddy-current measurement method is based on
the principles of the electromagnetic induction technique. A coil
of fine wire conducting a high frequency alternating current sets
up a magnetic field which changes its direction according to the
alternating current connected. When the NFe probe is brought
near a conductive substrate, eddy currents are generated, which
affect the magnetic field of the coil. The effect depends on the
characteristics of the substrate and the distance between the
probe and substrate – i.e. film thickness.
Coating
Aluminium
Aluminium
-Anodizing
N
Brass
-Bronze
-Cadmium
-Chrome-hard
-Copper
-Eloxal
N
Epoxy
N
Galvanizing
-Lacquer
-Molybdenum disulphide -Nickel-electroless
-Paint
N
Plastic
N
Rubber
N
Tin
Varnish
N
Brass
Choosing the Right Probe
It is important to choose the appropriate test method for each
application. The following table shows the recommended test
methods for different combinations of substrate and coating.
The type of substrate is very easily established with a magnet.
In case the magnet adheres to the substrate, an Fe substrate is
concerned.
Calibration
An accuracy check should be performed once a day by using a certified precision shim. If the measurement is outside of the certified
± range, a calibration procedure described in the gage’s operating
manual should be performed. All electronic film thickness gages
offer a zero (baseline) calibration function by measuring an uncoated substrate. The more advanced gages allow for two point
calibration using a certified precision shim to adjust the gage’s
calibration curve. The calibration should be performed on a flat,
smooth surface.
Substrate
Bronze
Copper
--------N
----N
N
--------N
----N
N
--------N
----N
N
N
N
N
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
-F
F
F
F
F*
F
F
F
F
F
Steel
Magnesium
-N
-----------N
N
--------N
-N
N
-N
N
Stainless
-------------N
N
Titanium
--------N
-N
--N
N
Zinc
--
--
--
--
N = non-ferromagnetic; F = ferromagnetic
*Note: only if nickel content is 8% or greater
204
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Wet Film
Thickness Gages
Appearance
Measuring the film thickness of freshly applied coatings in the wet
stage is very important. On one hand, film thickness influences the
quality of a product; on the other hand, applying too much coating can be expensive. Depending on the application method, it is
advisable to measure wet film thickness. For measuring wet film
thickness, BYKGardner offers a comb or “interchemical gage”.
Comb Type Gage
The comb is a ruler-shaped gage with two supports at each of its
six sides, having tabs of varying lengths.
■ Hexagonal shape made of corrosion resistant stainless steel
Cat. No.
3501
3505
3507
3509
3510
Description
Comb Gage 25-2000 µm, stainless steel
Comb Gage 1-80 mils, stainless steel
Comb Gage 5-150 µm, stainless steel
Comb Gage Set, plastic, set of 10
Comb Gage Set, plastic, set of 100
Technical Specifications
Measuring Range
25 - 2000 µm
1 - 80 mils
5 - 150 Μm (0.2 - 6 mils)
25 - 2000 µm (1 - 80 mils)
25 - 2000 µm (1 - 80 mils)
Outer Diameter
90 mm
90 mm
58 mm
90 mm
90 mm
Physical
Film Properties
Thickness
Ordering Information
Color
Procedure:
■ For measuring, push the comb gage perpendicularly into the
film using the measuring range that corresponds to the
expected film thickness
■ Remove the comb gage from the coating
■ The wet film thickness will fall between the clearance of the
shortest tab that is wet and the clearance of the next
shortest dry tab
■ The plastic comb gage may be used up to 60 °C (140 °F)
Technical Service
205
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Interchemical Gages
Wet Film Thickness Gages
The Interchemical Thickness Gage has long been the standard
for measuring wet film thickness in the coatings industry. (U.S.
Patent No. 3,128,558).
BYK-Gardner offers three basic models in various ranges. All models have an accuracy of +/- 0.0001 in (2.5 µm) or 2.5% full scale,
whichever is greater.
1
8
6
0
0
4
0.8
6
2
6
0.
8
0.4
0.2
0
mils
0.1
1.5
0.5
Standards
ASTM
ISO
1
■ For critical measurements
■ Has a rotating scale to facilitate accurate gage reading
■ No black plate on the opposite side of the wheel is present
*Note: U.S. Patent No. 3,128,558
0.4
4
Model R * – Rotating Scale
■ For very thin coatings and accurate measurements on moving
surfaces
■ Inside is hollowed out; very lightweight – only 0.3 lb
■ Black rotating scale to minimize reading errors
*Note: U.S. Patent No. 3,128,558
0.6
1
■ For general use (original Interchemical design)
■ Scale is stamped on the outside of the metal wheel;
no rotating scale is used
Model L * –
Low Inertial with Rotating Scale
0.8
0.2 0
.
Model S – General Use
s
1 mil
2
The gage consists of an eccentric inner wheel, supported by two
larger outer concentric wheels. At a specific point, the inner wheel
touches and picks up wet film when the gage is rolled on the coated surface. This critical clearance may be read on a rotating scale.
D 1212
2808
Gage Holder
The gages may be held between the thumb and forefinger to take
a reading, or it may be inserted into the gage holder. This holder
is widely used to measure coatings safely on moving surfaces
such as high-speed press rollers. It can also be used on stationary,
flat, or curved surfaces since the holder makes it easier to exert a
steady, even force on the gage.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
6580
206
Description
Holder for Inmont Gage
Accessories
Dimensions
6.4 x 5.1 x 17.8 cm (2.5 x 2 x 7 in)
Net Weight
0.2 kg (0.4 lbs)
Shipping Weight
0.5 kg (1.0 lbs)
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Interchemical Gages
English
Metric
Metric
Metric
Metric
Metric
Metric
Metric
Metric
Metric
Metric
Metric
Metric
Dimensions
Net Weight
Shipping Weight
Inmont Gage S, 10-30 mils
Inmont Gage L, 0-20 µm
Inmont Gage L, 0-40 µm
Inmont Gage R, 0-20 µm
Inmont Gage R, 0-40 µm
Inmont Gage R, 0-100 µm
Inmont Gage R, 50-250 µm
Inmont Gage R, 200-700 µm
Inmont Gage S, 0-20 µm
Inmont Gage S, 0-40 µm
Inmont Gage S, 0-100 µm
Inmont Gage S, 50-250 µm
Inmont Gage S, 200-700 µm
Comes complete with:
Inmont Film Gage
Operating instructions
Note: Holder must be ordered separately
Info!
Scale
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
Full Scale Calibration Range
0 - 1 mil
0 - 2 mil
0 - 1 mil
0 - 2 mil
0 - 4 mil
2 - 12 mil
10 - 30 mil
0 -1 mil
0 - 2 mil
0 -4 mil
2 - 12 mil
Recommended
0.2 - 0.8 mil
0.4 - 1.6 mil
0.2 - 0.8 mil
0.4 - 1.6 mil
0.8 - 3.2 mil
3 - 11 mil
11 - 20 mil
0.2 - 0.8 mil
0.4 - 1.6 mil
0.8 - 3.2 mil
3 - 11 mil
Resolution
0.05 mil
0.2 mil
0.05 mil
0.1 mil
0.2 mil
0.5 mil
1.0 mil
0.05 mil
0.1 mil
0.2 mil
0.5 mil
10 - 30 mil
11 - 20 mil
1.0 mil
0 - 20 µm
4 - 16 µm
1 µm
0 - 40 µm
8 - 32 µm
2 µm
0 - 20 µm
4 - 16 µm
1 µm
0 - 40 µm
8 - 32 µm
2 µm
0 - 100 µm
20 - 80 µm
5 µm
50 - 250 µm
70 - 230 µm
10 µm
200 - 700 µm
250 - 650 µm
25 µm
0 - 20 µm
4 - 16 µm
1 µm
0 - 40 µm
8 - 32 µm
2 µm
0 - 100 µm
20 - 80 µm
5 µm
50 - 250 µm
70 - 230 µm
10 µm
200 - 700 µm
250 - 650 µm
25 µm
5 cm dia x 2.5 cm (2 in dia x 1 in)
Model L: 0.1 kg (0.3 lbs) / Model R/S: 0.2 kg (0.5 lbs)
Model L/R/S: 0.34 kg (0.75 lbs)
* U.S. Patent No. 3,128,558
Certification available.
Please contact Customer Service for pricing.
Physical
Film Properties
Thickness
6964
6515
6965
6516
6541
6542
6543
6544
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
Description
Inmont Gage L, 0-1 mil
Inmont Gage L, 0-2 mil
Inmont Gage R, 0-1 mils
Inmont Gage R, 0-2 mils
Inmont Gage R, 0-4 mils
Inmont Gage R, 2-12 mils
Inmont Gage R, 10-30 mils
Inmont Gage S, 0-1 mils
Inmont Gage S, 0-2 mils
Inmont Gage S, 0-4 mils
Inmont Gage S, 2-12 mils
Color
Technical Specifications
Cat. No.
6500
6958
6959
6511
6512
6513
6514
6960
6961
6962
6963
Appearance
Ordering Information
Technical Service
207
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
byko-test 4200/4500
Dry Film Thickness Gages
The byko-test 4500/4200 film thickness gauges allows for the
measurement of a variety of products. No cable exchange or calibration is needed when changing from a ferrous to a non-ferrous
substrate. The large LCD display and 10 second retention of the
last measured value makes the byko-test 4500/4200 easy to use.
■ Compact pocket size instrument
■ One-handed design for ease of use
■ Switchable from mils to microns
■ Strong, wear resistant ruby probe tip
■ V-groove in probe for positioning on cylindrical parts
■ Accoustic signal for measurement confirmation
■ Automatic substrate recognition
■ Extended measuring range
■ Faster measuring speed
■ Graphic display with backlight
For sample areas that are difficult to reach, the byko-test
4500/4200 EC models come with an 1 meter length extension
cable. The extension cable offers more flexibility to position the
sensor.
Standards
ASTM
BS
DIN
ISO
B 499, D 1186, D 1400, D 7091
3900 Part C5, 5411 (3,11)
50981, 50984
2360, 2808, 2178
byko-test with extension cable
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
3634
3636
3635
3637
Description
byko-test 4200 Fe
byko-test 4200 Fe EC, probe 3638
byko-test 4500 Fe/NFe
byko-test 4500 Fe/NFe EC, probe 3639
Cat. No. PG-3635 Comes complete with:
byko-test gage
Carrying case with zero plates
Operating instructions
Calibration Certificate
2 AA batteries
Extension cable (1meter) for 3636, 3637 only
Technical Specifications
Substrate Fe
Substrate NFe
Measuring Range
Accuracy
Minimum Curvature
Minimum Substrate
Thickness
Minimum Area
of Measurement
Operating Temperature
Power Supply
Dimensions
Weight
steel or iron
non-magnetic metals: aluminum, copper, brass,
zinc, stainless steel
Fe: 0 - 3000 µm (0 - 120 mils)
NFe: 0 - 3000 µm (0 - 120 mils)
± (2µm + 3 %*)
5 mm (0.2 in) convex; 30 mm (1.2 in) concave
Fe: 0.2 mm (0.01 in)
NFe 0,05 mm (0,002 in)
10 x 10 mm (0.4 x 0.4 in)
0 - 60 °C (32 - 140 °F)
2 x AA Batteries
100 x 62 x 27 mm (4 x 2.5 x 1.1 in)
approx. 130 g (4.6 oz) with battery
*Note: of measured value
208
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
byko-test 8500
Two models are available for different requirements:
With all important functions needed to measure and evaluate the
thickness of non-metal layers on metal substrates. Basic statistical
functions, memory for up to 100 readings, optional wireless
connection to a PC and data transfer to Excel.
Standards
ASTM
BS
DIN
ISO
B 499, D 1400, D 1186, D 7091
3900 Part C5, 5411 (3,11)
50981, 50984
Color
Basic version
Appearance
The byko-test 8500 film thickness gage has a modular design
to accommodate a wide range of applications. Multiple sensor
probes are available for maximun flexibility. Coating thickness can
be measured on a wide variety of metal substrates: iron, steel,
copper, aluminum, zinc, brass, and titanium.
■ Illuminated graphical display and keypad
■ Easy to use menu
■ One-hand operation
■ Flip display by 180 degrees
■ Multi-language support
■ Modular design with exchangeable probes
■ Automatic and user specific calibration
■ Wireless data transfer to PC (optional)
■ Durable, wear-resistant ruby probe tip
■ V-groove in probe for measuring cylindrical parts
■ Acoustic signal for measurment confirmation
2178 ,2360, 2808,19840
Physical
Film Properties
Thickness
Premium version
Enhanced memory functions, batch measurement with up to
13000 measurements in 200 batches, memory for up to 100
custom calibrations, software and wireless data transfer, average zero adjustment for rough substrates, single and continous
measurement modes included.
Ordering Information
Description
byko-test 8500 B Fe
byko-test 8500 B NFe
byko-test 8500 B Fe/NFe
byko-test 8500 P Fe
byko-test 8500 P NFe
byko-test 8500 P Fe/NFe
byko-test 8500 basic comes complete with:
Instrument ; 2 mm Standard Sensor; 2 Mignon-Batteries 1.5V (AA) (Alkaline);
Adapter cable for external sensor; Instruction manual; Certificate for sensor;
softbag; carrying case; Zero plates
byko-test 8500 premium comes complete with:
Instrument; 2 mm Standard Sensor; 2 Mignon-Batteries 1.5V (AA) (Alkaline);
Adapter cable for external Sensor; Instruction manual; Certificate for sensor;
Softbag; Carrying Case; Zero plates; Software; USB-wireless connector incl.
Elongation cable
Technical Specifications
Resolution
0.1 µm 0 - 99.9 µm, 1 µm 100 - 999 µm
10 µm ≥ 1000 µm
Accuracy
± (1 µm + 2%*) 0 - 2000 µm
± 3,5%* > 2000 µm
(*) percent of measurement value
Measurement Range
0 - 2000 Μm (0 - 78 mils)
Minimum Area of MeaFe: 10 x 10 mm (0.79 x 0.79 in)
surement
NFe: 10 x 10 mm (0.79 x 0.79 in)
Minimum Curvature
convex 5 mm (0.20 in); concave 30 mm (1.2 in)
Minimum Substrate Thick- Fe: 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
ness
NFe: 0.05 mm (0.002 in)
Communication
Wireless Connection 2.4 GHz,
distance max. 10 m
Temperature Range
Storage -10°C (14°F)to 60°C (140°F)
Usage 0°C (32°) to 50°C (122°F)
Power Supply
2 x Mignon-Batteries (AA) 1.5V Alkali
or rechargeable-Batteries (AA) 1.2V
Dimensions
124 mm x 67 mm x 33 mm (4.9 x 2.6 x 1.3 in)
Weight
ca. 120g (instrument with batteries and probe)
209
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
Cat. No.
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
Wireless Sensor
Wireless Sensor for areas difficult to access with internal and external sensors. The new wireless sensor for the byko-test 8500 is
built for all applications requiring a small sensor without direct
connection to the instrument.
byko-test 8500 wireless sensor has a long lasting rechargable batteries, a broad reach of 12 m and is available as single or dual
sensor.
Thickness Standards
For control and inspection purposes individual shims or sets of
thickness standards are available.
Accessories
Cat. No.
3640
3641
Certified Calibration Shims
These plastic shims (3740/3741) aid in the calibration of thickness
gages on ferrous or non-ferrous metallic substrates. Plastic shims
can be used to calibrate on the actual test substrate.
210
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3740
3741
3647
3648
3667
3668
3669
3649
Description
byko-test 8500 B, no sensor
byko-test 8500 P, no sensor
Fe-sensor 2000 µm
Fe-sensor 5000 µm
NFe-sensor 2000 µm
Dual-Sensor 2000/2000
Dual-Sensor 5000/2000
Calibration Shims 25-500 µm
Calibration Shims 11-980 µm
byko-test 8500 Software
USB-wireless connector
Wireless Fe-Sensor
Wireless NFe Sensor
Wireless Dual Fe/NFe Sensor
Probe Cable, 1 meter
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
DUALSCOPE MP0R
Appearance
The DUALSCOPE MP0R film gage allows quick and easy measurements of coatings thickness on ferrous and non-ferrous substrates.
The instrument automatically identifies the kind of substrate and
selects the appropriate test method accordingly.
The instrument is designed for one-hand operation. An integrated
spring guarantees a constant pressure of the probe to the sample's surface. The instrument comes with an USB interface for
bi-directional data transmission to the Data Center Software. Data
can be exported to Excel spreadsheet.
ASTM
BS
DIN
ISO
Ordering Information
Technical Specifications
Description
DUALSCOPE MP0R
B 499, D 1400, D 7091
3900 Part C5, 5411 (3,11)
50981, 50984
2178, 2360, 2808
Substrate Fe
Substrate NFe
Measuring Range
Memory
Accuracy
Minimum Curvature
Minimum Substrate Thickness
Min. Measuring Area
Operating Temperature
Power Supply
Dimensions
Weight
steel or iron
non-magnetic metals: aluminum, copper,
brass, zinc, stainless steel
0 - 2000 µm (0 - 78 mils)
10.000 values
0 - 75 µm: ≤1.5 µm (Fe)
0 - 50 µm ≤ 1.0 µm (NFe)
75 - 1000 µm: ≤ 2% of reading (Fe)
50 - 1000 µm ≤ 2% of reading (NFe)
1000 - 2000 µm: ≤ 3% of reading (Fe)
1000 - 2000 µm: 3% of reading (NFe)
5 mm (0.2 in) convex
32 mm (1.2 in) concave
Fe: 0.1 mm; NFe: 0.02 mm
2.5 x 2.5 mm (0.1 x 0.1 in)
0 °C - 40 °C (32 °F - 104 °F)
2 x AA batteries
64 x 30 x 85 mm (2.5 x 1.2 x 3.3 in)
approx. 137g (4.8 oz) with battery
211
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
Comes complete with:
DUALSCOPE MP0R gage
Manual
2 x AA batteries
Protective bag
Zero standard Fe/NFe
Thickness standard
Protective cap
Lanyard
Calibration certificate
PC Datex software
Data Center software
USB cable
Instrument case
Standards
Physical
Film Properties
Thickness
Cat. No.
3686
Color
DUALSCOPE MP0R:
■ Compact size instrument
■ Illuminated display
■ Statistic function, min., max., mean, Std. dev.
■ Two displays for easy view for measurement results
■ Magnetic-induction Fe-sensor particularly suitable for the
automotive industry
■ Eddy current method for non-ferrous substrates
■ Large memory stores up to 10.000 values
■ Indicator LED for pass/fail
■ Conductivity compensation for measurements on aluminum
alloys
■ Continuous scan of measurement surface
■ Easy to use menu navigation
■ Automatic turning display
■ Two special measuring modes to conform to IMO PSPC
(90/10 rule) and SSPC-PA2
micro-TRI-gloss µ
Gloss and Film Thickness
in one Instrument
Gloss and film thickness are important QC criteria for coatings.
The new micro-TRI-gloss Μ measures both in seconds and at the
same position. This saves time and is ideal for checks in the field.
■ Simultaneous display 20°, 60°, 85° – for high gloss to matte
coatings
■ Dual sensor Fe/NFe – measures thickness on steel as well as
on aluminum
■ Automatic check of glossmeter calibration standard
■ Easy, multilingual menu operation with scroll wheel
■ Statistics, Differences and Pass/Fail
■ Memory for 999 readings with name input
■ easy-link software included for professional documentation
in Excel®
■ Data transfer from the glossmeter to PC
via USB or Bluetooth® wireless technology
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
4448
107304448
Description
micro-TRI-gloss µ
Extended Warranty one year additional
Comes complete with:
micro-TRI-gloss µ glossmeter
Calibration holder with certificate
Zero standards Fe and NFe
easy-link software
USB-cable
Operating manual
Battery
Durable carrying case
Standards
ISO
ASTM
DIN
Gloss
2813
D 523
67530
Technical Specifications
Gloss
Geometry
20°
60°
Application
high gloss
85°
Measurement Range
Repeatability
Reproducibility
Thickness
Substrate
Measurement Range
Accuracy
Dimensions
Weight
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
4405
4545
4449
4434
Description
USB-Cable
BYKWARE easy-link
Calibration Holder
Checking Standard TRI
semi gloss
low gloss
0 - 100 GU
± 0.2 GU
± 0.5 GU
Measurement Area
10x10 mm (0.4x0.4 in)
9x15 mm (0.35x0.6 in)
5x38 mm (0.2x1.5 in)
100 - 2000 GU
± 0.2 %
± 0.5 %
Fe: magnetic
NFe: non magnetic
0 - 500 µm (0 - 20 mils)
± (1.5 Μm +2% of measured value)
155 x 73 x 48 mm (6.1x2.9x1.9 in)
400 g (0.9 lbs)
Accessories
For data transfer from the glossmeter to a PC, USB-A
Software for direct data transfer and documentation in Excel® (see page easy-link)
Replacement
High gloss and 3 Semi gloss tiles, 170 x 103 x 26 mm (6.7 x 4.1 x 1 in)
Certifi
212
Thickness
2178, 2360, 2808
B 499, D 1400
ed For Certification Services and Preventive
Maintenance see pages about Technical Service.
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Thickness Standards
Certified Precision Plastic Shims
0.5 mils
1 mil
0.2 mils
4 mil
Appearance
These plastic shims aid in the calibration of thickness gages on
ferrous or non-ferrous metallic substrates. Plastic shims can be
used to calibrate on the actual test substrate.
■ Traceable to NIST or BAM standard
■ Used to comply with ISO compliance
Eight different thicknesses are available, with the mil thickness
marked on each shim. An individual serial number is also placed
on each shim to ensure accuracy of +/- 5%.
20 mils
Cat. No.
3760
7100
Calibration Shims 11-980 µm*
Thickness:25 µm (1 mils), 50 µm (2 mils),125 µm (4.9 mils), 250 µm (9.8 mils),
500 µm (19.7 mils), zero plates for Fe/NFe
Thickness: 11 µm (0.43 mils), 49 µm (1.9 mils), 100 µm (3.9 mils),
348 µm (13.7 mils), 980 µm (38.6 mils), zero plates for Fe/NFe
Technical Service
3741
Precision Plastic Shim 1.0 mils
Precision Plastic Shim 2.0 mils
Precision Plastic Shim 5.0 mils
Precision Plastic Shim 6.0 mils
Precision Plastic Shim 10.0 mils
Precision Plastic Shim 20.0 mils
Phenolic Standard 40.0 mils
Precision Plastic Shim 5.5 µm
Precision Plastic Shim 11 µm
Precision Plastic Shim 22.5 µm
Precision Plastic Shim 35.5 µm
Precision Plastic Shim 48 µm
Precision Plastic Shim 100 µm
Precision Plastic Shim 200 µm
Precision Plastic Shim 350 µm
Precision Plastic Shim 485 µm
Calibration Shims 25-500 µm*
Technical Specifications
Physical
Film Properties
Thickness
7101
7102
7105
7106
7110
7120
7140
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3740
Description
Precision Plastic Shim 0.2 mils
Precision Plastic Shim 0.5 mils
Color
Ordering Information
40 mils
* Note for 3740 and 3741 only:
Certification Certificate is stated in micron and mils.
Comes with Fe & NFe zero plate
213
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
byko-cut universal
Portable instrument providing sufficient accuracy for laboratory
use but also usable at construction sites and in workshops.
Ideal for customer service technicians and demonstrations. The
BYK-Gardner byko-cut is a universal instrument for:
■ Measuring film thickness in the range of 2 - 2000 Μm
(1/8 - 80 mils) on every substrate (steel, non-ferrous metal,
plastics, wood, etc.)
■ Capable of multi-layer film thickness analysis
■ Adhesion test by means of cross-cut test in accordance with
ASTM D 3359; DIN 53 151
■ Indentation hardness test in accordance with ISO 2815
(Buchholz)
■ Microscopic research for pores, pits, cracks, blisters, flaking,
intercoat adhesion of the individual film in coat systems, and
quality control of the pretreatment of the substrate
Special features:
■ LED illumination
■ Ergonomical design
■ Guiding wheels for smooth cutting
■ Cut finder
Standards
ASTM
DIN
ISO
NCCA
VTLA
Ordering Information
Description
byko-cut thickness, Metric
3431
byko-cut thickness, English
White LED
3432
byko-cut no cutters, Metric
White LED
3433
byko-cut no cutters, English
White LED
Note: Cutters must be ordered separately for Cat. No. 3432 Tools for cross-cut
and hardness must be ordered separately
214
II-13, X-1
003 Item 9
Technical Specifications
Cat. No.
3430
Comes complete with:
byko-cut universal film gauge
Revolving rotary head with 3 cutters for film thickness (# 1-3)
Built-in microscope (scale 0 - 2 mm)
LED
Battery
Operation manual
D 3002, D 3359
50 986, 53 151
2409, 2815
Lamp
White LED
Info!
Batteries
Microscope
Dimensions
1.5 Volts Mignon type 50-fold magnification 110 x 80 x 75 mm
(4.3 x 3.2 x 2.9 in)
1.5 Volts Mignon type 50-fold magnification 110 x 80 x 75 mm
(4.3 x 3.2 x 2.9 in)
1.5 Volts Mignon type 50-fold magnification 110 x 80 x 75 mm
(4.3 x 3.2 x 2.9 in)
1.5 Volts Mignon type 50-fold magnification 110 x 80 x 75 mm
(4.3 x 3.2 x 2.9 in)
For more information on Buchholz hardness see
chapter “Hardness”
The V-shaped cut can be easily stored as
an image with the Digital Pocket Microscope.
For more details please see chapter
“Microscopes”
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Destructive Film Thickness
Measurement
Create a V-shaped cut through the coating down to the substrate
and measure width of a’ (b’), which is proportional to the thickness a (b).
Appearance
The specially designed blades which are attached to the instrument are used to make a short incision in the film. Then, the
depth of the layer is measured with the built-in 50 fold microscope
and the film is inspected for flaws.
Each of the cutting tips has two bevels which are made to precision with the mentioned slopes (see table). Since the slope of the
cut is known, the measurement of the horizontal distance across
this full slope (from the substrate to the top edge of the cut) is
also a measurement of true vertical depth.
Ordering Information
Description
3421
Thickness Cutter 1, 2000, byko-cut
Thickness Cutter 2, 1000, byko-cut
3422
3423
3419
3420
Thickness Cutter 3, 200, byko-cut
Thickness Cutter 100, byko-cut
Thickness Cutter 3000, byko-cut
Technical Specifications
Slope of Tip*
(cutting angle)
45 °
26.5 °
Maximum
1 Division on
Accuracy
Coating
Reticle Scale
in Microns
Thichness Represents (Depth) ± 1 increment**
2000 µm (80 mils)
1000 µm (40 mils)
5.8 °
200 µm (8 mils)
3.0°
100 µm (4 mils)
56 ° 3000 µm (120 mils)
20 µm (1.0 mils)
10 µm (0.5 mils)
2 µm (0.1 mils)
1 µm (0.05 mils)
30 µm (1.5 mils)
40
20
4
Physical
Film Properties
Thickness
*Note: Angle measured from sample plane.
**Note: For film thickness below 15 µm, accuracy is +1.5 µm
DPM 300
Digital Pocket Microscope
Info!
For more information
on DPM 300
please see
section microscopes
Technical Service
Features of DPM 300 Digital Pocket Microscope
■ High resolution CCD-Camera offering clear images
■ Very portable and easy to use
■ USB Cable connection for the data transfer
■ Auto Gain function to adjust the lightness differences
■ 4 LED Illumination for better viewing
■ Capture button to save image
Color
Cat. No.
The thickness of multiple-layered coatings can be easily determined.
Destructive Film Thickness
The V-shaped cut from the byko-cut can be easily stored as an
image with film thickness info in mm. Also the width from the
cut can be detected and recalculated to the film thickness of the
coating depending on the cut-Angle.
215
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Buchholz Indentation Hardness
Place the byko-cut universal equipped with tool (Cat. No. 3427)
and slip-on weight (Cat. No. 3434) on measuring position in
accordance with standard. After 30 seconds measure indentation
length using the built-in microscope.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
3427
3434
Description
Buchholz Tool, byko-cut
Buchholz Slip-on Weight, byko-cut
Technical Specifications
In accordance with DIN 53153 and ISO 2815
Increases weight of byko-cut universal to the standard weight of 500 g ± 5g
Multi-Cut Tool for Cross-Cut Test
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
3429
3424
3425
3426
216
Description
Cross-Cut Tool 11, 1-edge 1 mm
Cross-Cut Tool 11, 1-edge 1.5 mm
Cross-Cut Tool 6, 1-edge 1 mm
Cross-Cut Tool 6, 1-edge 2 mm
Technical Specifications
Standard
ASTM
ASTM
DIN, ISO
ASTM, DIN ISO
Cutter Spacing
1 mm (0.04 in)
1.5 mm (0.06 in)
1 mm (0.04 in)
2 mm (0.08 in)
No. Of Cutters
11
11
6
6
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Introduction
Hardness
Appearance
The definition of hardness has, in the past, caused misunderstandings within the paint industry. Most coatings are viscoelastic, and
hence will indent to some extent. Therefore, DIN 55 945 defines
hardness as follows:
Hardness is the resistance of a coating to a mechanical force, such
as pressure, rubbing or scratching.
In practice, different testing methods are used:
Pendulum Hardness
– In accordance with methods described by König and Persoz
Indentation Hardness
Color
– Buchholz Indentation Testers
Scratch Hardness
– Hardness Meter Dur-O-Test
– Pencil Hardness
BYK-Gardner offers instrumentation needed to perform various
hardness tests.
Physical Properties
Hardness
For clear communication of test results, the technician needs to
document the type of test method used, for example, “Indentation Resistance in accordance with ISO 2815“ or “Damping Time
in accordance with ISO 1522“.
HARDNESS
Technical Service
217
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Pendulum Hardness
This method evaluates hardness by measuring the damping time
of an oscillating pendulum. The pendulum rests with 2 stainless
steel balls on the coating surface. A physical relationship exists
between oscillation time, amplitude and the geometric dimensions of the pendulum. The viscoelastic behavior of the coating
determines its hardness.
When the pendulum is set into motion, the balls roll on the surface and put pressure on the coating. Depending on the elasticity,
the damping will be stronger or weaker. If there are no elastic
forces, the pendulum will damp stronger. High elasticity will cause
weak damping.
Two types of pendulums were standardized for this test method:
Weight
Diameter
Deflection Start
Deflection End
König
200 g ± 0.2
0.2 in (5 mm)
6°
3°
1.4 s
Period of Oscillation
Damping Time on Glass 250 ± 10 s
Persoz
500 g ± 0.1
0.3 in (8 mm)
12°
4°
1s
430 ± 10 s
Scratch Hardness
An ideal test for the quick evaluation of finished products. The
results do not correlate with any of the other methods of hardness measurement.
The scratch can be performed with either a metal pin (Dur-O-Test)
or pencils. Pencils of various degrees of hardness are drawn over
the coating surface to determine which pencil causes indentation.
This method is only applicable for smooth surfaces.
“Buchholz” Indentation Hardness
This test method is suitable for coatings with plastic deformation
behavior. Coatings with elastic deformation behavior should not
be evaluated with this test method, because after removal of the
instrument an elastic coating will show no or very little indentation.
The instrument consists of a double cone block, which is placed
on the coating for 30 seconds. Indentation is measured with the
help of a precision microscope and is then calculated according
to the following equation:
Indentation Resistance
=
(Buchholz)
100 mm
Indentation Length
scale of hardness
6B-5B-4B-3B-2B-B-HB-F-H-2H-3H-4H-5H-6H
softer
218
harder
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Pendulum
Hardness Tester
Appearance
Simple laboratory measuring instrument for hardness measurements in accordance with the König and Persoz methods
described on the previous page.
■ Automatic counter with acoustic signal when the deflection is
below 3° (König) or 4° (Persoz) respectively
■ Registration of pendulum deflection by means of 2 light
barriers
■ Digital counter
■ Changeable from König to Persoz by means of a third light
barrier
■ Selector switch for display in seconds or number of
oscillations
Color
Persoz Pendulum
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
Description
5858
5859
Pendulum Hardness Test König
5861
Pendulum Hardness Test König/Persoz
Pendulum Hardness Test Persoz
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
5860
5857
5856
Description
Cable Release, 5858, 5859, 5861
Persoz Pendulum
König Pendulum
D 4366
1522
Technical Specifications
Weight
200 g ± 0.2
500 g ± 0.1
Voltage
Power Supply
Dimensions
Weight
Ball Deflection
Diameter Start/End
5 mm
6° / 3°
8 mm
12° / 4°
Period of
Oscillation
1.4 s
1s
Damping Time
on Glass
250 s ± 10 s
430 s ± 10 s
according to ISO
115 V / 60 Hz, 230 V / 50 Hz
0.1 A
320 x 710 x 300 mm (12.6 x 30 x 12 in)
17.5 kg (39 lbs)
Technical Service
Comes complete with:
Pendulum hardness tester; Protective cover; Cable release;
Tools; Pendulum (for 5861 two pendulums)
Glass plate; Spirit level; Power cord; Operating manual
ASTM
ISO
Accessories
Additional Description
Additional Pendulum
Additional Pendulum
219
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Physical Properties
Hardness
Standards
König Pendulum
Buchholz
Indentation Tester
The Buchholz indentation test is a reliable test method for evaluation of indentation resistance of plastic deformable coatings.
■ Dimensions and weight in accordance with standards
■ Block of stainless steel
■ Circular tool is a double cone block
■ Circular tool and support of tungsten carbide / hard metal
■ Marking triangle for precise positioning
Precision
Microscope
Buchholz Tester
Standards
ISO
2815
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
5825
5826
5824
Description
Buchholz Tester
Buchholz Tester w/microscope
Precision Microscope
Technical Specifications
Comes complete with
Instrument block (500g ± 5g), Instrument weight: 1.9 kg
Instrument block (500g ± 5g) incl. precision microscope
20x magnification with graduated scale to measure indentation length,
incl. light source; Weight: 0.8 kg
DUR-O-Test
Hardness Meter
This pocket instrument allows hardness tests on flat and curved
surfaces. The instrument consists of a sleeve with a pressure
spring that can be bent to various tensions by using a slide. The
spring acts on a tungsten carbide needle with its tip extending
out of the sleeve. A locking screw fixes the slide, thus maintaining
constant spring tension.
Three pressure springs of varying strengths ranging from 0-20 N
(0-2000g) are available to cover a large hardness range.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
5810
5811
Description
DUR-O-Test, 1 mm
DUR-O-Test, 0.75 mm
Comes complete with:
Hardness tester DUR-O-Test
3 pressure springs in a leather case
Standards
DIN
55656
Technical Specifications
Hardness tester with
spherical test tool
Dimensions
Length: 160 mm (6.3 in),
Diameter: 16 mm (0.6 in)
Weight
0.3 kg (0.7 lbs)
Springs
No. 1 silver 0 - 3 N (0 - 300 g) division: 10 g, Tolerance: ±0.34N
No. 2 red 0 - 10 N (0 - 1000 g) division: 50 g. Tolerance: ±1.03N
No. 3 blue 0 - 20 N (0 - 2000 g) division: 100 g, Tolerance: ±1.84N
Accessories
Cat. No.
5813
5814
220
Description
Hard Metal Needle 1 mm
Hard Metal Needle 0.75 mm
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Pencil Hardness Tester
(Wolf-Wilburn)
Appearance
The purpose of scratch hardness tests is to determine the resistance of coating materials or lacquers to scratch effects on the
surface. This test is of particular value for furniture or vehicle lacquers, but is also a useful aid in the development of synthetic
resins or other film forming materials.
Generally, scratch hardness is measured by moving a sharp object
under a known pressure over the test surface. The result may
either be the value of the pressure required to scratch through
the test material if a scratching tool of constant hardness is used,
or the hardness of the scratching tool is varied while constant
pressure is applied.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
5800
5801
Description
Wolf-Wilburn Pencil Hardness
Pencil set (20 pcs), for 5800
Standards
ASTM
BS
ECCA
ISO
DIN EN
D 3363
3900-E19
ECCA T
15184
13523/4 :2001-12
Physical Properties
Hardness
Comes complete with:
Pencil hardness tester 5800
Complete set of 20 pencils from 9B to 9H
Pencil sharpener
Abrasive 400 grit paper
Carrying case
Operating manual
Color
■ Twenty pencils (grade 9B to 9H) are used with a standard
holder
■ Pencils are moved with a fixed pressure of 750 grams and a
fixed angle ensuring the least amount of operator error
■ Pencils can be easily exchanged to minimize down time
during the test
Technical Service
221
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Pencils
The Pencil Hardness test is an effective method to test coatings
for their hardness and their scratch wear resistance. ASTM test
method D 3363 allows the use of pencils of known hardness to
be moved over the surface of the test sample at a fixed angle and
pressure to perform the test.
Standards
ASTM
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
9500
5802
9512
9513
9514
9515
9516
9517
9518
9519
9520
9521
9522
9523
9524
9525
Description
Pencil Hardness Tester Set
Lead Holder, for 9500
Replacement Leads, Grade 6B, for 9500
Replacement Leads, Grade 5B, for 9500
Replacement Leads, Grade 4B, for 9500
Replacement Leads, Grade 3B, for 9500
Replacement Leads, Grade 2B, for 9500
Replacement Leads, Grade B, for 9500
Replacement Leads, Grade HB, for 9500
Replacement Leads, Grade F, for 9500
Replacement Leads, Grade H, for 9500
Replacement Leads, Grade 2H, for 9500
Replacement Leads, Grade 3H, for 9500
Replacement Leads, Grade 4H, for 9500
Replacement Leads, Grade 5H, for 9500
Replacement Leads, Grade 6H, for 9500
D 3363
Accessories
Quantity
1
12 per pack
12 per pack
12 per pack
12 per pack
12 per pack
12 per pack
12 per pack
12 per pack
12 per pack
12 per pack
12 per pack
12 per pack
12 per pack
12 per pack
Comes complete with:
Pencil Holder Set 9500, 9 grades of leads:
B, HB, F, H, 2H, 3H, 4H, 5H, 6H, in packs of 12 each
222
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Introduction
Flexibility / Elasticity
Appearance
In practice, three different empirical test procedures are used to
assess the resistance of coatings and allied products to cracking
and/or detachment from the substrate under different conditions
of deformation.
Bend Test
Bending lacquered sheet metal over a defined radius allows an
indication of the elongation and adhesion of a paint film due to
bending stress.
Color
Physical
Impact
Film/Properties
Thickness
Flexibility
The DIN EN ISO 1519 standard only permits the use of cylindrical
mandrels.
The ASTM D 522 and the DIN EN ISO 6860 standards describe the
test method by means of a conical or cylindrical mandrel.
The use of a conical mandrel bending tester enables testing of a
large variety of bending radii at the same time.
FLEXIBILITY
Technical Service
223
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Impact Test – “Falling-weight Test”
The impact tester has gained wide acceptance in testing the impact resistance of many types of coatings and substrates.
International standards describe a method for evaluating impact
resistance of a coating to cracking and peeling from a substrate
when it is subjected to a deformation caused by a falling weight,
dropped under standard conditions yielding rapid deformation.
Impact Tester
■ Consists of a solid base with a guide tube support
■ The guide tube has a slot to direct a weight that slides inside
the guide tube
■ A collar fits on the tube that helps the user slide the weight
up to the accurate height
■ Graduations are marked along the slot to facilitate readings
Procedure
■ Place sample under the punch
■ Lift the weight to desired height on guide tube and let it drop
■ View the damage of the sample visually or with low powered
magnification
■ Adjust the height and weight of the impacter to determine
exact point of failure or establish pass/fail specifications
Top of tube is not shown
guide tube
guide
tube
punch
base
anvil
anvil
The impact force is calculated using the following equation:
Falling Height x Weight = Impact Force
in
lbs in-lb
m
kg mkg
Note: The coated or uncoated side of the panel can be tested to
simulate either indentation or bulging.
1
2
1= ø27 ± 0,10 mm
2= ø20 ± 0,05 mm
3
3= ø33 ± 0,10 mm
Cupping Test
In addition to determining the deformability or elongation of a
film, the cupping test method supplies information on adhesion
properties. Single-layer systems can be tested as well as multiplelayer systems.
The ISO standard describes a method for evaluating the resistance
of a coating to cracking and/or detachment from a metal substrate when it is subjected to a gradual deformation by indentation under standard conditions.
CuppingTest A.eps
224
A die having a hardened and polished surface and a sample holder with a retaining ring are the heart of a cupping tester. The
indenter that contracts the test panel is of hardened polished
steel and forms a hemisphere of 20 mm ( 8 in ) diameter. The
maximum cupping depth is approx. 14 mm. The test process is
observed through a microscope or magnifying glass.
When evaluating the test results, it must be carefully assessed
when the coating system starts cracking.
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Impact Tester
Falling Dart Impact Tester
New!
Appearance
The Falling Dart Impact Tester determines the mechanical properties of packaging materials such as plastic film, laminates, and
paper. The impact tester is designed to determine the amount of
energy required for sample failure from a free falling dart.
The tester consists of a base with a sample clamping device and
a rubber gasket to prevent sample slippage. The cylinder below
the clamping device has 3 mm thick soft rubber to prevent dart
damage. The dart is polished aluminum with a vertical shaft to
add additional weights. The stand has vertical column made of
steel with a release mechanism to attach the dart. The release
mechanism is adjustable for positioning the height.
ASTM
ISO
Ordering Information
Description
5530
Dart Drop Impact Tester, A
5531
Dart Drop Impact Tester, A/B
D 1709
7765-1
Technical Specifications
Falling
Height
660 mm
(26 in.)
1500 mm
(59 in.)
Dart
Dart
Diameter
Weight
38.1 mm 50 gm ± 0.5%
(1.5 in.)
50.8 mm 300 gm ± 0.5%
(2.0 in.)
Weight
Dimensions
19 kg
(42 lb)
48 kg
(105 lb)
100 x 60 x 49 cm
(39.4 x 23.6 x 19.3 in.)
193 x 60 x 60 cm
(76.0 x 23.6 x 23.6 in.)
225
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
Comes complete with:
Base with holding device, Vertical column, Dart,
Release mechanism, Nylon clamp,
Additional weights:
For 5530:
10 pcs of 5 grams
8 pcs of 15 grams
8 pcs of 30 grams
8 pcs of 60 grams
For 5531:
8 pcs of 15 grams
8 pcs of 45 grams
8 pcs of 90 grams
Physical
Impact /Properties
Flexibility
Cat. No.
Color
Standards
Impact Tester
Top of tube is not shown
Light-Duty Impact Tester
Use with materials that can be damaged or penetrated by small
impact forces such as products mildly abused in households, offices or labs through years of normal use. Measures impact resistance of plastics and other materials.
■ 2 lb steel cylindrical impacter with 1.27 cm (0.5 in) diameter
round-nosed end
■ Tolerance of ± 56.7 gm (± 2 oz); capacity 908 gm (2 lbs)
■ Graduated 40.6 cm (16 in) guide tube
■ Maximum force of 28 inch-pounds
■ 1.43 cm (0.563 in) diameter hole in the base allows
deformation of thin specimen panels
Light-Duty Impact Tester
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
Description
1115
Light-Duty Impact Tester
Technical Specifications
Scale
English
Weights
included
0.9 kg
(2 lbs)
Dimensions
64 x 25 x 25 cm
(25 x 10 x 10 in)
Net
Weight
3.4 kg
(7.5 lbs)
Shipping
Weight
4.1 kg
(9.0 lbs)
Comes complete with:
Basic plate
Guide tube with collar
Scale in inches
Weight
Impact tester
Operating instructions
Accessories
Cat. No.
1187
1188
1189
1191
1192
226
Description
Strike Plate
Falling Weight 2 lbs, for 1115
Falling Weight 4 lbs, for 1115
Falling Weight 0.5 lbs, for 1115
Guide Tube, for 1115
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
BYK-Gardner ISO Impact Tester
Top of tube is not shown
Appearance
Used for testing impact resistance of coatings on metal substrates. In accordance with ISO standard, the test panel is fixed on
the die using a clamping device, so that the panel surface outside
the test area is not affected by the rapid deformation caused by
the falling weight.
■ Anodized guide tube with a scale in inches and mm
■ Tolerance for ISO falling weights ± 1 g
■ Maximum falling weight 2 kg
■ Exchangeable falling weights and dies
■ Can be easily converted for testing in accordance with ASTM
Impact Tester
Color
The impact tester consists of a solid base stand with a guide tube
support. The guide tube has a slot that directs a cylindrical weight
that slides up and down with the use of a collar that fits into the
weight. Graduations are marked along the slot to facilitate reading where the weight is dropped. The base of the instrument
includes a die support. The weights have built-in steel balls that
provide different geometrical configurations. It is important that
the ball diameter fits into the die to prevent shearing the test
samples at the inner rim of the die. In order to limit the indentation depth of the falling weight, distance rings of different thickness can be fitted. Also, different weights can be used.
Standards
ISO
6272-1
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
5512
Physical
Impact /Properties
Flexibility
Note: Please order the correct accessories on the following page
to comply with standards
Description
ISO Impact Tester
Technical Specifications
Scale
Metric, English
Dimensions
127 x 25 x 25 cm
(50 x 10 x 10 in)
Weight with guide tube
9.4 kg
(20.7 lbs)
Technical Service
Comes complete with:
Basic plate with clamping device
Guide tube with collar
Scale in mm and inch
Note: Die and falling weight must be ordered separately
227
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Accessories for ISO 6272-1
and DIN 55669 for 5512
To follow this method, please order the falling weight and the die
listed below, in addition to the impact tester from the previous
page. Additional weights can also be purchased.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
5532
5525
5527
Description
Falling Weight 1kg, for 5512
Die, for 5512
Added Weight 1kg, for 5512
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
5533
Description
Set of Distance Rings, for 5512
Accessories
Extended description
For Ball diameter 20 mm; With lifting pin; for DIN
For Cat. No. 5532; For ball diameter 20 mm; Inner diameter 27 mm
For Cat. No. 5532; 1 kg; Attachable to falling weight
Accessories
Extended description
Use to limit the indentation depth of the falling weight from 2 mm to 10 mm
Accessories for ASTM D 2794
for 5512
Impact Tester 5512 does not fully comply with ASTM D 2794. For
users that want to continue with using the 5512 for the ASTM
method the following accessories are available.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
5520
5522
5521
5528
5523
5529
5526
228
Description
Falling Weight 2 lbs, 0.5 in, for 5512
Falling Weight 2 lbs, 0.6 in, for 5512
Large Die 0.5 in, 5512
Small Die 0.5 in, 5512
Large Die 0.6 in, 5512
Small Die 0.6 in, 5512
Added Weight 2lbs, for 5520/5522
Accessories
Extended description
Ball diameter 12.7 mm (0.5 in); With lifting pin
Ball diameter 15.9 mm (0.625 in); With lifting pin
Inner diameter ø 17 mm (0.7 in); for ball diameter 0.5 in
Inner diameter ø 13.9 mm (0.55 in); for ball diameter 0.5 in
Inner diameter ø 21.2 mm (0.83 in); for ball diameter 0.625 in
Inner diameter ø 16.3 mm (0.63 in); for ball diameter 0.625 in
For Cat. Nos. 5520 and 5522; 2 lbs; Attachable to falling weight
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Heavy-Duty Impact Tester
Top of tube is not shown
Appearance
This impact tester has gained wide acceptance in testing the impact resistance of many types of coatings from paints to varnishes
to tough plated, plastic or laminated coatings. It is also widely
used to establish quality control standards for resistance to impact
surface damage and penetration of many construction materials
including plastics, resins, fiberglass, sheet metals, and plywood.
Two models are available:
English Model
■ Two and four pound weights included
■ Maximum allowable force of 80 and 160 inch-lbs
■ Round nose punch, 0.625 in diameter
■ Guide tube 40 in
■ Die inside diameter 0.64 in
Standards
ASTM
ISO
D 2794, D 3029,
D 4226, D 5420
6272-2
Heavy-Duty Impact Tester 1120
Technical Specifications
Cat. No.
Description
Scale
1120
Heavy-Duty Impact Tester, English
English
5545
Heavy-Duty Impact Tester Metric
Metric
Weights
included
0.9 kg & 1.8 kg
(2 lbs & 4 lbs)
1 kg & 2 kg
(2.2 lbs & 4.4 lbs)
Dimensions
127 x 14 x 29 cm
(50 x 5.5 x 11.5 in)
127 x 14 x 29 cm
(50 x 5.5 x 11.5 in)
Net
Weight
10.4 kg
(23 lbs)
10.4 kg
(23 lbs)
Shipping
Weight
15.9 kg
(35 lbs)
15.9 kg
(35 lbs)
Note: Sample thickness maximum is 12.7mm (0.5 in)
Accessories for 1120 impact tester
Accessories for 5545 impact tester
Note: * The Base Assembly set contains: base, anvil, arm, and arm support
Additional accessories available – please call our applications department for
further information
Cat. No.
1240
1241
1231
1243
1264
1248
5542*
Description
Falling Weight 2 lbs, 1120/5545
Falling Weight 4 lbs, 1120/5545
Lift Screw, 1120
Ball Punch 0.625&Prime;, 1120
Die 0.640 in, 1120/5545-5547
Guide Tube, 1120
Base Assembly, 1120, 5545
Cat. No.
5539
1249
1250
5538
5543
5544
Technical Service
Comes complete with:
Anvil
Guide tube with collar
Scale in inch or cm
Weight(s); Die
Punch (Tup)
Operating instructions
Description
Falling Weight 500 g, 1120/5545
Falling Weight 1 kg, 1120/5545
Falling Weight 2 kg, 1120/5545
Guide Tube, 5545
Label 0 - 100 kg-cm
Label 0 - 200 kg-cm
229
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Physical
Impact /Properties
Flexibility
Ordering Information
Color
Metric Model
■ One and two kilogram weights included
■ Maximum allowable force of 100 and 200 kg-cm
■ Round nose punch, 1.59 cm diameter
■ Guide tube 100 cm
■ Die inside diameter 1.63 cm
SPI Modified Impact Tester
(Extra Heavy-Duty)
Top of tube is not shown
This impact tester was developed in cooperation with the Society of the Plastics Industry (SPI) for evaluating impact resistance
of rigid sheets of PVC (30-60 mils thick) and other plastics and
materials exceeding the 160 inch-pounds limit of the Heavy-Duty
Impact Tester (1120).
■ Graduated 102 cm (40 inch) guide tube with included 8 lb
weight
■ Redesigned arm on the base allows the impact tester to be
used in tough applications
■ Stop position clamp ensures you can always test at the same
height, if needed
■ Optional alignment tool helps to ensure the impact tester is
lined up correctly (order separately below)
■ Maximum force of 320 inch-pounds with 8 lb weight
■ 12.7 mm (0.500 in) diameter punch
■ 16.3 mm (0.640 in) die
■ Guide tube OD 44.5 mm (1.75 in), ID 39.6 mm (1.56 in)
Standards
ASTM
D 2794, D 3029,
D 4226, D 5420
SPI Heavy-Duty Impact Tester 5513
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
Description
5513
SPI Heavy-Duty Impact Tester
Comes complete with:
Basic plate; Guide tube with collar; Scale in inches-pounds,
Weight (8lb); Die; Punch (Tup); Operating instructions
Technical Specifications
Scale
English
Weights
included
3.6 kg
(8 lbs)
Dimensions
127 x 15 x 33 cm
(50 x 6 x 13 in)
Net
Weight
16.8 kg
(37 lbs)
Shipping
Weight
19.5 kg
(43 lbs)
Note: Maximum sample thickness is 12.7 mm (0.5 in)
Accessories
Cat. No.
1190
1260
1231
1220
5514
1264
5516
1266
1269
1271
1275
1274
5515
5517
5519
Description
Calibration Tool, for 5513
Falling Weight 8 lbs, for 5513
Lift Screw
Ball Punch 0.50 in
Anvil, 3.0 in. ID, for 5513
Die 0.64 in
Sampe Platform, for 5513
Guide Tube, for 5513
Base Plate
Arm
Base, for 5513
Stop Position Clamp, for 5513
Die Adapter, 1.25 in. ID
Anvil Kit, includes 5515 & 5516
ASTM G14 Accessory Kit*
*Note: G14 Accessory Kit includes a base with pipe holder,
3 lb falling weight with 5/8 inch diameter indenter.
230
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
ASTM Methods for Impact Testers
The various ASTM methods for impact testers require certain
punches and dies that are not normally included with the impact
testers. Please refer to the ASTM standards below to inquire
about the parts needed to do the test.
Method
ASTM D 2794
Die
0.64 in
0.64 in
Punch
0.625 in
0.50 in
Instrument used
1120
5513
1115
Die
0.64 in
0.64 in
hole is 0.563 in
ASTM D 3029 – Impact Resistance of Flat Rigid Plastic (Method G)
Method
GB
Die
1.25 in
Punch
0.625 in
GC
0.64 in
0.625 in
Instrument used
1120
5513
1120
5513
Die
anvil without die is 1.25 in
anvil without die is 1.25 in
0.64 in
0.64 in
Punch
0.625 in
0.500 in
0.500 in
Additional parts needed to meet the method
No additional part needed
No additional part needed
No additional part needed
Punch
0.625 in
not included
Additional parts needed to meet the method
No additional parts needed
1243 needed
0.625 in
not included
No additional parts needed
1243 needed
Color
Note: An 8 lb weight is available for the 1120
2 and 4 lb weights are available for the 5513
General requirements:
2, 4, or 8 lb weight
40 in giude tube
Method
ASTM D
4226
Die
0.64 in
0.64 in
Punch
20°, 0.125 in
radius (C.125)
0.500 in (H.25) diameter
Instrument used
1120
Die
0.64 in
Punch
not included
5513
0.64 in
0.500 in
Physical
Impact /Properties
Flexibility
ASTM D 4226 – Impact Resistance of PVC
Appearance
ASTM D 2794 – Impact Resistance of Coatings
Additional parts needed to meet the method
1224 needed
8 lbs weight 1203 needed
No additional parts needed
General requirements:
8 pound weight
40 in guide tube
ASTM D 5420 – Impact Resistance of Flat Rigid Plastic by means of Gardner Impact
Die
3.00 in
Punch
0.625 in
Instrument used
5513
Die
anvil without die adapter
Punch
not included
Additional parts needed to meet the method
1243 needed
GB
1.25 in
0.625 in
GC
0.64 in
0.625 in
GD
3.00 in
0.500 in
1120
5513
1120
5513
5513
anvil without die is 1.25 in
anvil without die is 1.25 in
0.64 in
0.64 in
anvil without die adapter
0.625 in
not included
0.625 in
not included
0.500 in
No additional parts needed
1243 needed
No additional parts needed
1243 needed
No additional parts needed
GE
0.64 in
0.500 in
1120
5513
0.64 in
0.64 in
not included
0.500 in
1220 needed
No additional parts needed
Technical Service
Method
GA
Note: An 8 lb weight is available for the 1120
2 and 4 lb weights are available for the 5513
General requirements:
2, 4, or 8 lb weight
40 in guide tube
231
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Accessories for Impact Testers
1120, 5545, 5513
These items are not included with the instrument and may be
needed for a specific ASTM method, or to expand the inch-lb
capacity of the impact tester. Other items may be available on
special request.
Dies for 1120, 5545, 5513
Punches for 1120, 5545, 5513
Accessories
Accessories
Weights for 5513 ONLY
Weights for 1120 & 5545 ONLY
Accessories
Ordering Information
1201
1209
1202
1214
1260
1215
1204
1206
1252
1253
5539
1249
Cat. No.
1210
1211
1264
1212
1213
Cat. No.
1207
1208
Description
Die 0.313 inch Inner Diameter
Die 0.563 inch Inner Diameter
Die 0.640 inch Inner Diameter
Die 1.00 inch Inner Diameter
Solid, 1.25 inch Diameter
Description
Weight 0.5 lbs, for 5513
Weight 1 lbs, for 5513
Weight 2 lbs, for 5513
Weight 3 lbs, for 5513
Weight 4 lbs, for 5513
Weight 6 lbs, for 5513
Weight 8 lbs, for 5513
Weight 10 lbs, for 5513
Weight 12 lbs, for 5513
Weight 16 lbs, for 5513
Additional Parts for 1120 & 5546
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
1228
1229
1230
1274
232
Cat. No.
1243
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
Description
Ball Punch 0.625 inch Diameter
Ball Punch 0.500 inch Diameter
Ball Punch 0.375 inch Diameter
Ball Punch 0.250 inch Diameter
Ball Punch 0.125 inch Diameter
20° Punch, 0.125 inch radius (for ASTM D4226)
Detachable Tip Punch, 1 inch Radius
Detachable Tip Punch, 1 inch Diameter
3-sided Tip Punch (Boeing BSS7271)
Cat. No.
1219
1218
1240
1241
1242
1203
1250
Info!
Description
Weight 0.5 lbs, for 1120/5545
Weight 1 lbs, for 1120/5545
Weight 2 lbs, for 1120/5545
Weight 4 lbs, for 1120/5545
Weight 6 lbs, for 1120/5545
Weight 8 lbs, for 1120/5545
Weight 100 g, for 1120/5545
Weight 300 g, for 1120/5545
Weight 500 g, for 1120/5545
Weight 1 kg, for 1120/5545
Weight 2 kg, for 1120/5545
For technical assistance please call
our Applications Department
Description
Scale 4 lbs weight
Scale 2 lbs weight
Scale 8 lbs weight
Stop Position Clamp, for 5513
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
BYK-Gardner “Coverall”
Bend and Impact Tester
Top of tube is not shown
Appearance
Used to test both flexibility and impact resistance. By simply reversing the impacter, the instrument can evaluate the flexibility
of can-stock coating during double seaming and to test its impact
resistance in handling.
■ Tests both flexibility and impact resistance
■ Graduated (inches) guide tube
■ Maximum force of 160 inch-pounds
Procedure: Impact Test
For impact studies, the top block is leveled with the plug removed
exposing a 1.43 cm (0.563 in) hole. The 1.27 cm (0.50 in) diameter, round-nosed end of the 4 lb weight may now be dropped
from any height along the graduated scale on the guide tube
from 0 to 160 inch-pounds.
Color
Procedure: Bend Test
To make a bend test, the coated panel 3” x 4” (0.048” thickness)
is first bent 180° over the 1/8” rod. The bent panel is placed
between the parts of the hinge. Then the impact tool, flat face
down, is dropped from any desired height onto the upper part
of the hinge. The cylindrical fold in the panel is squeezed into a
conical shape.
Standards
ASTM
Cat. No.
Description
1125
Coverall Bend – Impact Tester
Technical Specifications
Scale
English
Weights
included
4 lbs
Dimensions
|Base Unit
127 x 25 x 25 cm
(50 x 10 x 10 in)
Net Weight
8.2 kg
(18 lbs)
Shipping
Weight
11 kg
(24 lbs)
Comes complete with:
Base with arm support; Guide tube with collar; Scale in inches; Four pound weight;
Punch; Operating instructions
Impact /Properties
Flexibility
Physical
Ordering Information
D 3281
Accessories
Description
Hinge Plate, for 1125
Anvil, for 1125
Technical Service
Cat. No.
1574
1573
1568
1571
1231
1128
Guide Tube
Weight 4 lbs, for 1125
Lift Screw
Weight 2 lbs, for 1125
233
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Mechanical Cupping
Tester
The BYK-Gardner Mechanical Cupping Tester is designed to test
the elongation and deformability of lacquers and protective coatings applied to metal substrates. The punch is applied under pressure to the uncoated side of the test panel. The panel is held in
place by a clamping ring. Two test procedures can be performed
the “Predetermined depth” (go/no go) or “Minimum depth
required to cause failure”.
■ New ergonomic design to save counter space
■ Two hand crank operation for ease of operation
■ Precision gearbox to provide reproducible results
■ Chrome steel spherical punch
■ Illuminated 2.5X magnifier on a pivoting arm
■ Battery powered with auto-off feature
■ LCD displaying indent depth to 0.01 mm resolution
Test Panels
The recommended test panel size is a minimum of 70 mm
(2.75 in) square with a maximum size of 100 mm (3.9 in) wide
and 150 mm (6.0 in) high. For burnished steel the minimum thickness is 0.3 mm (0.01 in) to a maximum of 1.25 mm (0.05 in).
The maximum tensile strength of a 1.25 mm thick panel can not
exceed 280 N/mm². For aluminum panels the maximum thickness
is 3 mm (0.12 in).
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
5405
5406
5407
5408
Description
Mechanical Cupping Tester
Indenter, PF-5405
Magnifier, PF-5405
Zero Plate, PF-5405
Comes complete with:
Mechanical cupping tester
indenter
zero plate
magnifer glass
alkaline batteries 2 D size, 4 AA size
Operating instructions
234
Standards
BS
DIN
ISO
JIS
3900
53166, 53232
1520,
K 5600-5-2, B 7729
Technical Specifications
Spherical Punch
Full Travel
Accuracy
Calibrated Range
Gearing
Display
Dimensions
Weight
ø 20 mm (ø 0.8 in)
0.00- 20.50 mm (0.0 - 0.81 in)
±0.05mm (0.002 in), full range
-0.5 to 20.5 mm (0.02 - 0.81 in)
1 revolution of handle moves punch 0.2mm under load
LCD 4-digit
420 x 350 x 500 mm (16.5 x 13.8 x 19.7 in)
16 kg (35.2 lb)
Power
Main 2 alkaline D cells; Magnifier 4 alkaline AA cells
Operating Temperature +15 - +35 °C (59 - 95 °F)
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Cupping Tester
Appearance
The BYK-Gardner cupping tester has been designed for determining the elongation and deformability of single- and multiple-layer
systems on metal substrates.
■ Electrohydraulic drive for highly reproducible results
■ Easy to use eccentric clamping ring
■ C-opening accepts large and small test panels
■ For test panels with a thickness of up to 1.5 mm (0.06 in)
■ Uniform cupping speed of 0.2 mm/s (0.008 in/s)
■ 3 keys to control all functions
■ Digital display, resolution 0.1 mm
Stereo Microscope for
cupping tester
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
5400
5411
Description
Automatic Cupping Tester
Stereo Microscope, 5400
Standards
ISO
Erichsen Cupping
1520
EC
Technical Specifications
Spherical Punch
Sheet Holder
Die
Voltage
Current Indicator
Dimensions
Weight
ø 20 mm (ø 0.8 in)
ø 33 mm (ø 1.3 in)
ø 27 mm (ø 1.06 in)
230 V / 50 Hz or 115 V / 60 Hz; built-in switch
max. 4 A (230 Volts)
650 x 280 x 600 mm (26 x 11 x 24 in)
65 kg (143 lbs) (incl. microscope and packing)
Technical Service
Comes complete with:
Cupping tester
Connection cable and plug
Operating instructions
cupping tester with stereo microscope
Impact /Properties
Flexibility
Physical
Procedure
– Insert the test panel into the C-opening of the instrument
– Clamp in the sample firmly
– Start cupping and simultaneously observe the process
through the stereo-microscope
– Apparatus presses the cap of the spherical punch into the
test panel at a uniform speed (0.2 mm/s)
– As soon as the first cracking is visible, stop the movement of
the punch
– Read the cupping depth on the digital display and reset the
punch
– Always carry out 3 tests for each sample
Color
This stereo microscope with illumination and brightness control is
designed to observe the paint surface during the test.
■ 2x and 4x magnification
■ 3D-image with shadowless illumination
■ Ergonomic working position
Stereo Microspcope for cupping tester:
Stereo microscope
Microscope rest and illumination
Operating instructions
Note: Stereo microscope must be ordered separately
235
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Cylindrical
Mandrel Tester
Bending coated sheet metal over a defined radius is an indicator
of the elongation and adhesion of a paint film at bending stress.
BYK-Gardner offers two types of mandrel bending testers – a
cylindrical mandrel and a conical mandrel.
BYK-Gardner Cylindrical Mandrel
ISO Version
This mandrel is used for simple and quick testing of the flexibility
of a coating by bending a coated panel over a rod of known
diameter and then examining the coating for cracking, flaking,
or other damage.
■ Made of anodized aluminum
■ 12 mandrels of stainless steel
■ Panels up to 65 mm (2.56 in) width can be tested
■ Rod diameter sizes: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 20, 25, 32 mm
5710 ISO Version
ASTM Version
■ “V” shaped cuts for holding a mandrel during a test
■ Slots at the base of the frame hold the rods not in use
■ Panels up to 14 cm (5.5 in) x 22 cm (9.0 in) can be tested
■ Rod diameter sizes: 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 5/16, 3/8, 7/16, 1/2,
3/4, 1.0 inch
■ Compliant with ASTM D522 Method B
Procedure
– Apply the paint film on sheet metal strips
– Coat and dry film carefully to ensure reproducible results
– For testing, uniformly bend the coated samples over the
bending mandrels within 1-2 sec at 180 degrees
– Starting with the largest bending radius, the test is continued
until reaching the bending radius at which the film shows
cracks
1412 ASTM version
Standards
ASTM
DTMS 141a
ISO
D 522
Method 2012
Method 6051
Method 6221
Method 6223
1519
Ordering Information
Technical Specifications
Comes complete with:
Cylindrical Mandrel Bending Tester, ISO Version:
Set of 12 SS rods from 2 mm to 32 mm; Frame; Operating instructions
Cylindrical Mandrel Set, US Version:
Set of 9 SS rods from 1/8 in to 1.0 in, Frame, Operating instructions
Note: Maximum panel thickness for 5710 Cylindrical Mandrel – 0.79 mm (0.031 in.)
Cat. No.
5710
1412
236
Description
Cylindrical Mandrel Set, ISO
Cylindrical Mandrel Set, ASTM
Dimensions
38 x14 x 15 cm (15 x 5.5 x 5.9 in)
300 x 180 x 180 mm (12 x 7 x 7 in)
Net Weight
4.4 kg (9.7 lbs)
2.3 kg (5.0 lbs)
Shipping Weight
5.0 kg (11 lbs)
3.6 kg (8.0 lbs)
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Conical Mandrel Tester
The varying mandrel diameter (3.2 mm - 38.1 mm, 1/8 to 1.5 inches)
stretches a coating through a gradient of distension, allowing
precise determination of adhesion characteristics.
Appearance
■ Aluminum panels up to 20.3 cm (8 inches) wide and 1.6 mm
(.063 inches) thickness can be tested
■ Steel panels up to 20.3 cm (8 inches) wide and 0.8 mm
(.031 inches) thickness can be tested
■ Durable sturdy stainless steel mandrel
■ Built-in ruler to measure the failure point
■ Compliant with ASTM D522 Method A
ASTM
ISO
Ordering Information
Technical Specifications
Description
Conical Mandrel Tester
Standards
D 522, D 1737
6860
Net Weight
4.1 kg (9.0 lbs)
Dimensions
510 x 150 x 180 mm (20 x 6 x 7 in)
shipping Weight
5.5 kg (12.0 lbs)
Comes complete with:
Stainless Steel Conical Mandrel
Operating instructions
Impact /Properties
Flexibility
Physical
Cat. No.
5750
Color
Procedure
■ Carefully cover test panel with paper between mandrel and
draw bar, and clamp the probe
■ Fold the test panel around the cone by using the manually
operated arm that is pivoted at the ends of the axis of the
cone
■ Bend uniformly at 180 degrees within 15 seconds
■ Remove panel and examine the coating for cracks
■ Mark the point at which the cracking stops and measure the
distance from the farthest end of the crack to the small end
of the mandrel
■ Appropriate calibration curves also permit determination of
the elongation values of the paint film
Technical Service
237
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Publications Books
Paint and Coating Testing Manual
Gardner-Sward Handbook, 14th Ed.
The Paint and Coating Testing Manual is the perfect guide for
the coating technologist. This guide provides in-depth information on test procedures, standards, and environmental regulations
that can help everyone from the newcomer to the experienced
researcher.
■ Current industry regulations
■ The main polymeric species, colorants, special pigments, extenders, and additives used in the coatings industry
■ Testing instruments used in the industry
■ Analysis of paint and paint-related defects
■ ASTM and other International standards
Paint & Coating Testing Manual Contents:
Part 1: Regulations
Part 2: Naturally Occurring Materials
Part 3: Synthetic Materials
Part 4: Plasticizers
Part 5: Solvents
Part 6: Pigments
Part 7: Additives
Part 8: Physical Characteristics of Liquid Paints and Coatings
Part 9: Films for Testing
Part 10: Optical Properties
Part 11: Physical and Mechanical Properties
Part 12: Environmental Resistance
Part 13: Specific Product Testing
Part 14: Analysis of Paints and Paint Defects
Part 15: Instrumental Analysis
Part 16: Specifications
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
9095
238
Description
Paint Testing Manual
The Measurement of Appearance,
2nd Edition by Richard Hunter,
Richard Harold
This second edition identifies the appearance attributes of objects
and the methods for measuring them. The primary premise here
is that object appearance involves not only color, but also gloss,
luster, and translucency.
The first part draws from the fields of physiology and psychology and considers the eye-brain combination and the way it receives and interprets light signals. The second part deals with the
numerical scales used to measure object appearance. The third
part covers instruments for the measurement of the attributes of
object appearance, their principles of design, and a survey of the
major ones in use.
■ In-depth analysis and discussion on total appearance measurement
■ Great reference resource for the color research scientist or
the QC technician on the production line
Table of Contents
1 Attributes of the Appearance of Objects
2 Light Sources and Illumination
3 Interaction of Objects with Light
4 The Human Observer and Visual Evaluation of Appearance
5 Psychophysical Scales for Appearance Measurement
6 Scales for Gloss and Other Geometric Attributes
7 The CIE Standard Observers
8 Uniform Color Scales
9 Scales for the Measurement of Color Difference
10 Special Scales for White Colors
11 Other Scales for Color Identification
12 Instrument Classification and Components
13 Instruments for the Geometric Attributes of Appearance
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
9096
Description
The Measurement of Appearance
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Introduction
Appearance
Microscopes have been used for centuries as visual aides to assess
small structures. BYK-Gardner has several products that use microscopes either as an integrated component of the instrument or as
a stand-alone product. This section summarizes the stand-alone
microscopes that are currently available.
Digital Microscope
An electronic image available on a personal computer has opened
new opportunities to evaluate surface quality and document
results. Many physical property tests are evaluated by visual analysis: cross-cut adhesion, impact resistance, flexibility, abrasion resistance, and scratch/mar. An electronic image can be used to
provide a more comprehensive evaluation and documentation of
the test results.
Color
A digital microscope combined with image analysis software has
created a new line of analytical tools to assess appearance. The
Print and Paper Industry has developed several tests to maintain
product quality. Assessment of the printing process and the
paper’s appearance has well defined measurement parameters.
Digital microscopes offer a comprehensive analytical analysis for
an objective evaluation.
Traditional Microscope
Physical
Film
Microscopes
Properties
Thickness
BYK-Gardner offers two microscope designs specific for physical
property testing. The microscope for the Automated Cupping
Tester has a unique design that attaches to the Cupping Tester.
The microscope provides a detailed observation of the test panel.
The Buchholz Indentation hardness tester also requires a specific
microscope design to measure the indentation length. The microscope incorporates a graduated scale for a precise assessment.
MICROSCOPES
Technical Service
239
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
DPM 300
Digital Pocket Microscope
The NEW DPM 300 Digital Pocket Microscope offers varying magnification up to 200x suitable for most quality inspection work.
The microscope features integrated white LED illumination which
can be turned on and off depending on the application. The DPM
contains a high-resolution color camera which provides crisp, clear
images. To capture an image simply press the silver button on the
microscope. The microscope can be used for many applications,
such as print quality, paper structure, coatings, textiles, plastics,
etc. By using a special polarization filter, the DPM 300 is the right
choice when working with high glare materials such as coatings,
plastics and metals.
DPM 300 Digital Pocket Microscope Features:
■ High resolution CMOS-camera offering clear images
■ Very Portable and easy to use
■ USB cable connection for data transfer
■ Auto Gain function to adjust lightness differences
■ 8 LED Illumination for crisp images
■ Capture button to save an image
■ Polarization Filter for a better view on high glare materials
DPM 300 Software Features:
■ Database function to store images and test results
■ DPM Standard Measurement: Region Tool, Distance Tool,
Angle Tool, Circle Tool, Area Tool, Step Distance Tool
■ Special software for coatings to analyze cross-cut, byko-cut
(V-Cut), Buchholz-Indentation, Hardness- and Impact testing
■ Automatic Image Analysis: Dots, Lines, Text, Barcodes, Shapes,
Satellites, Voids, Graininess, Mottling, Missing Dots etc.
■ Calibration function for the camera with calibration sheet
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
9093
Description
DPM 300 Digital Pocket Microscope
Comes complete with:
DPM 300 Instrument
DPM Software (1 License for 2 installations)
Metal Cup
Operating manual (digital on CD English)
Protective bag
Polarization Filter
240
Technical Specifications
Interface
Dimensions
Weight
Resolution
1280 x 1024 Pixel
(≈ 1.3 µm per pixel)
Magnification
200x
Power supply
USB Port (5 VDC)
USB 2.0 Cable 2 m
ø 32 mm x 114 mm
115 gr.
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Typical Application
Print and Paper Industry
Destructive Film Thickness
The V-shaped cut from the byko-cut can be easily stored as an
image with film thickness info in mm. The width from the cut is
automatically recalculated to the film thickness of the coating if
you select the right cut-Angle (45°, 26.5°, 5.8°).
Lines
The “Line” function will automatically characterize the leading
and trailing edges of the line with respect to the angle, blurriness,
raggedness together with the width (mm) and contrast of the line
according to the ISO 13660 specifications.
Shapes
The “Shape” function will automatically characterize the area
(mm²), width (mm), height (mm) and perimeter (mm) of the selected object inside the defined region.
Adhesion Test
Evaluation of the adhesion of a coating. The DPM Paint Software
view the cross-cut on the screen and evaluate the defects of the
edges, lines, shapes and defects of the image according to DIN
EN ISO 2409.
Color
Voids
“Voids” are detected when a solid black area has white, unprinted
spots in it. The voids must be within the size limits defined by the
voids parameter. The DPM software will count the number of
detected voids inside the selected area.
Buchholz Indentation
The indentation test as per Buchholz is a reliable test method for
evaluation of indentation resistance of plastic deformable coatings. The indentation length is automatically measured from the
software and can be converted with the “Buchholz Indentation
Table”.
Elasticity and flexibility
The result of the impact or cupping test is automatically calculated
in length and average of the rings by the paint software. The
impact, cupping and mandrel bending test result can be saved as
a digital image.
241
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
The “Mottling” describes the low frequency pattern and here only
a single grid size of 1.27 mm is used to calculate the variation.
According to ISO 13660, the region must be at least 161 mm²
(12.7 mm x 12.7 mm) in which case the DPM instrument must be
installed on a stand to obtain 100 tiles for mottling.
Physical
Microscopes
Properties
Mottling & Graininess
This function characterizes how evenly a uniform printed area
appears to the human eye.
For “Graininess”, the high frequency variations are characterized from sub-images (tiles) of different sizes from 0.042 mm
(0.0018 mm²) up to 1.02 mm where the smaller tiles will divide
the defined region into more sub-images (counts). The variation
between the sub-images of a particular grid size (Grid) is then
calculated as the standard deviation (S.D). Finally the different
standard deviations are averaged into one single “Total” number.
Appearance
Dots & Satellites
The “Dot” function determines the number of dots, average area
size (mm²) and their covered area (%) together with the corresponding data for detected satellites inside the defined region.
Paint and Coating Industry
Precision Microscope
This precision microscope usually is used to measure indentation
length.
■ 20x magnification
■ inclusive light source
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
5824
242
Description
Precision Microscope
Technical Specifications
Comes complete with
20x magnification with graduated scale to measure indentation length,
incl. light source; Weight: 0.8 kg
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Surface Tension
Pocket Goniometer PGX+
New!
Appearance
The PocketGoniometer PGX+ is a convenient device to quality
control surface properties for contamination, adhesion, surface
tension, and printability. The sample substrates can be coatings,
plastic polymers, paper, and glass. The PGX+ is a portable device
that is placed directly onto the sample surface eliminating sample
preparation. The instrument has a video camera and dosing
pump to precisely delivery a 0.5 µl droplet. The PGX+ is connected
directly to a laptop or PC using a USB port. The camera image
can be analyzed for static contact angle, dynamic contact angle,
surface tension, and surface energy.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
1937
Description
PocketGoniometer PGX+
Note: Software for Windows XP, Vista, 7, 8, 8.1, (32 and 64 bit)
PG Dosing Unit
Standards
ASTM
ISO
TAPPI
D724, D5946
15989
T458
Physical
Surface
Properties
Tension
Comes complete with:
Calibration kit, Spare pump tubing, Droplet dispenser, Software, Carry case
Color
■ Surface energy determination using more than one probing
liquids
■ Surface tension measurement from droplet shape – tangent
angle analysis
■ Dynamic contact angle to measure the wetting, absorption,
spreading rate properties
■ Automatic droplet application for static or dynamic mode
■ Portable size for convenient sample measurement
New!
The PG Dosing Unit is a stand-alone pump used in unison with
the PocketGoniometer PGX+ to measure contact angle. The PG
Dosing unit has disposable syringes for quick change-over of
different liquids to conduct surface energy studies. If tacky liquids
or hard to clean liquids are used, the disposable syringes save time
and expense.
Description
1938
PC Dosing Unit
Technical Specifications
Preset Droplet Programmable
Voltage
Volumes
volumes
2, 4, 8 µl
0.1 - 20 µl 100 - 240V
Dimensions
Weight
160x55x55mm
500 grams
243
Index
Cat. No.
Technical Service
Ordering Information
Comes complete with:
5 disposable syringes, 5 Dispensing tips 0.2 mm, 5 Dispensing tips 0.5 mm,
5 Dispensing tips 0.9 mm, Carrying case, Power adapter
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
1939
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
Description
Syringe, Disposable
PTFE tubing 1.5/0.2 mm
PTFE tubing 1.5/0.5 mm
PTFE tubing 1.5/0.9 mm
Dispensing tip 0.2 mm
Dispensing tip 0.5 mm
Dispensing tip 0.9 mm
Accessories
Information
100 pieces, 1 ml volume
100 pieces, Length - 250 mm
100 pieces, Length - 250 mm
100 pieces, Length - 250 mm
50 pieces
50 pieces
50 pieces
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Document, Analyze and
Optimize your Production
Cure Process
Is the paint cured at all points of the body?
On a car body we are dealing with parts that have different
geometries, thickness and might even have different substrate
materials. Heat transfer is dependent on the material, the thickness and the body shape. The goal of the process engineer is
to optimize the line speed at the lowest possible temperature.
temp-gard see page 289
In the following example the cure performance of an e-coat
oven before and after some re-modeling was analyzed. After
reconstruction the entire baking process was running a few
degrees higher than before the construction. The temperature
curves of an A-pillar before and after reconstruction of the
e-coat oven are shown in the following graph.
Analyze your cure process: “Equivalence Method“
Temperature °C
180
Recommended data for curing:
165 °C:12 min
170 °C:10 min
175 °C: 8 min
100
20
0
10
20
30
X After construction X Before construction
40
50
Time min
The new BYK-Gardner Cure Index calculated by the temp-chart
software allows a detailed analysis of all temperature data
contributing to the cure process.
The paint manufacturer’s recommended data for curing were
as follows:
165 °C 12 min / 170 °C 10 min / 175 °C 8 min
› Equivalence time = 15.6 min relative to the reference tem-
Traditional methods judge a baking process by comparing the
paint manufacturer’s recommended temperature/time (high
reference – low) to the actual production oven data. Based on
this traditional cure evaluation 170 °C was only touched and
165 °C was only reached and surpassed for 7 minutes.
The new cure index method objectively proves that a lower
temperature bake is absolutely sufficient to guarantee a well
cured system.
Consequently, the conclusion would have been:
“Insufficient curing”. Nevertheless, the e-coat showed good
sanding properties which means the system was cured. The
traditional comparison does not take into consideration that
crosslinking already starts at temperatures below the specified
low temperature and accelerates at higher temperatures.
244
pera­ture 170 °C. Consequently, the coating system was
completely cured.
› Reliable data on cure status allow true optimizing of the cure
process: line speed and baking temperature
Reference:
By Dipl. Ing. Eide Wilckens, Porsche AG, JOT, page 66-71,
May 1998
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Introduction
Baking Temperature
Appearance
Today’s industrial mass production would not be possible without the use of baked coatings. Drying times (baking times) varying between a few minutes to half an hour are common in the
production process.
Physical
Temperature
Properties
The traditional range of baked coating systems has changed
considerably with the introduction of environmentally friendly
systems. The following types of paint technologies are being used:
– Conventional, solvent borne systems with 50% to 60%
organic solvents
– High-solids with 10% to 30% solvents
– Water-borne paint systems
– Powder coatings, 100% solids and 0% solvents
Color
Today’s finishes must meet very high mechanical and appearance
QC requirements, including
– Optimum adhesion
– Sufficient elasticity in case of deformation through
mechanical stress
– Long-term weather stability, e.g. corrosion resistance
– Gloss and color stability
– Optimum hardness
Optimum curing is the prerequisite for achieving these
specifications. The properties and the exact temperature
distribution of the oven must be known in order to avoid
rejects and ensure consistent quality. Poor curing can lead to
failure:
– Insufficient adhesion to the substrate
– Insufficient elasticity to resist mechanical stress
– Insufficient surface hardness
– Premature aging, brittleness and chipping, leading to rust
and corrosion
– Discoloration and loss of gloss
Any of these damages can be costly to repair.
TEMPERATURE
Technical Service
Thermoset coatings (acrylic, polyester, epoxy or alkyd resins) are
established finishes for industrial applications.
The right catalysts and amount of heat initiate the cross-linking
process among the various components. The result is a compact
paint system consisting of polymers, resins, binders and pigments,
which is to be chemically resistant and long-lasting.
Paint properties largely depend on cross-linking quality. Today’s
binders are very sensitive to insufficient cross-linking.
245
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Baking Ovens
Insufficient cross-linking causes
– Soft films with low hardness
– Poor or no chemical resistance
– Poor weather resistance (UV, SO2, etc.)
Sufficient cross-linking can result in
– Increased gloss
– Lower haze values
– Better adhesion
– Better flexibility
– Better intercoat adhesion
Over-cross-linking causes
– Increased hardness
– Less flexibility
– Less gloss
– Higher haze values
– Poor adhesion or intercoat adhesion
– Improved solvent resistance
– Yellowing or discoloring
– Less outdoor resistance, especially when subjected to UV
radiation
In order to determine the optimal cross-linking parameters of a
system, a series of tests must be carried out at different baking
temperatures. Minimum and maximum baking temperatures determine the limits of an optimal curing process. In this process,
time and temperature can vary. The reaction speed changes with
the temperature, but in a non-linear manner. The heat-up speed
is another key factor for solvent based and aqueous systems. If
the heat-up speed is very high the solvent evaporates too quickly
and pinholes may occur causing poor appearance.
Baking properties of new paint systems need to be tested and
optimized in the laboratory. This is usually done with a convection
oven. The coated tet panel is put into the preheated oven for a
set time. To this point the process in the laboratory is identical
with the process in the production line. This stage in development is very time and labor intensive. Many test panels have to
be baked at various temperatures and times. This is the only way
to accurately determine the optimum temperature and baking
time. In addition It is difficult to accurately reproduce a constant
sample temperature and heat-up speed of the sample using several convection ovens.
gradient-oven
BYK-Gardner offers a well established type of baking oven, the
gradient-oven, for better control, higher precision, and production
simulation in the laboratory.
The gradient-oven houses a microprocessor-controlled heating
bank consisting of 45 heating elements, each equipped with a
PT-100 temperature probe. Each element is separately insulated
allowing the setting of different temperatures at two adjoining
elements.
The coated test panel 560 x 100 mm (22 x 4 inches) is automatically transported onto the heating bank with the help of a sample
pressure device guaranteeing quick heat transfer. The heating
area is enclosed by a special cover situated approximately 50 mm
(2.0 inches) above the test panel.
The example below shows three different theoretical temperature
profiles with identical curing. Slight temperature changes have a
big impact on the curing time.
In the production process the temperature profile will rarely be
so simple, since material thickness is never constant and oven
temperatures vary due to external influences.
250
200
∞C
212∞C
200∞C
190∞C
150
Tolerance
246
5
10
12 min
0
7 min
50
9 min
100
15
Time
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Comparison of convection ovens with the gradient-oven
Comparison measurements between convection ovens and the
gradient-oven show the following profiles.
In order to gain maximum output of a production line the baking
oven must fit perfectly into the process. The method of heating
the oven (gas, oil, electricity), and air distribution as well as the
assembly line speed are parameters which must be taken into
account for the control of the oven. The oven temperature is
influenced by power variations and oven construction. The object temperature depends on parameters such as material, material thickness, the place of suspension (top, middle, bottom),
and assembly line speed. It is essential to check whether an oven
works properly to ensure right heat-up of an object, guaranteeing optimal cross-linking and curing.Geometrical shape, size and
material type also play a major role in the heating characteristics
of the object. In order to guarantee a consistent temperature at
a set baking time it is necessary to directly measure the object
temperature – this is especially true for complex-shaped objects
with varying thickness.
Color
The internal temperature distribution of an oven needs to be controlled at regular intervals. Quality assurance according to DIN
ISO 9000 also requires professional documentation and increased
accuracy. BYK-Gardner’s oven temperature recorders fulfill these
requirements.
Appearance
Temperature
Physical
Properties
Testing with the gradient-oven provides major benefits:
■ QC of color, appearance, and physical properties can be performed with continuous temperature variation on one panel
■ Heat-up speed and baking time can be set to simulate
production baking conditions
■ High accuracy allows reproducible results and avoid repetitive
tests
■ Major savings in application time, coating materials, the
number of test panels, and energy
■ A panel can be baked with various temperature profiles:
■ constant temperature over the entire panel
■ linear gradients with maximum difference of 100 °C
■ step gradients of different temperatures
Oven Temperature Recorders
Mp 2 (Air)
Mp 1
Mp 3
°F
Mp 4
247
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
t
temp-gard
A significant improvement in the recording of oven processes has
been made with the temp-gard.
This measurement system stores the analog signals of temperature probes in digital form. A measurement module accompanies
the object on its way through the oven without needing a trailing
cable. The recording module is protected by a thermal barrier
made of stainless steel with absolutely temperature safe insulation.
The digital data is transferred to a computer for further processing. Each measurement is saved as a file.
temp-gard collects temperature data in production oven.
The temp-gard system controls the curing process and immediately evaluates the results. Within a few minutes all important
information is available on the screen and can be printed out:
– The measurement points of the object
– Date and time of the measurement
– Name of the operator and identification of the oven
– Temperatures in °F or °C
– 4-color graphic of the entire measurement curve with display
of temperature and time
temp-gard 12p recorder with thermal barrier
The peak temperature and a warning message occur when the
maximum temperature of a probe is above the control value. It is
possible to quickly and regularly check and document the quality
of daily production. In addition, this temperature measurement
system allows control of oven performance without risking loss
of quality.
248
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
gradient-oven
A linear gradient or step gradient can be programmed to precisely
determine the cure temperature. The ramp up temperature rate
and bake time can also be programmed to similuate production
conditions.
The gradient-oven can be used for accelerated acid-etch tests. By
using the temperature gradient and bake time features a precise
evaluation can be performed.
gradient-oven 2610 with optional printer
Iron oxide temperature stability test on two pigment types
Color
■ Saves time and energy
■ Generates various curing temperatures on one panel
■ Simulates the temperature profile of a production oven in the
laboratory
■ Safety devices that comply with the current standards
■ Automatic program control – for precise results
Appearance
The gradient-oven is a test apparatus for evaluating the baking
and drying behavior of liquid coatings, powder coatings, and resins. The gradient oven consists of 45 heating elements each micro-processor controlled. Every element has PT-100 temperature
probe to precisely record the temperature. A steel test panel is
automatically positioned onto the elements. The panel is pressed
down for rapid heat transfer.
Automotive top-coat chemical etch resistance test panel
Ordering Information
Description
gradient-oven 250
gradient-oven 300
Extended Warranty one year additional
Comes complete with:
gradient-oven
exhaust tube
1 pc. glass plate
25 pcs. test panels
25 pcs. marking strips
Operating Manual
Technical Specifications
Temperature
30 - 250 °C (86 - 482 °F)
30 - 320 °C (86 - 608 °F)
Voltage
Power Comsumption
Heating Surface
Test Surface
Heating Elements
Pressure Platform
Linear Gradient
Heat-Up-Speed
Baking Time
Memory
Accuracy
Dimensions
Weight
230 V, 50/60 Hz
3400 VA
520 x 100 mm (20.4 x 3.9 in)
500 x 70 mm (19.6 x 2.7 in)
45 pcs.
traverses automatically (16 kp) for insertion
and removal of panel
max. temp. difference between:
30 and 250 (320) °C: 100 °C;
86 and 482 (608) °F: 180 °F
with 2, 3 or 4 steps: max temp. difference betw.
2 steps: 50 °C (90 °F)
2 °C to 30 °C/min, programmable
(3.6 °F/min to 54 °F/min)
in sec. and min.
max. 10 gradients
control accuracy of the heating elements: < ± 2 °C
(< 3.6 °F) surface temperatures on 0.8 mm test panels
from element 3 to 43:
to 200 ° ± 2 °C (to 392 ° ± 3.6 °F)
to 250 ° ± 3 °C (to 482 ° ± 5.4 °F)
to 320 ° ± 5 °C (to 608 ° ± 9.0 °F)
measured under specific test conditions
Technical Service
Step Gradient
Connection for temp-gard oven recorder
included
included
Temperature
Physical
Properties
Cat. No.
2602
2610
107302602
465 x 720 x 595 mm (18 x 28 x 23 in)
50 kg (110 lbs)
249
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
gradient-oven Accessories
If you have any questions about the accessory items their availability and pricing please contact your BYK-Gardner representative.
Ordering Information
Test Panel with Marking Strip
Application Device
Printer with paper types
Film applicators
Accessories
Cat. No.
2636
Description
Self-Adhesive Paper, 2630
2637
Self-Adhesive Strips, 2630
2645
2626
2623
Jig for Powder Coatings
Glass Plate, for 2602, 2610
Test Panels gradient-oven
2628
Film Application Device, 2623
2630
2634
Flat Bed Printer, gradient-oven
For flat bed printer, Cat. No. 2630; for printing reports; Set of 100 sheets for
200 reports
For flat bed printer, Cat. No. 2630; for printing panel marking strips; Set of 100
sheets for 200 marking strips
To facilitate application of powder
For gradient-oven, Cat. No. 2602 and 2610 to protect heating bank
For application of samples for the gradient-oven; made of ST 14 O 5 steel;
dimensions: 568 x 98 x 0.8 mm (22.36 x 3.86 x 0.03 in); Set of 100
Solid aluminum construction, 6 knurled screws for secure clamping of test panel
during paint application, free floating slide jig holds film applicator;
Recommended film applicators 2056, 2057
For gradient-oven, Cat. No. 2602 and 2610; incl. accessories
Marking Strip Set, 2623
Self-adhesive strips for test panels, Cat. No. 2623; Set of 100
2621
2622
Printer Ribbon, 2630
Exhaust Tube
For flat bed printer, Cat. No. 2630
Length 2.5 m (98.4 in.); ø 80 mm (3.1 in.)
Info!
For precise monitoring
of your production ovens
BYK-Gardner offers
the temp-gard
oven recorder system.
250
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
gradient-oven Applications
Temperature stability
of iron oxide pigments:
Depending on the chemical composition the various iron oxide
pigment types show different temperature stabilities:
Whenever low temperature stable iron oxide pigments are used in
baked coating systems or composite materials, it is very critical to
define the production window in which the baking temperature
will not affect the mechanical, chemical or the optical specifications.
The high repeatability and reproducibility of the gradient-oven
helps to accurately determine the tolerance range. Depending on
the gradient-oven type, coatings can be tested with temperatures
up to 320 °C. By applying the coating system with a duplex frame
applicator two different coating systems can be applied & tested
simultaneously on the same panel. This makes the comparison
easier, saving application time and material cost.
Appearance
The gradient-oven saves time and money in R & D as well as QC
testing of raw materials (e.g. additives, pigments, resins, and
coatings). It allows you to simulate the conditions of a production oven in the laboratory by downloading temperature profiles
recorded with our temp-gard oven recorder. Thus, material properties, baking conditions and production ovens can be optimized
for best quality and economical operation.
Temperature stability
up to approx. 1200 °C (2192 °F)
up to approx. 200 °C (392 °F)
up to approx. 180 °C (356 °F)
up to approx. 180 °C (356 °F)
Color
Red iron oxide:
Yellow iron oxide:
Brown iron oxide:
Black iron oxide:
In the following example, two yellow iron oxide pigments with
different temperature stabilities were tested in a silicone polyester
system.
Physical
Properties
Temperature
Results:
Pigment type A starts showing a discoloration at 210 °C, while
pigment type B remains color stable up to 250 °C. At temperatures over 280 °C both pigments can no longer be used.
251
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
The gradient-oven saves you time and money because the testing
is considerably shorter than using a convection oven. In addition,
the high precision and tight temperature control of the individual
heating elements guarantee you reliable and repeatable results
– test after test.
Temperature influence
on silicone additives
Inter-coat Adhesion
In a multi-layer system, like automotive coating systems, silicone
additives can diminish the inter-coat adhesion. Silicones have the
tendency to migrate to the surface. As they don’ t have reactive
groups, they are not integrated in the coating surface of the first
layer. Consequently, they would migrate into the surface of the
2nd layer during application. This type of behavior is known as
silicone migration.
If the 1st coating layer is baked, reactive groups are created and
the silicone additive gets embedded into the resin system of the
1st layer. The capability to migrate is gone which can result in a
diminished inter-coat adhesion. The temperature stability of silicones varies depending on how they were modified. The gradientoven can test the influence of temperature on one panel.
Test procedure:
Two differently modified silicones were tested:
Sample A: BYK®-310 – polyester modified polysiloxane
Sample B: Polyether modified siloxane
The application and baking occurred in two steps. For ease of testing the two layers were differently pigmented – 1st layer white
and 2nd layer red. The white coating was applied first and baked
in the gradient-oven using the step gradient function: 130 °C –
150 °C – 170 °C – 190 °C for 30 minutes. Then the red pigmented
coating was applied and baked under the same conditions.
The quality of the inter-coat adhesion can be evaluated by using
a cross-cut tester with tape, or with knife & tape according to a
Ford test specification.
BYK®-310 used in sample A
Result according to Ford Test:
Sample A shows excellent inter-coat adhesion at all 4 different
temperature ranges. In case of sample B the inter-coat adhesion
is destroyed at baking temperatures higher than
150 °C.
Ford Test Specification:
The coating is marked with a knife, adhesive tape is applied to the
test surface, pressed on and removed.
252
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Rewetting of 2 coat systems:
At high temperatures silicones can cause wetting problems in a 2
coat application process.
Test procedure:
Appearance
Two differently modified silicones were tested in an amino-cured
alkyd topcoat:
Sample A: BYK®-325
Sample B: Polyether modified polysiloxane
For ease of testing the two layers were differently
pigmented – 1st layer white and 2nd layer red. The 2 coats were
applied wet on wet with a spray gun and each coat had a wet
film thickness of 150 µm. The silicone additives were only added
in the 2nd coat.
Both systems were baked in the gradient-oven using the linear
gradient function:
120 °C – 190 °C for 30 minutes.
Color
BYK®-310 used in sample A
Physical
Properties
Temperature
Sample A was perfectly wetted, while in sample B the two coats
"separated” – droplet formation can be seen at higher temperatures. Therefore, sample B can only be exposed to a maximum
temperature of 165 °C.
253
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
Result:
Chemical etch resistance of
automotive topcoat systems:
Acid rain, bird droppings, fuel, antifreeze and many other environmental factors can damage automotive finishes. Especially in
summertime, some substances can be very aggressive and cause
severe damage. Therefore, automotive paint manufacturers as
well as auto makers need to find out how different environmental
phenomena will interact with a coating system. Throughout the
world panels are tested on weathering sites for years to evaluate
the influence on color, gloss as well as physical properties.
The gradient-oven has been approved by the automotive industry as an accelerated test method. It allows prediction of how a
particular coating system reacts to a specific material at increasing temperature levels. This test method is specified by several
automotive companies.
The gradient-oven helps to speed up R & D projects saving time
and money. In QC testing of baked coating systems the gradientoven produces repeatable results many times faster than using
traditional convection ovens.
Test procedure:
In a standard test 5 different chemicals can be tested on one
panel – e.g. H2SO4 which simulates atmosphere and acid rain,
NaOH for car wash detergents, pancreatine (bird dropping),
brake fluid, and tree resin. The panels are coated and baked under the specified processing conditions. Using a pipette droplets
(approx. 0.05 ml) of these various materials are placed about 6
mm apart vertically on the test panel. Repeat this length down the
panel with spacing about every 2-3 cm. The gradient-oven is then
programmed to have a linear gradient in the range of 35 °C –
80 °C. The panels are now baked at either 20, 30 and / or 60
minutes to allow for evaluation of the coating. After the baking
process the panel is washed under running water, dried and visually evaluated. The evaluation should be done after approx. one
hour and again after 24 hours to see if any additional etching
has occurred.
The temperature is documented at which the first visual changes
and damages occurred.
254
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
temp-gard
Oven Temperature Recorder
Appearance
The temp-gard temperature recorder system measures and saves
object and air temperature during the cure process. Documentation and analysis of temperature profiles is made easy with the
included tempchart software: all you need to control and optimize
your baking process.
The temp-gard data logger comes in two configurations, 12 temperature probe connections or 6 probe connections. The data
logger has a new innovative design with a large color graphics
display and USB memory stick connection for easy data transfer.
Cat. No.
3319
3317
3309
3307
3308
3306
Description
temp-gard 12p
temp-gard 6p
temp-gard 12p C
temp-gard 6p, C
temp-gard 12p, no probes*
temp-gard 6p, no probes*
Temperature probes for:
temp-gard 6p:
5 magnetic object probes (3125), 1 magnetic air probe (3131)
temp-gard 12p:
11magnetic object probes (3125), 1 magnetic air probe (3131)
temp-gard 6p C:
5 clamp object probes (3122), 1 clamp air probe (3128)
temp-gard 12 C:
11 clamp object probes (3122), 1 clamp air probe (3128)
*Note: Probes must orderd separately for temp-gard 3306 & 3308.
Accuracy
Resolution
No. of Channels
Memory
Sampling Interval
Temperature Range
Battery Capacity
Display
Interface
Thermal Barrier Dimensions
Weight
Maximum Duration
± 0.5 °C
0.1 °C (0.18 °F) from 0 - 400°C (32 - 752 °F)
6 or 12
240,000 readings
0.1 sec up to 5 min
0 - 400 °C (32 - 752 °F)
0.5 sec interval = 25 hrs (AA Alkaline)
Color, 79 x 60 mm (3.1 x 2.4 in)
USB 2.0
255 x 215 x 135 mm (10.0 x 8.5 x 5.3 in)
3.56 kg (7.82 lbs)
at 100 °C, 8.5 hrs;
at 200 °C, 2.5 hrs;
at 250 °C, 2.0 hrs
Technical Service
Comes complete with:
temp-gard datalogger instrument
temp-chart software
1 Thermal barrier
1 Set of heat sinks
1 Interface cable to PC
2 AA Alkaline batteries
Operating manual
Certificate
Carrying case
Technical Specifications
Physical
Properties
Temperature
Ordering Information
Color
temp-gard system
■ USB memory stick interface provides easy data transfer for in
the field or in plant locations
■ Battery-powered by 2 AA Alkaline or Lithium batteries
■ Large color screen for numerical or graphical display of data
■ Robust thermal barrier made of stainless steel with safe high
temperature insulation
■ High accuracy guarantees long-term reliable results
■ Light weight easy to carry thermal barrier
Extended Warrenty: see pages about Technical Service
Hardware Requirements:
Operating system: Windows® XP or higher
Excel® version: 2003 or higher VBA
Memory: min. 1 GB
Hard disk capacity: min. 100 MB
Monitor resolution: XGA (1024 x 768) or higher
Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD
Interface: USB-port
255
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
temp-gard Accessories
Temperature Probes for
any Application
■ High quality thermocouple type “K” with special limits of
error 1.1 °C or 0.4 % (ANSI MC 96.1)
■ Magnets or clamps do not influence measurement results
■ Connection cable of 1.5 m (59 in), 3 m (118 in) and 8 m
(315 in) length available (see table)
■ Response time for 100 % measuring range from 5 seconds
to 2.5 minutes depending on probe style
■ Can be used as replacement probes for other datalogger
brands
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3147
3137
3138
3146
3143
3144
3038
3325
3326
3320
3318
256
Description
Object Probe A, 1.5m
Object Probe A, 3m
Object Probe A, 8m
Object Probe B, 1.5m
Object Probe B, 3m
Object Probe B, 8m
Air Probe C, 1.5m
Air Probe C, 3m
Air Probe C, 8m
Air Probe D, 1.5m
Air Probe D, 3m
Air Probe D, 8m
Foil Probe
Open Probe F, 1.5m
Open Probe F, 3m
Open Probe F, 8m
Special Open Probe (0.3 mm)
Extension 3m
Extension 5m
Object Probe, G
IR Probe H, 3m
IR Probe I, 3m
Adhesive Tape for foil probe
Thermal Barrier
Heat Sink
temp-gard logger 12p
temp-gard logger 6p
Style C Style A
Style B
Style D
Style E
Style F
Style G
Style H
Style I
Accessories
Style
A
A
A
B
B
B
C
C
C
D
D
D
E
F
F
F
F
Probe
Length
Attachment
object
1.5 m
clamp
object
3m
clamp
object
8m
clamp
object
1.5 m
magnet
object
3m
magnet
object
8m
magnet
air
1.5 m
clamp
air
3m
clamp
air
8m
clamp
air
1.5 m
magnet
air
3m
magnet
air
8m
magnet
foil
1.5 m
open junction
1.5 m
open junction
3m
open junction
8m
open junction
3m
extension
3m
extension
5m
G
object
1.5 m eyelet 4.5 mm ø
H
IR
3m
magnet
I
IR
3m
clamp
heat-proof adhesive tape for attachment of foil probes
incl. 2 heat sinks, max duration at 250 °C, 2h
1 piece
logger with 12 probe connections
logger with 6 probe connections
Max Temperature
509 °F (265 °C)
509 °F (265 °C)
509 °F (265 °C)
509 °F (265 °C)
509 °F (265 °C)
509 °F (265 °C)
509 °F (265 °C)
509 °F (265 °C)
509 °F (265 °C)
509 °F (265 °C)
509 °F (265 °C)
509 °F (265 °C)
509 °F (265 °C)
509 °F (265 °C)
509 °F (265 °C)
509 °F (265 °C)
509 °F (265 °C)
509 °F (265 °C)
509 °F (265 °C)
932°F (500 °C)
509 °F (265 °C)
509 °F (265 °C)
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
temp-chart
Software
Appearance
temp-chart 2 is an easy-to-use software for documentation and
analysis of the temperature profile. temp-chart was developed in
close cooperation with leading automotive manufacturers.
To analyse the curing data measured with temp-gard, temp-chart
will merge the temperature data with oven parameters and analysis criteria to generate a temperature profile. Data will be stored
in a database for professional documentation and easy access.
The oven process can be optimized with means of the BYK-Gardner cure index (Porsche value).
Description
temp-chart 2
USB-Adaptor
Comes complete with:
1 CD Rom
Technical Specifications
Analysis
Data-Import
Data-Export
Languages
Graphs, tolerance, range, reference curves, slopes, cure index
temp-gard systems
any database, Excel®
English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Japanese
Note: temp-chart licence fee for more than two installations is quantity
dependent.
Please contact your local BYK-Gardner representative.
Hardware requirements:
Operating system: Windows® XP or higher
Excel® version: 2003 or higher
Memory: min. 1 GB
Hard-disk space: min. 500 MB
Monitor resolution: XGA (1024 x 768) or higher
Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD
Interface: USB port
257
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
Cat. No.
3311
4401
Physical
Properties
Temperature
Ordering Information
Color
The cure chart offers a visual aide to quickly determine which
temperature sensors have met the cure conditions. The cure chart
also provides information on over or under cure conditions of
the oven.
■ Graph of temperature profile with upper / lower limits,
reference curve and tolerance range
■ Temperature analysis table according to process parameters
■ Product images with location of temperature probes can be
imported
■ Acquisition parameters like the number and name of probes,
measuring frequency, duration time and starting modes can
be easily fixed in the software and transferred to the tempgard system.
■ The analysis criteria and oven specifications- speed, zone
number(s), length, and temperatures can be stored as
separate files
■ Fast anaylsis of cure conditions
■ Pass/Fail alert for each temperature sensor
■ temp-chart was developed in close cooperation with leading
automotive manufacturers.
PosiTector DPM
Dew Point Meter
This new meter helps bring a new level of confidence to the painting contractor and inspector. Measure and record climatic parameters including air temperature and relative humidity to calculate
dew point temperature. The difference between surface and dew
point temperatures is critical for determining condensation probability. This meter is ideal for surface preparation, as required by
ISO 8502-4.
■ Rugged indoor/outdoor instrument is solvent, acid, oil, water
and dust resistant – take it anywhere
■ Sliding cover on the sensor protects it when not in use and
the white housing reduces the effect of direct sunlight for
greater precision
■ The meter has a soft rubber holster for easy handling and can
be removed to accurately spot check hard-to-reach areas
■ Fast response precision sensors provide accurate, repeatable
readings with high reliability and long term stability
■ Indicators to identify changing enviromental conditions
■ Universal gage body to accept film thickness sensors and
surface roughness sensor
■ USB port for fast and simple PC downloads
The PosiTector DPM comes in two models:
Standard Model
■ Monchrome Display
■ Storage of 2500 datasets
■ Auto Log Mode automatically records all 5 parameters at
user selectable time intervals
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
1170
1172
Description
PosiTector DPM Standard
PosiTector DPM Advanced
Comes complete with:
Humidity, air and surface temperature sensors
3 AAA batteries
Rubber holster with belt clamp and wrist strap
Nylon carrying case with shoulder strap
Built-in infrared port for printing to a wireless IR printer
NIST traceable certificate
Operating instructions
2 year warranty
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
1175
258
Description
Bluethtooth™ Printer, for DPM Advanced only
Standards
ASTM
ISO
BS
D 3276
8502-4
7079-B4
Advanced Model
■ Hi Contrast reversible color LCD display
■ Storage of 20,000 datasets and 1000 batches and
sub-batches
■ WiFi technology for connectivity to mobile devices
■ Auto Log Mode automatically records all 5 parameters with
data streaming via USB or WiFi
■ On screen help, real time graphing , picture prompting, and
batch notes
■ Data transfer via USB or Bluetooth™ to a PC or printer
Technical Specifications
Surface Temperature
Accuracy
Air Temperature
Accuracy
Humidity
Accuracy
Resolution
Dimensions
Weight
-40 to 190 °C (-40 to 375 °F)
± 0.5 °C (1 °F) from -40 to 80 °C (-40 to 175 °F);
± 1.5 °C (3 °F) from 80 to 190 °C (175 to 375 °F)
-40 to 80 °C (-40 to 175 °F)
±0.5°C (±1° F)
0 - 100 %
± 3%
0.1 °C (0.1 °F) for temperature; 0.1 % for humidity
159 x 61 x 31 mm (6.25 x 2.4 x 1.2 in)
150 g (0.33 lbs)
Accessories
Battery power or AC Power Kit, Protective Lens Shield
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Introduction
Appearance
Viscosity is a measure of the resistance of a fluid to deform under
shear stress. It is commonly perceived as flow behaviour or resistance to pouring. Viscosity describes a fluids internal resistance to
flow and may be thought of as a measure of fluid friction.
Viscosity at final plays a key role in th processing stage!
For certain liquids viscosity is a material constant that only depends on temperature and pressure. This group of materials is
termed Newtonian liquids.
Color
Newtonian
Liquids which do not follow this proportional ratio are called nonNewtonian.
Physical Properties
Viscosity
In practice, time-dependent viscosity is called thixotropy. If a liquid is sheared at a constant velocity gradient, viscosity will slowly
decrease. As soon as the shear forces are removed, viscosity will
recover and return to the initial value.
VISCOSITY
viscosity
shear stress
Thixotropy
Velocity
Velocity
viscosity
shear stress
Pseudoplastic
(Shear-Thinning)
Technical Service
The viscosity of pseudoplastic materials will decrease with an
increasing shear rate (shear thinning).
Velocity
Velocity
259
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
The viscosity of dilatant products, however, will increase when
shear forces are applied.
Dilatant
(Shear-Thickening)
Dip Cups
These cups are designed for quick and approximate determination of efflux times for paints and similar fluids at paint manufacturers and paint user sites.
This behavior is known as “shear thickening”. When shear forces
are applied, the liquid becomes more viscous.
Viscosity Measurement
In the paint industry a number of measurement methods, from
simple flow cup to computer controlled rotation viscometers,
have been established for the determination of viscosity.
BYK-Gardner offers a complete line of viscosity measurement
instrumentation.
Bubble Viscometers
The Alphabetical Comparison Method uses 4 sets of lettered
reference tubes, A5 through Z10, of known viscosity to cover a
viscosity range from 0.005 to 1,000 stokes.
The Direct Time Method uses a single 3-line timer tube for determining the “bubble seconds” required for an air bubble to travel a
known vertical distance through a bore of known diameter. These
“bubble seconds” may then be converted to stokes.
Dip Cups
Flow Cups
Flow Cups
For many applications it is not necessary to know the absolute
viscosity of a paint system. A parameter permitting a relative
classification and estimation is often sufficient. The efflux time,
measured in seconds, has proven to be a practical measure. It
is determined using flow cups of various designs following the
appropriate international / national standards. These cups hold
a defined volume of liquid which flows through an orifice. The
reproducibility of such measurements depends on
– The accuracy of the size of the cup
– A constant temperature during measurement
– The Newtonian flow behaviour of the liquid
Rotational Viscometers
Both methods are subject to variations traceable to the following
variables:
Temperature:
± 1° C
= 10% error
Vertical Control ± 5° C slant = 10% error
Tube I.D. Control ± 0.1 mm = 2% error
Various rotational viscometers are in use for the determination
of the viscosity of non-Newtonian liquids. These types of material
exhibit different viscosities depending on the applied shear rate.
BYK-Gardner offers a complete line of viscometers for any application: Stormer Viscometer, Cone and Plate Viscometer as well as
Brookfield Viscometers with different cylinders, tubes and other
measuring accessories.
New!
260
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Bubble Viscometers
Appearance
BYK-Gardner bubble viscometers are used to quickly determine
kinematic viscosity of known liquids such as resins and varnishes.
The bubble viscometer tubes are also described as Gardner-Holdt
tubes.
■ The liquid standards are sealed in glass tubes
■ Shelf life is 15 years
■ Sample tubes can be cleaned quickly and easily
■ Tubes have no orifices that can be clogged to cause faulty
measurements
■ Repeated readings may be taken easily once the temperature
has been controlled
The time required for an air bubble to rise is directly proportional
to the viscosity of the liquid – the faster the bubble rises, the lower
the viscosity. BYK-Gardner bubble viscometers come in lettered
tubes A5 through Z10 in four different tube sets covering viscosity
ranges from 0.05 to 1,000 stokes.
NIST traceable standards.
Ordering Information
0510
0610
0540
0640
0560
0660
Description
Bubble Viscometer A5-A1
Cert. Bubble Viscometer A5-A1
Bubble Viscometer A-T
Cert. Bubble Viscometer A-T
Bubble Viscometer U-Z6
Cert. Bubble Viscometer U-Z6
Bubble Viscometer Z7-Z10
Cert. Bubble Viscometer Z7-Z10
Comes complete with:
Bubble Viscometers:
Bubble tube standards
Storage case
Two empty tubes
Operating manual
Certified Sets come with certificate
AOC
ASTM
FTMS
Method Ka 6-63
D 1131, D 1545, D 1725
141a Method 4272
Technical Specifications
Stokes
0.05 - 0.31
Set of 5 bubble tube standards A5 - A1 with 2 empty tubes (Grade A)
0.5 - 5.5
Set of 20 bubble tube standards A - T with 2 empty tubes (Grade A)
6.66 - 151
Set of 12 bubble tube standards U - Z6 with 2 empty tubes (Grade A)
406- 1190 Set of 4 bubble tube standards Z7 - Z10 with 2 empty tubes (Grade A)
Note: Individual replacement tubes can be ordered separately.
Physical Properties
Viscosity
Cat. No.
0500
0600
Standards
Color
ed Our bubble tubes can be recertified to
Certifi
Bubble Viscometer A-T
Technical Service
261
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Bubble Viscometer Procedure
■ Knowing the approximate viscosity, pick four standard tubes
closest in viscosity to your sample
■ Fill the sample tube with liquid, insert a cork, and then using
the tube holder 0577, insert the four lettered tubes and the
sample tube into the holder
■ Turn over the holder and visually compare what letter best
matches the rise time of the bubble in the sample
■ The rise time in seconds of the sealed tubes and samples can
also be determined using a basic timer
Please be aware of the following accuracies when performing
the test:
Temperature control: 1 °C
= 10 % error
Verticality control:
5° slant = 10 % error
Tube I.D. control:
0.1 mm = 2 % error
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
0571
Description
Empty Tubes Grade A
0573
Empty Tubes Grade B
0575
Empty Tubes Grade N
0576
Corks
0577
Holder for 5 Tubes
Comes complete with:
Empty tubes in lots of 144 per package including corks
Accessories
Inscription GARDNER MT in amber stain; inside diameter is checked for
10.65 ± 0.025 mm
Inscription GARDNER BT in amber stain; economical tube for making routine
laboratory or factory comparisons; inside diameter 10.75 mm
Inscription GARDNER in amber stain; inside diameter is checked for 10.65
± 0.025 mm; one additional marking at the bottom of the tube for establishing
73 mm bubble path; ASTM D 1545 term: Timer Tubes
For use in retaining samples; used with all grades of tubes; supplied in lots of
150 per bag
Standards and samples are placed parallel to each other in a true vertical position;
sturdy metal frame with plastic handle; fits up to 5 tubes; the flat area allows the
holder to sit in a water bath or on a lab bench; comes without tubes
Note: Amber markings in permanent stain are located on the empty tubes for
establishing correct bubble size.
ASTM D 1545 Timer Method
The tube has three amber ring marks at 27, 100 and 108 mm
from the bottom. Fill the tube up to the 100 mm line, insert the
cork down to the 108 mm line and turn the tube bottom up.
Turn the tube around, start the stop watch when the air bubble
crosses the 27 mm line and stop when the bubble crosses the
100 mm line.
262
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Bubble Viscometers
Standards
AOC
ASTM
FTMS
0646
0647
0648
0649
0650
0651
0652
0661
0662
0663
0664
Description
Cert. Tube A5
Cert. Tube A4
Cert. Tube A3
Cert. Tube A2
Cert. Tube A1
Cert. Tube A
Cert. Tube B
Cert. Tube C
Cert. Tube D
Cert. Tube E
Cert. Tube F
Cert. Tube G
Cert. Tube H
Cert. Tube I
Cert. Tube J
Cert. Tube K
Cert. Tube L
Cert. Tube M
Cert. Tube N
Cert. Tube O
Cert. Tube P
Cert. Tube Q
Cert. Tube R
Cert. Tube S
Cert. Tube T
Cert. Tube U
Cert. Tube V
Cert. Tube W
Cert. Tube X
Cert. Tube Y
Cert. Tube Z
Cert. Tube Z1
Cert. Tube Z2
Cert. Tube Z3
Cert. Tube Z4
Cert. Tube Z5
Cert. Tube Z6
Cert. Tube Z7
Cert. Tube Z8
Cert. Tube Z9
Cert. Tube Z10
Technical Specifications
Approx cSt
5.1
7.1
14.0
21.3
31.0
53.6
68.8
92.7
102.9
122.7
151.9
160.0
210.8
224.2
268.2
287.9
302.3
335.4
345.2
377.9
408.8
441.8
467.4
517.7
547.2
665.9
889.2
1073
1200
1737
2289
2909
4056
4840
7241
9917
15080
40650
73280
91500
119000
Approx Sec
0.650
0.663
0.720
0.767
0.820
0.936
1.01
1.21
1.30
1.50
1.67
1.85
2.15
2.32
2.75
3.02
3.19
3.45
3.69
3.98
4.24
4.54
4.85
5.29
6.00
6.79
8.97
11.5
14.8
18.4
23.7
30.7
40.2
48.0
72.2
105
158
422
764
955
1240
Technical Service
Tube Z
Tube Z1
Tube Z2
Tube Z3
Tube Z4
Tube Z5
Tube Z6
Tube Z7
Tube Z8
Tube Z9
Tube Z10
Cat. No.
0601
0602
0603
0604
0605
0611
0612
0613
0614
0615
0616
0617
0618
0619
0620
0621
0622
0623
0624
0625
0626
0627
0628
0629
0630
0641
0642
0643
0644
0645
Physical Properties
Viscosity
0547
0548
0549
0550
0551
0552
0561
0562
0563
0564
Description
Tube A5
Tube A4
Tube A3
Tube A2
Tube A1
Tube A
Tube B
Tube C
Tube D
Tube E
Tube F
Tube G
Tube H
Tube I
Tube J
Tube K
Tube L
Tube M
Tube N
Tube O
Tube P
Tube Q
Tube R
Tube S
Tube T
Tube U
Tube V
Tube W
Tube X
Tube Y
Color
Cat. No.
0501
0502
0503
0504
0505
0511
0512
0513
0514
0515
0516
0517
0518
0519
0520
0521
0522
0523
0524
0525
0526
0527
0528
0529
0530
0541
0542
0543
0544
0545
0546
D 1131, D 1545, D 1725
141a Method 4272
Appearance
Ordering Information
Method Ka 6-63
Note: Centistokes and Seconds values are based on 25℃ (77℉).
263
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Viscosity Cups
A flow cup, sometimes called an efflux cup or viscosity cup, is a
simple gravity device that measures the timed flow of a known
volume of liquid passing through an orifice located at the bottom
of the shaped cup. Under ideal conditions, this rate of flow would
be proportional to the kinematic viscosity (expressed in stokes
and centistokes) that is dependent upon the specific gravity of
the liquid. For many applications it is not necessary to know the
absolute viscosity. The efflux time, measured in seconds, is often
sufficient for a relative classification.
At least 50 types of flow cups have been developed and used over
the years, mainly for production control and field inspection purposes. Most of these simple cups are of two main types &mdash;
mounted on a stand for filling and draining, or dipped directly into
the liquid container before draining back into the same container.
No matter which type of cup is used there are several fundamental principles that should be recognized:
400 centistokes
Ford Cups
No. 4
300
No. 3
200
No. 2
100
0
10
20 30
40
50
60
70 80
90 100 110 sec
Ford Cup Calibration Curves
kinematic viscosity (centistokes)
700
ISO 6mm
600
500
400
DIN 4
300
200
ISO 4mm
100
0
ISO 5mm
ISO 3mm
10
20 30
40
50
60
70 80
90 100 110 sec
DIN and ISO Cups Calibration Curves
■ Precautions should be taken whenever thixotropic or other
non-Newtonian liquids are tested for viscosity, because there
is no definite rate of shear generated in a flow cup.
■ The diameter of the orifice should be selected and maintained so as to provide flow times falling within prescribed
minimum and maximum limits.
■ The temperature of the draining liquid should be controlled
and measured only in the efflux stream, after it passes
through the undamaged bore.
Procedure
■ Place flow cup in a precisely horizontal position using ring
stand or temperature control jacket
■ Close orifice
■ Pour in test liquid
■ Draw a clean glass plate over the rim of the cup, removing
superfluous liquid into the overflow reservoir and closing
the cup
■ Remove glass plate horizontally
■ Open the orifice and start the stopwatch simultaneously
■ Stop the watch with the first break in the efflux stream
■ Repeat the measurement three times, each with a new
sample of the same material
264
Tripod Stand with Efflux cups
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
DIN/ISO Dip Cups
Vicosity Cups
Appearance
BYK-Gardner DIN Dip Cups are designed for quick, approximate
determination of efflux times for paints and similar liquids in workshops, at paint manufacturers’ and customers’.
■ Simple and durable
■ Inner dimensions in accordance with DIN 53211* / ISO 2431
■ Protected loop handle
■ Orifice of stainless steel
The different models meet the requirements for standardized
flow cups. A special loop handle of stainless steel mounted on
the side facilitates the handling of the dip cup (protected version
“GM N0. 7146399”)
Cat. No.
Description
0304
0334
DIN Dip Cup 4mm, Alu
0335
0314
ISO Dip Cup 4mm, Alu
ISO Dip Cup 5mm, Alu
DIN Dip Cup 4mm, Polyamide
Technical Specifications
Material
of Cup
Aluminum
Aluminum
Aluminum
Polyamide
Material
of Orifice
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Brass
Diameter
of Orifice
4 mm
4 mm
5 mm
4 mm
Inner Dimension
in acc. with
DIN 53211*/ ISO 2431
DIN EN ISO 2431
DIN EN ISO 2431
DIN 53211*/ ISO 2431
*Note: DIN 53211 was withdrawn in October 1996
Physical Properties
Viscosity
Ordering Information
Color
Procedure
■ Immerse dip cup with upper rim below the surface of the
liquid
■ Simultaneously with vertical withdrawal of cup, start
stop-watch
■ Stop when stream of liquid under the orifice breaks
■ For evaluation purposes carry out three measurements
■ The average value of these three measurements is taken as
the efflux time
Technical Service
265
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Zahn-Type Dip Cups
Vicosity Cups
BYK-Gardner Dip Viscosity Cups (Zahn Type) may be used anywhere – in shops, factories and laboratories – for quickly checking and adjusting the viscosity of many different types of liquids.
■ Simple and durable
■ Range from about 20 to 1800 centistokes
■ Precision-drilled orifices
■ Orifice diameters adjusted at the factory for appropriate
results with applicable NIST traceable Newtonian oils
Each cup has a 12-inch loop handle to allow the cup to be dipped
by hand into a liquid container. At the center of this handle is a
finger-ring for holding the cup in a vertical position during use. Results should be reported in Zahn-Seconds at a specified temperature for a particular cup. To convert Zahn-Seconds to centistokes,
refer to ASTM D 4212.
Centistokes x Specific Gravity = Centipoise
Centistokes = K * (efflux time - C)
Cup# 1
Cup# 2
Cup# 3
Cup# 4
Conversion Factors
Cup# 5
23
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
Description
8201
8202
8203
8204
8205
Zahn Type Cup No.1
Zahn Type Cup No.2
Zahn Type Cup No.3
Zahn Type Cup No.4
Zahn Type Cup No.5
266
K
1.1
3.5
11.7
14.8
C
29
14
7.5
Standards
ASTM
D 816, D 1084, D 4212
5
0
Cat. No.
with Certificate
8206
8207
8208
8209
8210
Net Weight
Shipping Weight
Range
in Centistokes
Centistokes
30 - 230
150 - 830
230 - 1100
460 - 1800
0.2 kg (0.4 lbs)
0.4 kg (1 lbs)
Seconds
Range
20 - 84
22 - 80
20 - 80
20 - 80
20 - 78
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Zahn-Type Dip Cups
BYK-Gardner offers the EZ™ and Signature™ brand zahn cups.
These cups are also widely used for many industrial applications.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
Description
6919
2102
2103
2104
6920
S90 Signature Series Zahn Cups
S90 Zahn Cup No.1
S90 Zahn Cup No.2
S90 Zahn Cup No.3
S90 Zahn Cup No.4
S90 Zahn Cup No.5
Cat. No.
with Certificate
Range
in Centistokes
Seconds
Range
15 - 78
39 - 238
63 - 604
97 - 899
219 - 1627
31 - 60
19 - 60
11 - 60
10 - 60
10 - 60
8300
8301
8302
8303
8304
Note: Efflux time from the S90 cups does not meet ASTM D4212
Centistokes = K * efflux time - (C / efflux time)
Conversion Factors
Cup# 5
K
1.59
4.18
10.23
15.13
27.27
C
1070
760
575
Color
Cup# 1
Cup# 2
Cup# 3
Cup# 4
545
540
■ In compliance with ASTM D 4212
Cat. No.
Description
2106
2107
2108
2109
6922
EZ Series Zahn Cups
EZ Zahn Cup No.1
EZ Zahn Cup No.2
EZ Zahn Cup No.3
EZ Zahn Cup No.4
EZ Zahn Cup No.5
Cat. No.
with Certificate
Range
in Centistokes
Seconds
Range
10 - 36
19 - 156
64 - 596
79 - 784
161 - 1401
40 - 60
20 - 60
12 - 60
10 - 60
10 - 60
8305
8306
8307
8308
8309
Technical Service
Centistokes = K * efflux time - (C / efflux time)
Cup# 1
Cup# 2
Cup# 3
Cup# 4
Cup# 5
Conversion Factors
K
0.875
2.8
10.09
13.26
23.56
C
993
747
587
673
744
267
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Physical Properties
Viscosity
EZ Series Zahn Cups
Ordering Information
Appearance
S90 Signature Cups
Flow Cups
Ford Viscosity Cups
BYK-Gardner Ford Viscosity Cups are guaranteed to be within 3%
(drain time of calibration oil) throughout the recommended use
range.
■ For low viscosity liquids
■ Body made of solid bar aluminum
■ Stainless steel orifice
■ Calibrated against standard oils referenced to certified NIST
oils (National Institute of Standards and Technology of
United States)
■ Certified cups available on request
DIN Flow Cup
This cup holds 100 ml ± 1 ml, and has an integrated orifice with
a diameter of 4 mm ± 0.02 mm.
■ For low viscosity liquids
■ Body made of anodized aluminum
■ Stainless steel orifice, interior polished
■ Calibrated against standard oils referenced to certified PTB
oils (Federal Institute of Physics and Metrology of Germany)
to be within 3% (drain time of calibration oil)
Ford Cup No. 2
Ford Cup No. 3
Ford Cup No.4
K
1.24
2.31
3.7
C
770
550
400
Standards
ASTM
D 333, D 365,
D 1200
Ford Cup No. 4
K
DIN 4 mm
4.57
C
452
Standards
DIN
53 211*
DIN Cup 4 Certificate included
ISO Flow Cup
This cup has a longer orifice, less tapered body and slightly
different inner dimensions than the DIN 53211* flow cup and
thus provides different efflux times. The extended measurement
range makes the ISO cup a useful supplement of the DIN cup.
■ Recommended for international use
■ Body made of anodized aluminum
■ Stainless steel orifice, interior polished
■ Calibrated against standard oils referenced to certified PTB
oils to be within 3% (drain time of calibration oil)
K
ISO 3 mm
ISO 4 mm
ISO 5 mm
ISO 6 mm
0.443
1.37
3.28
6.9
C
200
200
220
570
Standards
ASTM
ISO
D 5125
2431
Flow Cup ISO 3 mm
Certificate included
Centistokes = K * efflux time - (C/ efflux time)
Centipose = Centistokes x Specific Gravity
268
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Flow Cups
Appearance
The flow cups offer a more precise vicosity measurement compared to a dip cup. A stand is used to hold the flow cup level
and allows the operator to control the start measurment time.
Jacketed stands or waterbath stands are available to control the
sample temperature prior to and during the measurement.
The flow cups have a sturdy design to prevent damage during
handling and cleaning.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
7201
0172
Description
Ford Viscosity Cup No. 2
Technical Specifications
Standard
ASTM
Certificate
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
0115
0213
0214
0215
0216
DIN Flow Cup, 4 mm
ISO Flow Cup 3 mm
ISO Flow Cup 4 mm
ISO Flow Cup 5 mm
ISO Flow Cup 6 mm
DIN 53211*
ISO 2431
ISO 2431
ISO 2431
ISO 2431
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Comes complete with:
Flow cup
Operating manual
Certificate (except for 7201, 0175, 0176, 0140)
25 - 120
40 - 220
40 - 220
70 - 370
70 - 370
see 0152
to 0158
100 - 500
10 - 40
25 - 130
70 - 370
130 - 700
30 - 100
25 - 105
25 - 105
20 - 105
20 - 105
20 - 110
30 - 100
25 - 100
25 - 100
25 - 100
Orifice
Diameter
0.10 in
0.10 in
0.13 in
0.13 in
0.16 in
0.16 in
interchangeable
orifices
4 mm
3 mm
4 mm
5 mm
6 mm
*Note: DIN 53211 was withdraw in October 1996
** Note: At least one interchangeable orifice must be purchased
(0152 through 0158 listed in the accessory table)
with the purchase of the 0140 DIN cup.
Info!
Physical Properties
Viscosity
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
DIN 53211*
Efflux
Time
30 - 100
Color
0175
0173
0176
0174
0140
Ford Viscosity Cup No. 2
Ford Viscosity Cup No. 3
Ford Viscosity Cup No. 3
Ford Viscosity Cup No. 4
Ford Viscosity Cup No. 4
DIN Flow Cup 2 - 8 mm**
Range in
Centistokes
25 - 120
Information on the flow cup stands
please see the accessories page.
Technical Service
269
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Flow Cups
Glass
Plate
Recommended Accessories
Ring Stand
with Cup
For consistent results temperature control of the sample and flow
cup is recommended. The sample should be placed in a water
bath for a sufficient time to equilibrate to the test temperature.
The Flow Cup Stand with water jacket (7210) can be used to
equilibrate the flow cup to the test temperature and maintain the
temperature during the measurement.
To check the performance of the flow cup and measurement
conditions certified standard oils are available. Please refer to the
Viscosity Standard Guide table to select the correct standard oil.
New!
Thermometer
New!
Tripod Stand - 0425
Flow Cup Stand with water jacket - 7210
Ordering Information
Accessories
Cat. No.
0152
0153
0154
0156
0158
0425
7210
Description
Interchangeable Orifice 2mm
Interchangeable Orifice 3mm
Interchangeable Orifice 4mm
Interchangeable Orifice 6mm
Interchangeable Orifice 8mm
Tripod Stand, for Flow Cups
Flow Cup Stand with water jacket
0420
7208
Ring Stand for Flow Cups
Ford Cup Accessory Kit
0480
0440
0446
Thermometer
Glass Plate
Spirit Level
270
For DIN cup Cat. No. PV-0140; Stainless steel; 2 mm diameter
For DIN cup Cat. No. PV-0140; Stainless steel; 3 mm diameter
For DIN cup Cat. No. PV-0140; Stainless steel; 4 mm diameter
For DIN cup Cat. No. PV-0140; Stainless steel; 6 mm diameter
For DIN cup Cat. No. PV-0140; Stainless steel; 8 mm diameter
Holding device for Ford, DIN, and ISO cups
For DIN, ISO, and Ford cups; Closed double wall jacket , hose connection, spirit level,
polished glass plate; made of anodized aluminum.
Holding device for any flow cup
For Ford cups; Cover glass for removing excess sample from cup; bubble level for
leveling cup and stand; stainless steel beaker; package of cleaning swabs
Measuring range: -10 °C to 100 °C
Spare glass plate with polished rims; Dimensions: 100 x 150 mm (3.9 x 5.9 in)
Spare spirit level for leveling flow cups; for horizontal adjustment of instruments
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Certified Standard Oils
BYK-Gardner offers a comprehensive line of certified standard
viscosity oils. These oils are used to confirm the drain time of the
flow cups are within specification.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
Description
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4015
Viscosity Standard C10
Viscosity Standard C20
Viscosity Standard C35
Viscosity Standard C60
Viscosity Standard C100
Viscosity Standard C200
Viscosity Standard C350
Viscosity Standard C600
Technical Specifications
Viscosity
Standard
C10
C20
C35
C60
C100
C200
C350
C600
Zahn Cup Zahn Cup Ford Cup
Ford Cup
No. Drain Time
No. Drain Time
1
45 sec
1
70 sec
1
60 sec
2
42 sec
2
33 sec
2 / 3 64 / 35 sec
2
48 sec
3 / 4 58 / 36 sec
3 / 4 27 / 21 sec
4
64 sec
3 / 4 47 / 36 sec
5
40 sec
4 / 5 62 / 37 sec
5
70 sec
5
70 sec
-
Color
Comes complete with:
Viscosity oil
Certificate of Analysis
Kinematic
Viscosity
17 cST
34 cST
66 cST
120 cST
230 cST
460 cST
850 cST
1,600 cST
Appearance
Zahn and Ford Flow Cups
Data Certified at 25°C ( 77°F )
Note:
Important information about these viscosity standards:
– For practical purpose, these oils are Newtonian liquids
– Standard bottle size is 1 pt. (470 ml).
Physical Properties
Viscosity
Viscosity Standard Guide
The following table recommends the Viscosity Standard Oil for
the DIN, ISO, Ford, and Zahn cups. The Test Certificate has the
flow time values for the listed cups. For example, the Standard
C100 test certificate has flow rate times for the ISO 6 mm cup,
DIN 4 mm cup, Zahn #3 cup, Zahn #4 cup, and Ford #4 cup.
ISO Cup
3 mm
3 mm
4 mm
4 mm
6 mm
6 mm
DIN Cup
4 mm
4 mm
4 mm
Zahn Cup
1
1&2
2
2
3&4
3, 4, & 5
4&5
5
Ford Cup
1
2
2&3
3&4
4
5
5
271
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
Standard C10
Standard C20
Standard C35
Standard C60
Standard C100
Standard C200
Standard C350
Standard C600
Rotational Viscometers
Rotational viscometers have become a standard in virtually all industries. They measure viscosity by sensing the torque required
to rotate a spindle at constant speed while immersed in fluid. The
torque is proportional to the viscous drag on the spindle; thus the
sample viscosity.
New!
Rotational viscometers offer several advantages:
■ The continuous rotation of the spindle allows measurements
to be made over time, permitting analysis of time-dependent
fluids
■ The rate of shear is constant, so both Newtonian and
non-Newtonian fluids can be tested
■ By rotating the spindle at several different speeds, shear
dependent behavior can be analyzed
Rotational viscometers are the industry standard in determining
absolute viscosity of all types of liquids with viscosities as high as
320 million centipoise. BYK-Gardner offers digital models for low
– medium – high viscosity materials.
Selecting the Proper Viscometer
While various models of viscometers are recommended for high,
medium, and low viscosity applications, these designations are
intended only as guidelines. Multiple speeds and interchangeable spindles on each viscometer provide many viscosity ranges
for flexibility in application. Selecting the correct model will ensure maximum sensitivity and accuracy in the measured viscosity
range. Some of the factors to consider in selecting a viscometer
are: the viscosity range of the samples, how much sample is available, do you need to monitor the temperature, do you need to
record the viscosity values.
Special Purpose Viscometers
There are two models primarily designed for the Paint and Coatings industries. The KREBS viscosity or Stormer Viscometer that
has a fixed speed motor and a paddle style spindle. The KREBS
viscometer is designed to comply with ASTM method D562.
For applications that require a higher shear force viscosity measurement the Cone & Plate Viscometers (CAP models) are recommended. The sample is confined between a moving cone-shaped
spindle and a platen that applies a higher shear stress and shear
rate.
272
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Rotational Viscometers
Typical Applications
Range: 20 to 2,000,000 centipoise
Adhesives (solvent); Chemicals; Cosmetics; Hot Waxes; Inks (lithographic); Latex paints; Coating systems; Polymers; Rubber solutions; Solvents
Appearance
Low Viscosity (L)
L Spindle Set
Medium Viscosity (R)
Range: 100 to 13,000,000 centipoise
Adhesives (hot melt); Ceramic slurries; Gums; Inks (screen printing); Paints; Paper coatings; Plastisols; Surface coatings; Varnishes
High Viscosity (H)
Spindle Geometry
Disc Spindles
■ General purpose applications for accurate and reproducible
results
■ Included with the L model (spindles #2 and #3)
■ Included with the R/H models (spindle #2 through #6)
T-Bar Spindles
■ For measuring non-flowing materials such as pastes, gels, and
creams
■ Generally used with the Helio Stand
Coaxial Cylinders
■ Provide rheological data including shear stress and shear rate
values
■ Available in several accessories: Small Sample adapter, Low
Viscosity adapter, and ThermoChamber
Cone and Plate Geometry
■ For accurate determination at high shear rates with very
small samples
Technical Service
Cylindrical Spindles
R & H Spindle set
Physical Properties
Viscosity
All viscometers are supplied with spindles suitable for most applications. There are situations where specified spindle geometries
are necessary to achieve the best results. All spindles are made of
stainless steel. In addition, quick couplings and spindle extensions
are also available for select spindles; for more information please
call customer service.
Color
Range: 200 to 104,000,000 centipoise
Asphalt; Caulking compounds; Epoxies; Gels; Inks (ballpoint, offset); Pastes; Putty; Roofing compounds; Sealants; Sheet molding
compounds
Spindle 1 is >
an option
■ For most applications involving non-Newtonian fluids such as
paints
■ Provide a scientifically defined spindle geometry for
calculating shear stress and shear rate values to determine
viscosity
■ Applicable to any model viscometer
■ Included with the L (spindles #1 and #4) and R/H (spindle #7)
models
273
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Rotational Viscometers
byko-visc Basic
New!
The byko-visc Basic viscometer offers multi-functionality at an economical price. The easy to use controls allow for rapid incorporation into the lab. The byko-visc Basic is accurate and precise to
meet the demands of today’s laboratory requirements.
■ Display information: Speed, % torque, viscosity values (cP or
MPa’s.), Spindle #, % of full scale
■ Auto-Diagnostic check during startup
■ 4 Line LCD Display with key board controls
■ Audio alarm for out of range measurement values
■ Multi-language: English, German, French, Italian, Spanish,
Portuguese , Dutch, Polish, Japanese
byko-visc Basic EX
The byko-visc Basic EX has the same features listed with the
byko-visc Basic plus more:
■ Programable features: Time to torque, Time to stop, Memory
– 10 locations
■ Temperature measurement with PT100 probe
■ Data Display: Absolute Viscosity, Apparent Viscosity, Kinetic
Viscosity (CSt, mm²/sec), Temperature (°C or °F), Shear rate,
Shear stress, Density (with user input)
■ Quick connect accessory for spindle attachment –
also protects motor shaft mechanism
■ USB cable for PC interface
■ Datalogger software to transfer data to Excel® spreadsheet
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
8325
8326
8327
8328
8329
8330
Description
byko-visc Basic L
byko-visc Basic R
byko-visc Basic H
byko-visc Basic EX L
byko-visc Basic EX R
byko-visc Basic EX H
Comes complete with:
Viscosity head, Stand – with leveling adjustment,
Boss head,
Spindle set, Spindle protector, Spindle rack,
Power cable,
Calibration certificate,
2-year warranty,
Operating manual,
Carry case
byko-visc Basic
Standards
ASTM
ISO
BS
D2196,
2555, 1652
6075, 5350
Technical Specifications
No. of Spindles
4
6
Repeatability
Accuracy
Speeds / rpm
Voltage
Dimensions
Instrument Weight
6
4
6
6
Measuring Range (cP)
20 - 2,000,000
100 - 13,000,000
200 - 106,000,000
20 - 2,000,000
100 - 13,000,000
200 - 106,000,000
0.2%
1.0% of range
0.3, 0.5, 0.6, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0,
6.0, 10, 12, 20, 30, 50, 60, 100
100 - 240V/ 50-60 Hz
25 x 31 x 47 cm (9.8 x 12.2 x 18.5 in)
3.25 kg (7.2 lb)
byko-visc Basic EX additional delivery content:
Quick disconnect accessory,
PT100 probe,
USB cable,
Data logger software,
USB port
274
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Rotational Viscometers
byko-visc Advanced
New!
Appearance
The byko-visc Advanced offers a comprehensive level of features
for QC and R&D tasks. The viscometer has an enhanced display
with graphics capability.
byko-visc Advanced EX
byko-visc Advanced EX
Standards
ASTM
ISO
BS
Physical Properties
Viscosity
The byko-visc Advanced EX offers the additional flexibility in speed
control and programable features. The EX model has the capability to interface with the byko-visc Software to perform studies
on viscosity behavior. The byko-visc Advanced EX has the same
features listed with the byko-visc Advanced plus more:
Color
■ Data Display: Speed, % full scale, % torque, Spindle #,
viscosity values (cP or MPa’s), Sample temperature,
Shear rate, Shear stress, Density (user entry)
■ Auto-Diagnostic check during startup
■ LCD Graphical Display with 6 key operation
■ 18 speed settings
■ Audio alarm for out of range measurement values
■ Programable features: Time to torque, Time to stop
■ Memory 10 locations
■ Auto range
■ USB interface
■ Datalogger software
■ Multi-language: English, German, French, Italian, Spanish,
Portuguese , Dutch, Polish, Japanese
D2196
2555, 1652
6075, 5350
■ Quick disconnect accessory for spindle attachment – also
protects the motor shaft mechanism
■ Enhanced 12 key LCD Display
■ 54 speed settings
■ Programmable multi-step ramp function
■ Interface with optional byko-visc Software
Description
8331
8332
8333
8334
8335
8336
byko-visc Advanced L
byko-visc Advanced R
byko-visc Advanced H
byko-visc Advanced EX L
byko-visc Advanced EX R
byko-visc Advanced EX H
Comes complete with:
Viscosity head, Stand – with leveling adjustment,
Boss head,
Spindle set, Spindle protector, Spindle rack,
Power cable, USB cable,
Datalogger software,
Calibration certificate, 2-year warranty,
Operating manual, Carry case
Technical Specifications
No. of Spindles
No. of Speeds
4
6
6
4
6
6
18
18
18
54
54
54
Repeatability
Accuracy
Voltage
Dimensions
Instrument Weight
Speed Range
(rpm)
0.3 - 100
0.3 - 100
0.3 - 100
0.01 - 200
0.01 - 200
0.01 - 200
Measuring Range
(cP)
20 - 2,000,000
100 - 13,000,000
200 - 106,000,000
20 - 6,000,000
100 - 40,000,000
200 - 106,000,000
275
Index
Cat. No.
Technical Service
Ordering Information
0.2%
1.0% of range
100 - 240 V/ 50-60 Hz
25 x 31 x 47 cm (9.8 x 12.2 x 18.5 in)
3.25 kg (7.2 lb)
byko-visc Advanced EX also includes:
Quick disconnect accessory,
PT100 probe
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Rotational Viscometers
byko-visc Premium
New!
The byko-visc Premium viscometer has multi-functional capability
for any requirements of Research and Quality Control laboratories. The menu driven programming makes it easy to access all
the functions. The color LCD display has excellent image quality
to view data. The latest communication technology is standard
to transfer data to external devices. The two-way communication with byko-visc Software allows the software to program the
instrument and automatically retrieve the data.
■ Data Display: Speed, % full scale, % torque, Spindle #,
Viscosity values (cP or MPa’s), Sample temperature, Shear
rate, Shear stress, Density (user entry)
■ Auto-Diagnostic check during startup
■ Color TFT LCD Graphical Display with 12 key operation
■ 2600 speed settings with 18 custom group sets
■ Audio alarm for out of range measurement values
■ Programmable Features: Time to torque, Time to stop,
Multi-step, Ramp
■ PT100 temperature probe
■ Memory 9 locations
■ Auto range - automatically shows viscosity range with spindle
and speed selection
■ USB interface, WIFI, Bluetooth
■ Datalogger software
■ byko-visc Software
■ Quick Disconnect accessory for spindle changeover
■ Multi-language: English, German, French, Italian, Spanish,
Portuguese , Dutch, Polish, Japanese
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
Description
8337
8338
byko-visc Premium L
8339
byko-visc Premium R
byko-visc Premium H
Comes complete with:
Viscosity head, Stand – with leveling adjustment,
Boss head, Spindle set,
Spindle protector, Spindle rack,
Power cable, USB cable,
Datalogger software,
byko-visc Software,
Quick disconnect accessory,
PT-100 probe,
Calibration certificate, 2-year warranty,
Operating manual, Carry case
276
byko-visc Premium
Standards
ASTM
ISO
BS
D 2196
2555, 1652
6075, 5350
Technical Specifications
No. of Spindles
No. of Speeds
4
2600
6
6
Accuracy
Repeatability
Power Supply
Dimension
Instrument Weight
2600
2600
Speed Range
(rpm)
0.01 - 250
Measuring Range
(cP)
20 - 6,000,000
0.01 - 250
100 - 40,000,000
0.01 - 250
200 - 106,000,000
1.0% of range
0.2 %
100 - 240 VAC / 50/60 Hz
25 x 31 x 47 cm (9.8 x 12.2 x 18.5 in)
3.25 kg (7.2 lb)
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Viscometer Software
byko-visc Software
Appearance
The byko-visc Software is designed to work with the byko-visc
Advanced EX and the byko-visc Premium models. The software
allows for controlling the viscometer from the PC. The viscosity
programs can be stored on the PC and the results can be displayed as well as recorded during the operation of the viscometer.
For data analysis, results can be reloaded graphically or in a text
format. Besides the viscosity values, temperature, % torque, shear
rate, shear stress, time, and speed are displayed. The software
offers ramp, step, and multi-step programing.
Color
■ Menu-driven firmware for easy operation
■ Full documentation of measurement results including
viscometer settings
■ Graphical display with zoom feature
■ Storing of measurements results in separate database:
QC / R&D
■ Simultaneous plotting of experiments to compare different
flow curves
Datalogger Software
Physical Properties
Viscosity
The byko-visc Datalogger software allows for easy transfer of
stored data in the viscometer memory to an Excel® spreadsheet.
The program will generate a Microsoft Excel® compatible file for
PC data storage. The Datalogger software is standard product
offering for viscometer models with a PC interface.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
4980
Description
byko-visc Software
Technical Service
277
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Viscometer Accessories
Standard Spindles
The standard spindles are designed for the byko-visc Basic,
Advanced, and Premium viscometer lines. The appropriate spindle
set comes standard with the purchase of byko-visc viscometer. All
the spindles are made from 316 stainless steel.
R1 Spindle is >
an option
Spindle set for R & H Models
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
4981
4982
4983
Description
Spindle set L models, set of 4(L1, L2, L3, L4)
Spindle L1
Technical Specifications
For Viscometer type
L
L
4987
Spindle L2
Spindle L3
Spindle L4
Spindle Set R & H Models, set of 6(R2, R3, R4, R5,
R6, R7)
Spindle R1
4988
Spindle R2
R, H
4989
Spindle R3
R, H
4990
Spindle R4
R, H
4991
Spindle R5
R, H
4992
Spindle R6
R, H
4993
Spindle R7
R, H
4984
4985
4986
L
L
L
R, H
R, H
Viscosity Range (cP)
10 - 6,000,000
10 - 60,000
20 - 300,000
70 - 1,200,000
400 - 6,000,000
R: 40 - 40,000,000
H: 50 - 320,000,000
R: 20 - 100,000
H: 50 - 800,000
R: 40 - 40,000
H: 200 - 3,200,000
R: 60 - 1,000,000
H: 500 - 8,000,000
R: 120 - 2,000,000
H: 1,000 - 16,000,000
R: 250 - 4,000,000
H: 3,200 - 32,000,000
R: 600 - 10,000,000
H: 8,000 - 80,000,000
R: 2,500 - 40,000,000
H: 32,000 - 320,000,000
Note: The viscosity range may vary based on the viscometer model speed range.
Quick Disconnect Accessory
The Quick Disconnect Accessory (QDA) makes the task of changing spindles fast and easy. The coupling system is built into the
motor shaft. By pushing up on the coupler the spindle will attach.
By releasing the coupler the spindle is firmly set in place. The QDA
also protects the motor shaft. The QDA is offered as a standard
item with several byko-visc models. Please review the viscometer
model information to determine if the QDA is included.
278
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Viscometer Accessories
Low Viscosity Adapter
Appearance
The Low Viscosity Adapter accessory is used to make accurate and
reproducible measurements with low viscosity, Newtonian and
non-Newtonian materials. This adapter is most commonly used
with the L series instruments. The Low Viscosity adapter consists
of a precision cylindrical spindle rotating inside a machined tube.
Its rheologically correct geometry provides the highest accuracy
of viscosity and shear rate.
■ For any L and R viscometer models
■ Takes measurements as low as 1 cP
■ Only 16 - 18 ml of sample needed
■ Removable stainless steel sample container easy to clean
The water jacket is made of stainless steel with delrin o-rings and
washers. The temperature range is -10 °C (14 °F) to 100 °C (212
°F). An optional temperature probe is an available accessory.
Color
Low Viscosity Adapter with water jacket - 4971
Viscosity Range with Low Viscosity Adapter
Viscometer Model
Low
Medium
byko-visc L models
byko-visc R models
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
4971
4970
Description
Low Vicosity Adapter, with water jacket
Low Viscosity Adapter
Viscosity Range cP
(mPa X s)
1.0 - 2,000
Physical Properties
Viscosity
Viscosity Range
5.0 - 21,333
Technical Specifications
Information
Includes Water Jacket
Water jacket is excluded
Comes complete with:
Spindle, Sample chamber,
Mounting bracket, Hook fasteners,
Carry case, Data sheet
Water Jacket with 4971 only
Cat. No.
4973
4974
4972
Description
Temperature Probe, LVA Premium
Temperature Probe, LVA
Spindle, Low Viscosity Adapter
Technical Service
Ordering Information
Technical Specifications
Information
For byko-visc Premium model only
For byk-visc Basic and Advanced models
279
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Viscometer Accessories
Small Sample Adapter
The small sample adapter consists of a stainless steel cylindrical
sample chamber and spindle that can handle sample volumes
from 8 to 13 ml. The sample chamber is removable allowing for
easy clean up without disturbing the set-up of the viscometer.
A temperature probe to record the sample temperature is an
option.
■ Accurate measurement of samples as small as 8 ml
■ Precise temperature control with flow jacket ensuring highest
accuracy
■ Easy change of sample chamber; successive measurements
can be made under identical conditions
■ Controlled cylindrical geometry allows extremely accurate
viscosity, shear rate, and shear stress determinations
Small Sample Adapter, with water jacket – 4957
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
4957
4958
4959
4960
Description
Small Sample Adapter, water jacket
Small Small Adapter
Temperature probe, for SSA/Premium
Temperature probe, for SSA
Technical Specifications
Information
Includes water jacket¹
Excludes water jacket
For byko-visc Premium visometer models only
For byko-visc Basic and Advanced models only
Comes complete with:
Carry case, Sample chamber, Mounting plate
Water jacket included with 4957 only
NOTE: TL spindle is not included, need to order sparately.
¹Note: Water jacket temperature range is -10 to 100°C (14 to 212°F)
Ordering Information
Accessories
Cat. No.
Description
Spindle, TL5
Spindle, TL6
Spindle, TL7
Spindle, TR8
Model
Type
L
L
L
R, H
Sample Volume
(ml)
6.7
9.0
9.4
7.1
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
Spindle, TR9
R, H
10.4
4966
Spindle, TR10
R, H
11.0
4967
Spindle, TR11
R, H
13.5
Viscosity Range
(cP)
5 - 30,000
20 - 300,000
40 - 600,000
R 40 - 400,000
H 200 - 3,200,000
R 150 - 2,500,000
H 1,200 - 20,000,000
R 300 - 5,000,000
H 2,400 - 40,000,000
R 600 - 10,000,000
H 4,800 - 80,000,000
Shear rate*
(1/s)
1.32 x rpm
0.34 x rpm
0.28 x rpm
0.93 x rpm
0.34 x rpm
0.28 x rpm
0.25 x rpm
*Note: Shear rate calculation is based on Newtonian liquids.
280
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Viscometer Accessories
ThermoChamber Accessory
Appearance
The byko-visc ThermoChamber Accessory is ideal for high temperature applications involving hot melts such as asphalt, waxes,
resins, and adhesives.
■ Safe, accurate viscosity measurements of hot materials up to
572 °F (300 °C)
■ Extends the versatility of the byko-visc viscometer range from
1.2 cps to 20,000,000 cps
■ Programmable temperature control with digital display
■ Small sample volume chamber
■ Precise temperature control within ± 1.5 % of temperature
setting
■ Fast set-up and clean-up with disposable, aluminum sample
chambers
Technical Specifications
4977
4978
4979
Accessory Item
Accessory Item
Accessory Item
Cat. No.
4975
4976
Description
ThermoChamber, 110V
ThermoChamber, 220V
Sample Chamber, Stainless steel
Disposable Chamber, 50/pack
Extraction tool
Color
Ordering Information
Physical Properties
Viscosity
Comes complete with:
Temperature controller,
Alignment bracket, Sample chamber,
Tube extention, Extraction tool,
Choice of Spindle (1), Heat shield, Carry case
The spindle selection is based on the Model type (low, medium,
high viscosity) and viscosity range.
Ordering Information
Description
Spindle, TL5
Spindle, TL6
Spindle, TL7
Spindle, TR8
4965
Spindle, TR9
4966
Spindle, TR10
4967
Spindle, TR11
Accessories
Model Type
L
L
L
R
H
R
H
R
H
R
H
Viscosity Range* (cP)
1.2 - 30,000
12 - 300,000
24 - 600,000
20 - 500,000
40 - 1,000,000
100 - 2,500,000
200 - 5,000,000
200 - 5,000,000
400 - 10,000,000
400 - 10,000,000
800 - 20,000,000
Technical Service
Cat. No.
4961
4962
4963
4964
*Note: The viscosity range is based on the byko-visc Premium speed selections.
Please contact your BYK-Gardner representative for the viscosity range for your
viscometer.
281
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Viscometer Accessories
byko-visc Helio Stand
The byko-visc Helio Stand is designed to lower and raise the viscometer so that the rotating shearing element will trace a helical
path through the test sample. By always cutting into fresh material the T-bar spindle remains in contact with the sample. The
reversing feature of the Helipath stand allows measurements to
be made over a short period of time.
■ Relative viscosity measurements of non-flowing substances
such as gels, pastes, paint dyes, and inks
■ Slowly raises and lowers the viscometer to always maintain
contact with sample material
Model Type
Viscosity Range (cP)
L (Low Viscosity)
R (Mid-range viscosity)
4,680 - 1,872,000
H (High Viscosity)
16,600 - 33,300,000
130,000 - 260,000,000
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
4968
4969
Description
Helio Stand, 110V
Helio Stand, 220V
Technical Specifications
For use with rotational viscometers
For use with rotational viscometers
Comes complete with:
Automated motor, Spindle connector, Set of 6 T-bar spindles, Stop rings (2),
Counter-weight, Rib joint, Power cord, Fastening bolt, Carry case
Circulating Bath
For precise and accurate viscosity measurement controlling the
sample temperature is critical. BYK-Gardner offers a refrigerated circulating bath to cool or warm the sample to the
specified temperature. The sample container can be placed into
the bath. The low profile design allows for the rotational viscometer to be placed next to the bath to test the sample in the bath. For
viscometers with water jackets, the the bath has a pressure pump
with external (closed-loop) circulation capability. There is a visual
alarm when the temperature is outside the pre-set limits. The bath
complies with DIN 12876-1 Cass 1 safety requirements for use
with non-flammable liquids.
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
Description
4994
Water Bath, 120V, 60Hz
4995
Water Bath, 240V, 50Hz
Comes complete with:
Controller with digital display,
Lid, Bath, Single-speed pressure pump, Power cord
282
New!
Technical Specifications
Bath
Capacity
7.0 Liter
Temperature
Maximum
Range
Flow Rate
-20° to 135°C
12.8 L/min.
-4° to 275°F
3.4 gal/min.
7.0 Liter
-20° to 135°C
10.6 L/min.
-4° to 275°F
2.8 gal/min.
Dimensions
58.9x41.1x43.9 cm
23.2x16.2x17.3 in
Temperature Stability
± 0.07°C
Maximum
Pressure
0.12 bar
1.80 psi
0.10 bar
1.50 psi
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
byko-visc DS
Stormer Type Viscometer
New!
Appearance
The byko-visc DS has a direct digital readout of Krebs units (KU),
centipoise (cP), and grams (gm). The instrument rapidly calculates
viscosity values.The digital stormer maintains the rotational speed
at 200 rpms in compliance with ASTM D 562. The viscometer automatically starts and stops the motor shaft rotation by lowering
or raising the instrument stand.
■ Easy to use – automatic rotational speed control
■ Automatically calculates KU, centipose, and gram units
■ Printer interface for test report output
■ Instrument base accessory to fit quart, pint, 1/2 pint
containers
■ Calibrated with NIST traceable oils
■ Universal power supply – One model for global use
Color
Standards
ASTM
Ordering Information
Description
byko-visc DS
Comes complete with:
Viscometer,
1 paddle spindle,
Adapter for 1 pint,
1/2 pint containers,
Operation Manual
Technical Specifications
Range Resolution
40-141 KU;
0.1 KU
32-1090 grams;
1.0 gm
27-5274 cP*
0.7 cP
Voltage
Operating Temperature
Dimensions
Shipping Weight
Accuracy
within ± 1 %
full scale
Repeatability
within ± 0.5 %
full scale
Spindle Speed
200 rpm
±0.1 rpm
100 - 230V/ 50-60Hz
10 - 40 °C (50 - 104 °F)
20 x 11 x 15 in
10 kg (20 lbs)
*Note: Centipoise values are based on the conversion from Krebs Units as defined
in the ASTM standard D562
Physical Properties
Viscosity
Cat. No.
8324
D 562
Technical Service
283
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Cone and Plate Viscometer
The versatility of the CAP 1000+ and CAP 2000+ makes these
instruments a practical tool for any QC or R&D lab requiring quick
and easy testing of materials, regardless of application, at high
shear rates.
■ Provides for viscosity measurements at high shear rates
■ LCD display of viscosity in Poise or Pascal-seconds
■ Uses less than 2 ml of sample to avoid excess cleaning and
material costs
■ Automatic viscosity range calibration and cone gap
positioning make the viscometer easy to use
■ Set the viscometer to take a reading at different timed
intervals to ensure accuracy of results with thixotropic fluids
CAP 1000+
■ Two available speeds to comply with all paint industry
standards worldwide (750 and 900 rpms), optional speed
of 400 rpm upon request.
CAP 2000+
Standards
■ Variable speed instrument with a speed range of 5 to 1,000
rpm (1 rpm increments) that allows for varying shear rates
from 10 to 13,300 sec-1
■ Bi-directional RS-232 interface that allows for PC control with
the optional CAPCALC 32 software
Ordering Information
ASTM
ISO
BS
Technical Specifications
Temperature Viscosity Poise
Range
5 - 75 °C
0.25 - 100
D 4287
2884
3900
Cat. No.
Description
7552
CAP 1000+ L, 115V
7553
CAP 1000+ L, 230V
5 - 75 °C
0.25 - 100
750 or 900
7557
CAP 1000+ H, 115V
50 - 235 °C
0.25 - 100
750 or 900
7558
CAP 1000+ H, 230V
50 - 235 °C
0.25 - 100
750 or 900
7550
CAP 2000+ L, 115V
5 - 75 °C
0.2 - 15,000
5 - 1,000
7551
CAP 2000+ L, 230V
5 - 75 °C
0.2 - 15,000
5 - 1,000
7555
CAP 2000+ H, 115V
50 - 235 °C
0.2 - 15,000
5 - 1,000
7556
CAP 2000+ H, 230V
50 - 235 °C
0.2 - 15,000
5 - 1,000
Comes complete with:
Cone & Plate Viscometer
1 cone – please specify
Operation manual
Note: Specify cone number when ordering. Will need to order the appropriate
viscosity oil to calibrate the CAP viscometer.
284
Speeds
rpm
750 or 900
Timed Readings
Temperature Control
Printer Interface
Dimension
Shipping Weight
Accuracy
Shear Rate
Voltage
sec-1
up to 13,300 115V/60Hz
RS-232
Interface
± 2 % of
full scale
± 2 % of
up to 13,300 230V/50Hz
full scale
± 2 % of
up to 13,300 115V/60Hz
full scale
± 2 % of
up to 13,300 230V/50Hz
full scale
± 2 % of
10 - 13,300 115V/60Hz
full scale
± 2 % of
10 - 13,300 230V/50Hz
full scale
± 2 % of
10 - 13,300 115V/60Hz
full scale
± 2 % of
10 - 13,300 230V/50Hz
full scale
Digital timer with continuous running override;
range 15 to 99 seconds
Increments of 0.1 °C
parallel centronic
26 x 18 x 19 in
20 kg (46 lbs)
X
X
X
X
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
1/23 CAP Version
Cone and Plate Viscometer
■ 1000+L version with a fixed speed of 100 rpms
■ 2000+L version with a speed range from 5 – 1000 rpms
■ The multiple speed selection provides more flexibility to
modify test procedures.
Ordering Information
Appearance
The 1/23 CAPs are for lower shear applications such as automotive clear coats and base coats. Most methods are single point
pass/fail criteria using No. 10 spindle at 100 rpm; a shear rate of
500 1/sec and measurement range from 22 – 220 cP is achieved.
There are two instruments available:
Standards
ASTM
ISO
D 7395
2884, 3900
Technical Specifications
Description
7590
1/23 CAP 1000+ L, 115V
7591
1/23 CAP 1000+ L, 230V
5 - 75 °C
0.22 - 2.20
100
7595
1/23 CAP 2000+ L, 115V
5 - 75 °C
0.2 - 44.0
5 - 1,000
7596
1/23 CAP 2000+ L, 230V
5 - 75 °C
0.2 - 44.0
5 - 1,000
Speeds
rpm
100
Accuracy
± 2 % of
full scale
± 2 % of
full scale
± 2 % of
full scale
± 2 % of
full scale
Shear Rate
Voltage
sec-1*
500 115V/60Hz
RS-232
Interface
500 230V/50Hz
25 - 5000 115V/60Hz
X
25 - 5000 230V/50Hz
X
*Note: with the No. 10 spindle
Spindles for Cone and Plate Viscometers
Ordering Information
Description
CAP Spindle No. 1
CAP Spindle No. 2
CAP Spindle No. 3
CAP Spindle No. 4
CAP Spindle No. 5
CAP Spindle No. 6
CAP Spindle No. 7
CAP Spindle No. 8
CAP Spindle No. 9
CAP Spindle No. 10
Accessories
Cap 1000+ 750rpm
0.25 - 2.5 poise
0.5 - 5 poise
1 - 10 poise
2 - 20 poise
4 - 40 poise
10 - 100 poise
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Cap 1000+ 900rpm
0.2 - 2 poise
0.4 - 4 poise
0.8 - 8 poise
1 - 16 poise
3 - 33 poise
8 - 83 poise
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Cap 2000+
0.2 - 375 poise
0.4 - 750 poise
0.8 - 1500 poise
1 - 3000 poise
3 - 6000 poise
8 - 15000 poise
0.78 - 625 poise**
3.13 - 2500 poise**
12.5 - 10000 poise**
1.0 - 1000 poise**
**Note: Maximum speed recommended with this spindle is 400 rpm. The viscosity
range indicated is for operation at 400 rpm.
Note: 1 Poise = 100 cP; 1 cP = 1 mPa*s
285
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
Cat. No.
7531
7532
7533
7534
7535
7536
7560
7561
7562
7563
Physical Properties
Viscosity
Comes complete with:
1/23 Cone & Plate viscometer
No. 10 spindle
Operation manual
Temperature Viscosity Poise
Range
5 - 75 °C
0.22 - 2.20
Color
Cat. No.
Software for Cone
and Plate Viscometers
CAPCALC 32
Software for CAP 2000+
Turn your CAP2000+ Viscometer into a sensitive, accurate rheometer. When advanced sample analysis is required, CAPCALC can
control the viscometer from any PC to provide automatic data
capture and graphical display to facilitate analysis of test samples.
■ Automates data collection
■ Eliminates operator error when recording data
■ Provides instantaneous viscosity flow curves (rheograms) on
easy-to-read graphs
■ Creates a permanent record of each test
■ Records up to 1000 data points per test
■ Comparison data sets can be manually entered
■ Saved data in Brookfield (text), Lotus 1-2-3, or Excel®
■ Up to 6 data sets may be plotted simultaneously
■ 12 Plot Types:
– % FSR vs. RPM, Shear Rate, Time, Temperature
– Viscosity vs. RPM, Shear Rate, Time, Temperature
– Shear Stress vs. RPM, Shear Rate, Time, Temperature
■ Yield Stress Calculations (Bingham Plastic, Casson, Chocolate
Casson), Power Law Consistency Index Calculations, Paste
Analysis
■ On-line help system
■ Data collection is provided via a powerful "scripting" language
for creating test programs
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
7524
Description
CAPCALC 32 Software
Technical Specifications
Computer Requirements
Pentium PC, 500 mHz (faster PC recommended), MS-Windows NT, 2000, XP ,
VGA/SVGA graphics, RS-232 port for rheometer; an optional second port needed for
temperature control, Parallel port/USB for printer
Comes complete with:
CD-ROM
Connecting cable
Operating manual
286
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
CAP Viscometers –
Certified Standard Oils
Appearance
To properly calibrate the CAP 1000 and CAP 2000 viscometers a
calibration oil is required. The correct oil is based on the spindle
number, temperature range, and torque of the CAP model. If
more than one spindle is used, each spindle needs a calibration oil.
High Torque CAP – Oils
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
Cone #
Viscosity
Temperature
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
89 cP
177 cP
354 cP
708 cP
1,417 cP
3,542 cP
1,328 cP
5,313 cP
21,250 cP
236 cP
25 °C
25 °C
25 °C
25 °C
25 °C
25 °C
25 °C
25 °C
25 °C
25 °C
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
89 cP
177 cP
354 cP
708 cP
1,417 cP
3,542 cP
1,328 cP
5,313 cP
21,250 cP
236 cP
60 °C
60 °C
60 °C
60 °C
60 °C
60 °C
60 °C
60 °C
60 °C
60 °C
Physical Properties
Viscosity
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7585
7586
7587
7588
7589
Technical Specifications
Color
7570
7571
7572
7573
7574
7575
7576
7577
7578
7579
Description
For Low Temperature CAP Viscometers (5° - 75°C)
Viscosity Standard CAP1L
Viscosity Standard CAP2L
Viscosity Standard CAP3L
Viscosity Standard CAP4L
Viscosity Standard CAP5L
Viscosity Standard CAP6L
Viscosity Standard CAP7L
Viscosity Standard CAP8L
Viscosity Standard CAP9L
Viscosity Standard CAP10L
For High Temperature CAP Viscometers (50° - 235°C)
Viscosity Standard CAP1H
Viscosity Standard CAP2H
Viscosity Standard CAP3H
Viscosity Standard CAP4H
Viscosity Standard CAP5H
Viscosity Standard CAP6H
Viscosity Standard CAP7H
Viscosity Standard CAP8H
Viscosity Standard CAP9H
Viscosity Standard CAP10H
Comes complete with:
4 oz bottle (125 ml); Test Report
Technical Service
287
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Low Torque CAP – Oils
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
7592
7570
7571
7572
7573
7574
7570
7572
7574
7571
7593
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7580
7582
7584
7581
Description
For Low Temperature CAP Viscometers (5° - 75°C)
Viscosity Standard CAP0L
Viscosity Standard CAP1L
Viscosity Standard CAP2L
Viscosity Standard CAP3L
Viscosity Standard CAP4L
Viscosity Standard CAP5L
Viscosity Standard CAP1L
Viscosity Standard CAP3L
Viscosity Standard CAP5L
Viscosity Standard CAP2L
For High Temperature CAP Viscometers (50° - 235°C)
Viscosity Standard CAP0H
Viscosity Standard CAP1H
Viscosity Standard CAP2H
Viscosity Standard CAP3H
Viscosity Standard CAP4H
Viscosity Standard CAP5H
Viscosity Standard CAP1H
Viscosity Standard CAP3H
Viscosity Standard CAP5H
Viscosity Standard CAP2H
Technical Specifications
Cone #
Viscosity
Temperature
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
57 cP
89 cP
177 cP
354 cP
708 cP
1,417 cP
89 cP
354 cP
1,417 cP
177 cP
25℃
25℃
25℃
25℃
25℃
25℃
25℃
25℃
25℃
25℃
1
57 cP
60℃
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
89 cP
177 cP
354 cP
708 cP
1,417 cP
89 cP
354 cP
1,417 cP
177 cP
60℃
60℃
60℃
60℃
60℃
60℃
60℃
60℃
60℃
Comes complete with:
4 oz bottle (125 ml); Test Report
288
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Rotational Viscometer Oils
The certified oils are used to determine, if the viscometer is measuring within the specified performance range. These oils are
for rotational-type viscometers with cylinder, disk, or rod shaped
spindles.
Cat. No.
4996
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
Description
Viscosity Standard RT5
Viscosity Standard RT10
Viscosity Standard RT50
Viscosity Standard RT100
Viscosity Standard RT500
Viscosity Standard RT1000
Viscosity Standard RT5000
Viscosity Standard RT12500
Viscosity Standard RT30000
Viscosity Standard RT60000
Viscosity Standard RT100000
Appearance
Ordering Information
Technical Specifications
Approx. Viscosity 25°C
4.7 cP
9.4 cP
48 cP
96 cP
480 cP
960 cP
4,800 cP
12,000 cP
29,000 cP
58,000 cP
97,000 cP
Color
Note: Important information about these viscosity standards: – For practical
purpose, these oils are Newtonian liquids – Standard bottle size is 1 pt. (470 ml).
Stormer-Type Viscometer Oils
Ordering Information
Cat. No.
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
Description
Viscosity Standard S200
Viscosity Standard N350
Viscosity Standard K400
Viscosity Standard S600
Viscosity Standard N1000
Data Certified at 25°C ( 77°F )
Technical Specifications
Viscosity
400 cP
750 cP
940 cP
1,100 cP
2,000 cP
Krebs Units
61.2
73
84
91
106
289
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
Note: Important information about these viscosity standards: – For practical
purpose, these oils are Newtonian liquids – Standard bottle size is 1 pt. (470 ml).
Physical Properties
Viscosity
The Digital Stormer (DS) certified oils are used to determine if the
viscometer is measuring within the specified performance range.
Quality Requirements of
Transparent Sheets
Light weight and high design flexibility make transparent
plastic sheets attractive for use as “organic glass” in many
different applications e.g. noise barriers, green houses,
sport arenas, sky domes, solar panels or bus stop shelters.
In addition, rigidity and impact resistance of acrylic (PMMA)
and polycarbonate (PC) sheets were optimized expanding its
usage for safety and architectural glazing as well as for auto­
motive, aircraft, yacht or caravan applications. Depending on
the application, the transparency requirements will be very
different and need to be objectively controlled – often within
very tight specification.
Influence of material properties
Sheets for outdoor use need to withstand extreme weather
conditions and require high rigidity over a long lifetime. As
an example, PMMA typically shows increasing haze with
higher temperatures and therefore, limits its use in automotive glazing where low haze is a crucial safety requirement.
Material development has further allowed this behavior to
improve and resulted in an optimized PMMA material with low
temperature dependency ideal for automotive applications
like rear windows. Automotive glazing is tested and approved
in accordance to international regulations like e.g. ECE R43
or ANSI Z 26.1 in regards to mechanical, chemical and fire
resistance, and last but not least transmission properties.
haze-gard i see page 70
% Haze ASTM D1003
Temperature Influence on different PMMA types
30
20
10
0
30
X Type A
40
50
60
70
Temperature °C
X Type B
Abrasion resistance
A critical behavior of plastic materials has been their limited
abrasion resistance, which in many applications requires
additional efforts, such as modifications of the polymer or use of
appropriate coatings. A widely used method for abrasion testing
is the so-called Taber test according to ASTM D1044, where the
sample is turned under abrasive wheels at defined conditions.
After a certain number of cycles transmission haze is measured.
To guarantee repeatable and representative readings, a special
holder is available, which allows placement of the scrub mark
exactly in the optical path of the haze-gard i.
% Haze ASTM D1044
Taber Abrasion
30
20
10
0
0
20
X Type A
X Type B
40
60
80
100
Cycles
The graph above shows the abrasion results of different
uncoated PMMA types used for public and sport glazing.
290
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Appearance
Color
Physical Properties
Technical Service
TECHNICAL
SERVICE
291
Index
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
BYK-Gardner develops and produces reliable and long-life
highquality products. We want to make sure that these will still
function correctly and reliably after many years in operation. For
this reason we not only off er technical service, but also additional
services like maintenance contracts and regular software updates.
Furthermore we make sure that throughout the product’s life
cycle spare parts will be available. BYK-Gardner’s well trained and
experienced service technicians take care of your problems. In
many countries you can directly contact our local service stations.
BYK-Gardner thoroughly trains all service technicians to continually keep them up to date – so that you may always fully rely on
your BYK-Gardner instrument!
Service
Besides the repair of your instrument we offer the following
additional services:
First diagnosis on the telephone or by e-mail
Call us or send us an e-mail and we will try to solve your problem.
If this is not successful, please send us the instrument for repair.
Preventive maintenance, calibration, and recertification
For precautionary reasons we recommend regular preventive
maintenance. We carry out this preventive maintenance automatically when you send us your instrument for repair or recertification. We clean the optics, check all functions, test and, if required,
adjust the measured values by using reference standards. You will
receive a certificate, which includes the retraceability to international standards.
Extended warranty
Furthermore, you can request an extended warranty for additional year(s).
Certification
The certification of your BYK-Gardner instrument or secondary
standard is accomplished at one of our worldwide calibration
laboratories. All measurement standards and reference materials
are traceable to the International System of Units (SI) (Système
international d’unités). BYK-Gardner cooperates with the internationally recognized national standards institutions:
■ NIST (National Institute of Standards and Technology, United
States of America)
■ BAM (Federal Institute for Material Research and Testing,
Germany)
■ NPL (National Physical Laboratory, United Kingdom)
■ PTB (Physikalisch-Technische Bundesanstalt, Germany)
The BYK-Gardner, Germany Standards Laboratory maintains reference standards for unique appearance measurements for which
no national or international standard (SI unit) exists.
After sales service worldwide
On our website https://www.byk.com/en/support/instruments.
html you will find the local service station nearest to your company.
Loaners
Upon request we will furnish you with a loaner during the
period of repair. (Please note availability is limited and not free
of charge.)
Repair and maintenance on site
In case the instrument cannot be sent to our company or if you
operate several instruments at one location, we offer on-site
service.
Maintenance agreement
In case you want to make sure that the necessary maintenance
is being done on a regular basis and on time, we recommend a
maintenance agreement.
292
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Certification Service for Standards
Today’s Quality Systems all require regular calibration of measurement standards. BYK-Gardner offers traceable recertification and
calibration services, ensuring accurate measurement worldwide.
micro-gloss Family
Certification Service for 4421
Certification Service for 4441
Certification Service for 4461
Certification Service for 4443
Certification Service for 4486
Certification Service for 4445
Certification Service for 4455
Certification Service for 4457
Certification Service for 4431
Certification Service for 4447
Certification Service for 4436
Certification Service for 4449
Certification Service for 4422
Certification Service for 4462
Certification Service for 4464
Certification Service for 4432
Certification Service for 4487
Certification Service for 4434
Certification Service for 4438
Certification Service for 4433
Certification Service for 4458
Certification Service for 4459
1 value
1 value
1 value
1 value
1 value
1 value
3 values
3 values
2 values
2 values
2 values
3 values
2 values
4 values
4 values
3 values
2 values
2 values
Physical Properties
107104459
Description
Color
Cat. No.
107104421
107104441
107104461
107104443
107104486
107104445
107104455
107104457
107104431
107104447
107104436
107104449
107104422
107104462
107104464
107104432
107104487
107104434
107104438
107104433
107104458
Standards 100 x 100 mm (4 x 4 in)
107104058
Certification Service for 4050
Certification Service for 4051
Certification Service for 4052
Certification Service for 4053
Certification Service for 4057
Certification Service for 4056
Certification Service for 4058
3 values
1 value
1 value
1 value
1 value
3 value
1 value
Technical Service
107104050
107104051
107104052
107104053
107104057
107104056
Appearance
Recertification Service for Standard, includes:
■ As received test data (where appropriate)
■ Compreshensive cleaning of standard
■ Final measurement data using master standards and master
instrument
■ Traceable Certificate
micro-haze plus & haze-gloss
107104514
107104513
107104631
107104614
107104615
107104616
107104617
107104618
Certification Service for 4514
Certification Service for 4513
Certification Service for 4631
Certification Service for 4614
Certification Service for 4615
Certification Service for 4616
Certification Service for 4617
Certification Service for 4618
2 values
1 value
1 value
3 values
4 values
1 value
1 value
1 value
107104624
Certification Service for 4624
3 values
293
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
wave-scan Family
Cat. No.
107104817
107104815
107104802
107104829
107104833
107104843
107104847
107104851
Description
Certification Service for 4817
Certification Service for 4815
Certification Service for 4802
Certification Service for 4829
Certification Service for 4833
Certification Service for 4843
Certification Service for 4847
Certification Service for 4851
cloud-runner
107106353
Certification Service for 6353
haze-gard plus, haze-gard dual
107104732
107104734
107104740
107104741
107104742
107104743
107104744
107104745
107104750
107104751
107104752
107104753
107104754
107104760
107104761
107104762
107104763
107104764
Certification Service for 4732
Certification Service for 4734
Certification Service for 4740
Certification Service for 4741
Certification Service for 4742
Certification Service for 4743
Certification Service for 4744
Certification Service for 4745
Certification Service for 4750
Certification Service for 4751
Certification Service for 4752
Certification Service for 4753
Certification Service for 4754
Certification Service for 4760
Certification Service for 4761
Certification Service for 4762
Certification Service for 4763
Certification Service for 4764
Certification Service for 4765
107104765
haze-gard i
107104776
107104777
107104790
107104791
107104792
107104793
107104794
107104795
107104778
107104779
107104780
107104781
107104782
Certification Service for 4776
Certification Service for 4777
Certification Service for 4790
Certification Service for 4791
Certification Service for 4792
Certification Service for 4793
Certification Service for 4794
Certification Service for 4795
Certification Service for 4778
Certification Service for 4779
Certification Service for 4780
Certification Service for 4781
Certification Service for 4782
Certification Service for 4783
107104783
Solid Color
107106166
107106525
107106473
107106844
107106846
294
Certification Service for 6166
Certification Service for 6525
Certification Service for 6473
Certification Service for 6844
Certification Service for 6846
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Certification Service for Instruments
Adhesion
Color
107105134
Description
Certification Service for 3424
Certification Service for 3425
Certification Service for 3426
Certification Service for 3427
Certification Service for 3428
Certification Service for 3429
Certification Service for 5120
Certification Service for 5121
Certification Service for 5122
Certification Service for 5123
Certification Service for 5124
Certification Service for 5125
Certification Service for 5126
Certification Service for 5127
Certification Service for 5128
Certification Service for 5129
Certification Service for 5132
Certification Service for 5133
Certification Service for 5134
Appearance
Cat. No.
107103424
107103425
107103426
107103427
107103428
107103429
107105120
107105121
107105122
107105123
107105124
107105125
107105126
107105127
107105128
107105129
107105132
107105133
107102020
107102021
107102030
107102031
107102040
107102041
107102056
107102057
107102120
107102312
Physical Properties
Application
Certification Service for 2020
Certification Service for 2021
Certification Service for 2030
Certification Service for 2031
Certification Service for 2040
Certification Service for 2041
Certification Service for 2056
Certification Service for 2057
Certification Service for 2120
Certification Service for 2312
107101130
107101140
Technical Service
Density
Certification Service for 1130
Certification Service for 1140
295
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Certification Service for Instruments
Dispersion
Cat. No.
107101509
107101510
107101511
107101512
107102500
107102501
107102502
107102503
107102504
107102505
107102506
107102507
107102508
107102509
107102510
107102511
107102512
107102513
107102514
Description
Certification Service for 1509
Certification Service for 1510
Certification Service for 1511
Certification Service for 1512
Certification Service for 2500
Certification Service for 2501
Certification Service for 2502
Certification Service for 2503
Certification Service for 2504
Certification Service for 2505
Certification Service for 2506
Certification Service for 2507
Certification Service for 2508
Certification Service for 2509
Certification Service for 2510
Certification Service for 2511
Certification Service for 2512
Certification Service for 2513
Certification Service for 2514
Certification Service for 2515
107102515
Film Thickness
107103430
107103603
107103604
Certification Service for 3430
Certification Service for 3603
Certification Service for 3604
Certification Service for 3646
107103646
Viscosity
107100172
107100173
107100174
107100115
107100213
107100214
107100215
107100216
107100001
107100500
107100510
107100540
107100560
296
Certification Service for 0172
Certification Service for 0173
Certification Service for 0174
Certification Service for 0115
Certification Service for 0213
Certification Service for 0214
Certification Service for 0215
Certification Service for 0216
Certification Service for single tubes
Certification Service for 0500
Certification Service for 0510
Certification Service for 0540
Certification Service for 0560
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Preventive Maintenance for micro-gloss Familiy
ISO 9000 requires routine control of testing equiment to ensure
accurate measurement results.
Appearance
BYK-Gardner offers recertification and calibration services to
support ISO 9000 requirements.
Preventive Maintenance includes:
■ Cleaning of optics
■ Test of instrument functionality
■ Firmware and Software update
■ Control of measuring instrument with standard set
■ Control of calibration and checking standards
■ Traceable Certificate
■ Calibration sticker on the instrument
■ Premium: Check and calibration on 25 gloss standards*
■ Standard: Check on 5 gloss standards
*Note: Please check availability with your local BYK-Gardner representative.
micro-gloss Family
Technical Service
297
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Physical Properties
107214456
Description
Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4420
Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4440
Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4460
Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4442
Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4463
Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4450
Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4485
Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4444
Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4430
Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4446
Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4437
Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4452
Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4435
Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4448
Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4454
Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4456
Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4420
Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4440
Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4460
Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4442
Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4463
Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4450
Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4485
Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4444
Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4430
Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4446
Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4437
Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4452
Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4435
Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4448
Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4454
Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4456
Color
Cat. No.
107204420
107204440
107204460
107204442
107204463
107204450
107204485
107204444
107204430
107204446
107204437
107204452
107204435
107204448
107204454
107204456
107214420
107214440
107214460
107214442
107214463
107214450
107214485
107214444
107214430
107214446
107214437
107214452
107214435
107214448
107214454
Preventive Maintenance for Instruments
ISO 9000 requires routine control of testing equiment to ensure
accurate measurement results.
BYK-Gardner offers recertification and calibration services to support ISO 9000 requirements.
Preventive Maintenance includes:
■ Cleaning of optics
■ Test of instrument functionality
■ Firmware and Software update
■ Control of measuring instrument with standard set
■ Control of calibration and checking standards
■ Traceable Certificate
■ Calibration sticker on the instrument
micro-haze plus & haze-gloss
Cat. No.
107204632
Description
Preventive Maintenance for 4632
Preventive Maintenance for 4601
107204601
wave-scan Family
107204816
107204812
107204806
107204840
107204822
107204850
107204824
Preventive Maintenance for 4816
Preventive Maintenance for 4812
Preventive Maintenance for 4806
Preventive Maintenance for 4840
Preventive Maintenance for 4822
Preventive Maintenance for 4850
Preventive Maintenance for 4824
Preventive Maintenance for 4846
107204846
Mottling
107206350
Preventive Maintenance for 6350
haze-gard Family
107204725
107204726
107204727
Preventive Maintenance for 4725
Preventive Maintenance for 4726
Preventive Maintenance for 4727
Preventive Maintenance for 4775
107204775
Solid Color
107206801
107206802
107206834
107206836
107206807
107206800
107206805
107206830
107206831
107206835
107206850
107206832
107206692
107206501
107206502
107206503
107206504
298
Preventive Maintenance for 6801
Preventive Maintenance for 6802
Preventive Maintenance for 6834
Preventive Maintenance for 6836
Preventive Maintenance for 6807
Preventive Maintenance for 6800
Preventive Maintenance for 6805
Preventive Maintenance for 6830
Preventive Maintenance for 6831
Preventive Maintenance for 6835
Preventive Maintenance for 6850
Preventive Maintenance for 6832
Preventive Maintenance for 6692
Preventive Maintenance for 6501
Preventive Maintenance for 6502
Preventive Maintenance for 6503
Preventive Maintenance for 6504
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Metallic Color
279021783
Description
Preventive Maintenance for 6340
Preventive Maintenance for 6345
Preventive Maintenance for 6362
Preventive Maintenance for 6363
Preventive Maintenance for 6369
Preventive Maintenance for 6395
Preventive Maintenance for 6396
Preventive Maintenance for 6397
Preventive Maintenance for 6398
Preventive Maintenance for 7030
Preventive Maintenance for 7031
Preventive Maintenance for 7034
Preventive Maintenance for 7035
Preventive Maintenance for 7032
Preventive Maintenance for 7033
Preventive Maintenance for 7036
Upgrade BYK-mac Docking Station
Appearance
Cat. No.
107206340
107206345
107206362
107206363
107206369
107206395
107206396
107206397
107206398
107207030
107207031
107207034
107207035
107207032
107207033
107207036
107202101
107202105
Color
Application
Preventive Maintenance for 2101
Preventive Maintenance for 2105
Conductivity
107201722
Preventive Maintenance for 1710
Preventive Maintenance for 1712
Preventive Maintenance for 1722
Physical Properties
107201710
107201712
Drying Time
107202710
Preventive Maintenance for 2710
Film Thickness
107203692
Preventive Maintenance for 3688
Preventive Maintenance for 3690
Preventive Maintenance for 3691
Preventive Maintenance for 3600
Preventive Maintenance for 3601
Preventive Maintenance for 3602
Preventive Maintenance for 3610
Preventive Maintenance for 3611
Preventive Maintenance for 3612
Preventive Maintenance for 3640
Preventive Maintenance for 3641
Preventive Maintenance for 3630
Preventive Maintenance for 3631
Preventive Maintenance for 3635
Preventive Maintenance for 3634
Preventive Maintenance for 3687
Preventive Maintenance for 3692
299
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
107203688
107203690
107203691
107203600
107203601
107203602
107203610
107203611
107203612
107203640
107203641
107203630
107203631
107203635
107203634
107203687
Flexibility
Cat. No.
107205512
107205400
107205330
107205710
Description
Preventive Maintenance for 5512
Preventive Maintenance for 5400
Preventive Maintenance for 5330
Preventive Maintenance for 5710
Preventive Maintenance for 5750
107205750
Hardness
107205854
107205855
107205820
107205858
107205859
107205861
Preventive Maintenance for 5854
Preventive Maintenance for 5855
Preventive Maintenance for 5820
Preventive Maintenance for 5858
Preventive Maintenance for 5859
Preventive Maintenance for 5861
Preventive Maintenance for 8525
107205825
Temperature
107203300
107203333
107203225
107203302
107203317
107203319
300
Preventive Maintenance for 3300
Preventive Maintenance for 3333
Preventive Maintenance for 3225
Preventive Maintenance for 3302
Preventive Maintenance for 3317
Preventive Maintenance for 3319
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Extended Warranty
Extended warranty time:
The new micro-gloss Family
Cat. No.
107304440
107304442
107304444
107304446
107304450
107304452
107304454
107304456
Description
Extended Warranty for 4440
Extended Warranty for 4442
Extended Warranty for 4444
Extended Warranty for 4446
Extended Warranty for 4450
Extended Warranty for 4452
Extended Warranty for 4454
Extended Warranty for 4456
107304448
Extended Warranty for 4448
Appearance
■ Extended warranty to 36 months total
■ Certification Service and Preventive Maintenance not included
107304601
Color
haze-gloss
Extended Warranty for 4601
haze-gard i
107304775
Extended Warranty for 4775
107304822
107304850
107304824
107304846
Extended Warranty for 4822
Extended Warranty for 4850
Extended Warranty for 4824
Extended Warranty for 4846
107304840
Extended Warranty for 4840
Physical Properties
wave-scan Family
Mottling
107306350
Extended Warranty for 6350
Technical Service
301
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
spectro-guide Family
Cat. No.
107306801
107306802
107306834
107306836
107306807
107306692
107306850
Description
Extended Warranty for 6801
Extended Warranty for 6802
Extended Warranty for 6834
Extended Warranty for 6836
Extended Warranty for 6807
Extended Warranty for 6692
Extended Warranty for 6850
BYK-mac i Family
107307030
Extended Warranty for 7030
107307031
Extended Warranty for 7031
107307032
107307033
107307034
107307035
Extended Warranty for 7032
Extended Warranty for 7033
Extended Warranty for 7034
Extended Warranty for 7035
107307036
Extended Warranty for 7036
temp-gard
107303319
107303317
302
Extended Warranty for 3319
Extended Warranty for 3317
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Product Index from A–Z
303
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
171
261 - 263
262
262
218
220
220, 242
196
235
227 - 228
201
179
132 - 133
109 - 124
114
116 - 118
114, 121
114, 121
114, 121
113, 120, 123
114, 128 - 129
114, 125 - 127
119 - 121
122 - 124
167 - 173
214 - 216
216
190
140 - 144
140 - 143
142
144
140 - 144
141
143
208 - 210
208
209 - 210
210
210
210
210
208 - 211
274 - 277, 283
274
274
275
275
276
283
95 - 97
90, 95 - 97
Physical Properties
Balanced Beam Scrape Adhesion and Mar Tester
160
accessories
160
Bar Film Applicators
175
Barrier for temp-gard
255 - 256
Balances
191 - 195
Analytical
192 - 195
Entris Series
192 - 193
Sartorius Qintix Series
194 - 195
Baking ovens
246
Bend Test
223, 236 - 237
Bending testers
236 - 237
Black Glass Panel
174
Black Standard for color-guide
90
Black Standard for spectro-guide
90
Books
238
Brightenend Charts
168
Brilliance14
Brush for Abrasion Tester
152, 154
Brush for Cross-Cut Tester
158
Brushout Cards
Bubble Viscometers
empty tubes
tube holder
Buchholz Indentation Hardness
Buchholz Indentation Tester
precision microscope
BYK LC 2
BYK-Gardner Cupping Tester
BYK-Gardner DIN EN ISO Impact Tester
BYK-Gardner Drying Time Recorder
BYK-Gardner Film Casting Knive
BYK-Gardner Liquid Color Standards
BYK-mac i
accessories
accessories cosmetics
docking station
protective cap
USB interface cable
white calibration standard
software smart-lab
software smart-process
BYK-mac i COLOR
BYK-mac i ROBOTIC
byko-charts
byko-cut universal
accessories
byko-drive Automatic Film Applicator byko-spectra
replacement lamp kit
byko-spectra basic
byko-spectra effect
byko-spectra family
byko-spectra lite
byko-spectra mini
byko-test
byko-test 4200 / 4500
byko-test 8500
accessories
calibration shims
sensor
software
byko-test Thickness Gages
byko-visc
basic
basic EX
advanced
advanced EX
premium
DS
BYKWARE auto-QC
BYKWARE auto-QC lite
Color
147 - 154
147 - 154
147 - 154
151 - 152, 154
151 - 152, 154
154
151 - 152, 154
152, 154
191 - 195
155 - 163
157 - 163
138
179
179
185
131 - 136
11 - 75
165 - 190
250
251 - 254
176
188 - 190
175 - 185
46 - 48
99
188 - 190
175 - 185
95 - 97
95 - 97
Appearance
Abrasers
Abrasion
Abrasion Scrub Tester
Abrasion Tester accessories
Abrasion Tester brush
Abrasion Tester modification kit
Abrasion Tester pad
Abrasion Tester panels
Acculab Balances
Adhesion
Adhesion testers
addista color standards
Adjustable drawdown bars
Adjustable knives
Anti-Sag Meter
APHA
Appearance
Application
Application Device for gradient-oven panels
Applications, gradient-oven
Applicator Frame
Applicator, automatic
Applicators
Automatic Appearance Control
auto-match III Sensor
Automatic Film Applicator
accessories
auto-QC lite Software
auto-QC Software Product Index from A–Z
BYKWARE easy-link
BYKWARE temp-chart
85
257
Calibration Holder for micro-gloss
28
Calibration Holder for micro-TRI-gloss
28
Calibration Holder for micro-TRI-gloss µ
212
Calibration Shims for byko-test 8500
210
Calibration Shims, Film Thickness
210, 213
Calibration Standards, Film Thickness
210, 213
Calibration tiles for color-guide
90
Calibration tiles for spectro-guide
90
CAP 1/23
285
CAP 1000+
284
CAP 2000+
284
CAPCALC Software for CAP 2000+
286
Cards
167 - 173
Certification Service for Instruments
295 - 296
Certification Service for Standards
267 - 268
Cloudiness57
cloud-runner
58 - 60
Charts
167 - 173
Checkerboard Charts
170
Checking Standard for haze-gloss
34
Checking Standard for micro-gloss
28
Checking Standard for micro-TRI-gloss
28
Checking Standard for micro-TRI-gloss µ
212
Checking Tile for micro-wave-scan
48
Checking Tile for wave-scan II
45
Checking Tile for wave-scan dual
42
Checking Tile for wave-scan ROBOTIC
50
Checking Tile for wave-scan ROBOTIC dual
50
Chromolux Cards
171
CIELab81
Circulating Bath
282
Clarity Calibration Standard for haze-gard i
75
Clarity Reference Standard for haze-gard i
75
Clear Polyester Film
174
Coating Inspection gages
214 - 215
Color
77 - 144
Color and Gloss
83
Color Comparators
132 - 133
Color Control of Liquids
131 - 139
Color Control Software
95 - 97
Color Differences
81
Color instrumentation
82
Color instruments, benchtop
99 - 100
Color instruments, handheld
83 - 95, 101, 109 - 121
Color instruments, laboratory
99 - 100
Color instruments, portable
83 - 95, 101, 109 - 121
Color, liquid
131 - 139
304
Color Measurement of effect coatings
103 - 108
Color Measurement of small parts
103 - 108
Color Measurement of small parts
88, 90, 111
Color Quality Control of Liquids
131 - 139
Color Standards, liquid
132 - 133
Color system
81
color-guide
88 - 90
accessories
90
calibration tiles
90
green checking reference
90
protective stand
90
sample area locator
90
sample holder for small parts
90
software auto-QC lite
90
glass sealed aperture
89
Comb gages
205
Comparators, Color
132 - 133
Conductivity196
Conductivity Measuring Cell
196
Conductivity Meter
196
Conductivity Plate electrode
196
Conductivity Tube electrode
196
Cone and Plate Viscometers
284 - 286
Cone and Plate Viscometer Spindles
285
Conical Mandrel
237
Coverage testing
186
Coverall Bend and Impact Tester
233
Cross-Cut Test
155 - 156
Cross-Cut Tester
157
accessories
158
brush
158
Cross-Cut Tester Blade
158
magnifier
158
Cryptometer186
Cup, density
197 - 198
Cup, DIN
268
Cup, DIN EN ISO
265
Cup, Ford Viscosity
268
Cup, specific gravity
197
Cup, weight per Gallon
197
Cupping Test
224, 234 - 235
Cupping Tester
234 - 235
stereo microscope
235
Cups, accessories
270
Cups, Viscosity
264 - 271
Curing time, recorder
201
Cylindrical Mandrel
236
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Product Index from A–Z
Gage, Fineness-of-Grind
Gages, thickness
Gardner Color
Gardner Delta Color Comparator
empty tubes
lamp
Gardner Delta Illuminator
Gardner-scrub
Geometry, 45/0
Geometry, sphere
199 - 200
205 - 212
131 - 136
134
134
134
134
149 - 152
82
82
305
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
224 - 233
208 - 212
213
250
188 - 190
175 - 185
179
202
203 - 216
205 - 214
208 - 212
208 - 212
205 - 207
199
199 - 200
223 - 237
236 - 237
234 - 235
225 - 233
268 - 269
268 - 269
270
268 - 269
Physical Properties
Falling Weight Test
Ferrous gages
Ferrous Standards, Film Thickness
Film Application Device for gradient-oven panels
Film Applicator, automatic
Film Applicators
Film Casting Knife
Film Flaws
Film Thickness
Film Thickness Gages
Film Thickness, electronic gages
Film Thickness, non-destructive gages
Film Thickness, wet film
Fineness-of-Grind-Gage scraper
Fineness-of-Grind-Gages
Flexibility
bending testers
cupping testers
impact testers
Flow Cup, DIN
Flow Cup, DIN EN ISO
Flow Cups, accessories
Ford Viscosity Cup
Color
easy-link85
Effect Coatings
103
Effect Control
103 - 108
Elasticity
223 - 237
Empty Tubes for Bubble Viscometers
262
Empty Tubes for Gardner Delta Color Comparator
206
Empty Tubes for liquid color standards
133
Entris Analytical Balances
192
esp-10163
impact tool
163
microscope
163
standard
163
Exhaust Tube for gradient oven
250
Extended Warranty
301 - 302
Appearance
Datalogger temp-gard
255 - 256
Degree of Dispersion
32
Delta Color Comparator
134
Density
197 - 198
Density Cup
197 - 198
Destructive Film Thickness Gages
214 - 216
Destructive Film Thickness Measurement
215
Dew Point Meter
258
Dies for DIN EN ISO impact tester
228
Dies for impact testers
229, 230, 232
Digital Cone and Plate Viscometers
284 - 286
Digital Drying Time Recorders
201
Digital Pocket Microscope
240
Digital Viscometers
272 - 286
DIN EN ISO Flow Cup
268
DIN EN ISO Impact Tester
227
DIN EN ISO Impact Tester, accessories
228
DIN EN ISO Impact Tester, dies
228
DIN EN ISO Impact Tester, distance rings
228
DIN EN ISO Impact Tester, weights
228
DIN Flow Cup
268
Dip Cup
265 - 267
Dip Cup, EZ Series
267
Dip Cup, S90 Signature Series
267
Dip Cup, Zahn Type
266 - 267
Dispersion
199 - 200
Display Charts
170
Distance Rings for DIN EN ISO impact tester
228
Distinctness of Image
36
DOI
36
Dow Latex Film Applicator
182
DPM 300 Digital Pocket Microscope
240
Drawdown bars
175 - 178
Drawdown charts
167 - 173
Drawdown devices
187 - 190
Drawdown holder
172, 187
Drawdown Plate
172
Dry Film Thickness, destructive
214 - 216
Dry Film Thickness, non-destructive
208 - 212
Drying Time
201
Drying Time Recorder
201
accessories
201
DUALSCOPE MPOR
211
Dullness37
DUR-O-Test220
Product Index from A–Z
Glass Filters for LCS III - IV and LCM III - IV
138
Glass Panel
174
Glass Plate for gradient-oven
250
Gloss and Color
82 - 84, 86
Gloss
15 - 30
Gloss and Thickness
19, 212
Gloss meters, laboratory
33 - 34
Gloss meters, portable
17 - 22
Gloss on films
15
Gloss Range
16
Gloss Standards
28, 34
Gloss units
15
gradient-oven249
accessories
250
applications
251 - 254
exhaust tube
250
glass plate
250
printer
250
test panel
250
test panel film application device
250
test panel marking strips
250
Graininess105
Green Checking Reference for color-guide
90
Green Checking Reference for spectro-guide
90
Grind Gages
199 - 200
Handheld color instruments
83 - 90, 109 - 121
Handheld gloss meters
17 - 29
Hardness
217 - 222
Hardness Meter
220
Hardness Testers
219 - 221
Haze
31 - 34
Haze Standard for haze-gloss
34
Haze, reflection
31, 33
Haze, transmission
67 - 68
haze-gloss33
accessories
34
checking standard
34
haze standard
34
high gloss standard
34
interface cable
34
mirror gloss standard
34
sample table
34
software
34
haze-gard i
70 - 75
accessories
74 - 75
calibration standard
75
clarity reference standard
75
306
cuvette table
film holder
haze standard
sample holder
software
transmittance standard
Hazen
Heat Sink for temp-gard
Heavy Duty Impact Tester
Hiding Charts
Hiding power tester
High Gloss Standard for haze-gloss
Hoffman Scratch Hardness Tester
accessories
large rider
scratching tool
small rider
Holder for charts
Humidity meter
74
74
75
74
74
75
131 - 136
256
229
168 - 173
186
34
159
159
159
159
159
172, 187
258
Illuminator for Gardner Delta Color Comparator
134
Image Forming Quality
36
Impact Test
163, 224 - 233
Impact Tester, „Coverall“
233
Impact Tester, DIN EN ISO
227 - 228
Impact Tester, heavy duty
229
Impact Tester, light duty
226
Impact Tester, SPI Modified
230
Impact Testers
225 - 233
Impact Tool for esp-10
163
Impact Tool for Single Impact Tester
163
Imperial Cups
197 - 198
In-store color matching
98 - 101
Indentation Hardness
217 - 218, 220
Indentors220
Inmont Gages
206 - 207
Interchemical Gages
206 - 207
Interface Cable for BYK-mac i
114
Interface Cable for BYK-mac i COLOR
121
Interface Cable for haze-gloss
34
Interface Cable for micro-gloss
24
Interface Cable for micro-TRI-gloss
24
Interface Cable for micro-TRI-gloss µ
212
Interface Cable for spectro-guide
90
Inter-leaf Paper
173
Iodine Scale
135 - 136
ISO Density Cup
197 - 198
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Product Index from A–Z
179
219
283
208 - 212
158
236 - 237
236
160
160
250
104
238
196
82
234
103
103 - 130
103 - 108
Oils, viscosity
Opacity Charts
Opacity-Display Charts
Opacity Measurement
Orange Peel
Orifices for Viscosity Cups
Oven
Oven temperature recorders
Pad for Abrasion Tester
Paint and Coating Testing Manual
Paint Inspection Gage
Paint Test Charts
287 - 289
168 - 169
170
169
35 - 54
270
246 - 254
247, 255 -256
Technical Service
Magnetic thickness gages
Magnifier for Cross-Cut Tester
Mandrel bending testers
Mandrel set
Mar Resistance Test
Mar Tester
Marking Strips for gradient oven panels
Measurement of Effect Coatings
Measurement of Appearance, 2nd Edition
Measuring Cell, Conductivity
Measuring geometry, color
Mechanical Cupping Tester
Metallic Coatings
Metallic Color
Metallic Color Theory
Physical Properties
99 - 100
33 - 34
168, 170
168 - 171
196
135
136
184
183 - 184
183 - 184
183 - 184
140 - 144
226
140 - 144
131 - 139
131 - 139
131 - 139
135 - 136
137 - 139
137
139
131 - 139
135 - 136
132 - 133
131
132 - 134
Color
Laboratory color instruments
Laboratory gloss meters
Laminated charts
Laquered charts
LC 2 Conductivity Meter
LCM IV
LCS IV
Leveling Test Blade, NYPC
Leveling Tester
Leveling/Sagging Tester
Levelling
Light Booths
Light-Duty Impact Tester
Lighting cabinet
Liquid Color
Liquid Color Control
Liquid Color Measurement
Liquid Color Meter
accessories
Liquid Color Meter sample cuvettes
Liquid Color Meter Thermostat Heater Block
Liquid Color, Quality Control
Liquid Color Spectrophotometer
Liquid Color Standards
Liquid Color Theory
Liquid Color, Visual Color Comparison
micro-gloss
17 - 29
accessories
25 - 29
calibration holder
28
checking standard
28
interface cable
24
software
23 - 24
micro-gloss S family
20
micro-gloss standards
28 - 29
Microscope, Digital Pocket
240
Microscope for Buchholz Indentation Tester
220
Microscope for Cupping Tester
235
Microscope for esp-10
163
Microscope for Single Impact Tester
163
Microscopes
239 - 244
micro-TRI-gloss19
micro-TRI-gloss µ with thickness
19, 212
micro-TRI-gloss accessories
24, 28 - 29
micro-wave-scan
46 - 48
Milkiness31
Mirror Gloss Standard for haze-gloss
34
Modification Kit for Abrasion Tester
154
Mottling
55 - 60
Multi-Cut Tools for Cross-Cut Test
216
Multiple Clearance Applicators
176 - 179
Multiple Gap Bars
176 - 178
Multi-angle color 103 - 124
Multi-angle color and effect measurement
104 - 106
Narrow Angle Scattering
68
Non-destructive Film Thickness gages
208 - 212
Non-ferrous gages
208 - 212
Non-ferrous Standards, Film Thickness
213
NYPC Leveling Test Blade
184
Appearance
Knives, film casting
König Pendulum for Pendulum Hardness Tester
Krebs type stormer viscometer
154
238
214
167 - 174
307
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Product Index from A–Z
Panel, glass
174
Panels, paper
167 - 173
Panels for Abrasion Tester
154, 174
Parallel Grove Adhesion Test
157 - 158
Pencil Hardness Tester
221
Pencils for hardness test
221
Pendulum Hardness
217 - 219
Pendulum Hardness Tester
219
accessories
219
König Pendulum
219
Persoz Pendulum
219
Penetration Charts
169
Penopac Charts
169
Permeability Cups
202
Pfund Cryptometer
186
Plain White Charts
171
Plastic Wet Film Thickness Gage
205
Plate electrode, Conductivity
196
Plate holder
172
Pocket Goniometer PGX+
243
Polyester film
174
Portable color instruments
83 - 90, 109 - 121
Portable gloss meters
17 - 24
POS (Point-of-Sale) Spectrophotometers
98 - 101
PosiTest161
Pull-off adhesion tester
161
PosiTector 6000
247 - 250
Precision Microscope for Buchholz Indentation Tester 220, 242
Preventive Maintenance for Instruments
297 - 300
Printer for gradient-oven
250
Probes for temp-gard
256
Protective cap for BYK-mac
113
Protective stand for color-guide
90
Protective stand for spectro-guide
90
Publications238
Pull-off Adhesion Testers
161 - 162
accessories
162
dollies
162
Pull-off gages
162
Pull-off Test
155
Pump
187
Punch for impact testers
229 - 232
Pycnometer
197 - 198
QC-software for color
308
85, 95 - 97
Rating38
Recorder, drying time
201
Reflection15
Reflectometer15
Rotational Viscometers
272 - 276
Sag and Leveling Test Charts
173
Sag and Leveling Tester
183
Sag and Leveling Meter
183
Sagging Tester
183 - 184
Sagging Test Procedure
183
Sample Area Locator for color-guide
90
Sample Area Locator for spectro-guide
90
Sample Cuvettes for LCM IV
137
Sample Cuvettes for LCS IV
137
Sample Cuvettes for Liquid Color Meter
137
Sample Cuvettes for Liquid Color Spectrophotometer
137
Sample Holder for color-guide
90
Sample Holder for spectro-guide
90
Sample Table for haze-gloss
34
Sartorius Balances
192 - 195
Scales
192 - 195
Scattering
67 - 68
Scrape Adhesion
160
Scrape Adhesion and Mar Tester
160
Scraper for Fineness-of-Grind-Gage
199
Scratch Hardness
217 - 218, 220
Scratching tool for Hoffman Scratch Hardness Tester
159
Scrub Test Panel
174
See-through Quality
68
Sharpness
36, 38 - 39
Shims
210, 213
Single Impact Test
163
Single Impact Tester
163
impact tool
163
microscope
163
Small Automatic Film Applicator
189
smart-lab
23 - 24, 128 - 129
smart-process
23 - 24, 51 - 53, 61 - 63
Software auto-QC
95 - 97
Software auto-QC lite
95 - 97
Software easy-link
85
Software for BYK-mac
125 - 129
Software for byko-test 8500
210
Software for byko-test MP0R
211
Software for color-guide
85, 95 - 97
Software for Cone and Plate Viscometers
286
Software for Digital Viscometers
286
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Product Index from A–Z
309
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
Uncoated Test Charts
172
Unlaquered Charts
172
Unsealed Charts
172
USB-adaptor257
USB-cable
24, 90, 114, 121, 212
Vacuum Plate
187
Vacuum Pump
187
Verification Kit for LCS III - IV and LCS III - IV
138
Viscometers, bubble
261 - 263
Viscometer spindles
278 - 281
Viscometer software
277
Physical Properties
155 - 156
158
temp-chart software
257
Temperature
245 - 258
temp-gard
255 - 256
temp-gard 12p
255
temp-gard 6p
255
accessories
256
datalogger
256
heat sink
256
probes
256
thermal barrier
256
Temperature, oven recorders
247, 255
Tension38
Test Charts
167 - 174
Test Charts, Sag&Leveling
173
Test Charts Uncoated
172
Test Panels for gradient-oven
250
Tester, impact
225 - 233
Testers, Hardness
219 - 222
Texture35
Thermal Barrier for temp-gard
256
Thermostat Heater Block
139
Thickness and Gloss
19, 212
Thickness calibration standards
210, 212
Thickness gages, byko-test
208 - 211
electronic
208 - 212
wet film
205 - 207
Thickness, dry film gages
208 - 216
Tolerances, color
81
Total Appearance
39
Total Transmission
67
Transmission Color
135
Transmission Haze
67
Transmittance67
Transmittance Standard for haze-gard i
75
Transparency
67 - 75
Tube electrode, Conductivity
196
Tube Holder for Bubble Viscometers
261
Tubes for byko-spectra
140 - 144
Two-Channel Wet Abrasion Scrub Tester
153 - 154
Color
Tape Adhesion Test
Tape for Cross Cut
100
23
23
257
85, 95 - 97
257
257
78 - 97
105 - 107
197 - 198
83 - 90
85, 90
90
83, 86 - 87
90
90
90
90
95 - 97
86
83 - 124
69
13
69
13
69
69
230
69
285
278 - 281, 285
173
170
178
287 - 289
138
90
163
28 - 29
90
270
207
182
235
283
37
Appearance
Software for In-store color matching
Software for micro-gloss
Software for micro-TRI-gloss µ
Software for oven temperature recorders
Software for spectro-guide
Software for temp-gard
Software temp-chart
Solid Color
Sparkle
Specific gravity cups
spectro-guide
accessories
calibration tiles
gloss
green checking reference
interface cable
protective stand
sample area locator
software auto-QC
spectro-guide S
Spectrophotometer
Specular excluded, spex
Specular gloss
Specular included, spin
Specular reflection
Spex, specular excluded
Sphere geometry
SPI Modified Impact Tester
Spin, specular included
Spindles for Cone and Plate Viscometers
Spindles for viscometers
Spray Monitors
Spreading Rate Charts
Square Drawdown Bars
Standard Oils
Standards addista
Standards for color-guide
Standards for esp 10
Standards for micro-gloss
Standards for spectro-guide
Stands for Viscosity Cups
Step gage
Step Gap Film Applicator
Stereo Microscope for cupping tester
Stormer Type Viscometer
Structure Spectrum
Product Index from A–Z
Viscometers
accessories
Viscosity
Viscosity Cup, Ford
Viscosity Cups
accessories
orifices
stands
Viscosity, oils
Visual Color Comparison
Visual Color Comparison, liquids
wave-scan II
accessories
wave-scan dual
accessories
docking station
checking tile
software
Waviness
wave-scan ROBOTIC
accessories
checking tile
software
Weighing
Weight per Gallon Cups
Weights, DIN EN ISO impact tester
Wet Abrasion Scrub Tester
Wet Abrasion Scrub Tester accessories
Wet film preparation
Wet Film Thickness
Wet Film Thickness Gages
Wet Hiding Power Testing
Wet Look
Wet Scrub Testers
White Standard for spectro-guide
White Standard for color-guide
Wide Angle Scattering
Wire Applicators
Wire Bars
Wide Angle Scattering
Wire Applicators
Wire Bars
Wireless Sensor
Wire-wound rods
Wolf-Wilburn Pencil Hardness Tester
Zahn Type Dip Cup 310
261 - 284
263, 270, 278 - 281, 285
259 - 289
268
264 - 269
270
270
270
287 - 289
140 - 144
132 - 134
43 - 45
45
39 - 42
42
42
42
42, 61 - 63
35 - 53
49 - 50
50
50
50, 61 - 62
191 - 195
197 - 198
228
153
153
165
203 - 208
205 - 208
186
36
153
90
90
68
180 - 181
180 - 181
68
180 - 181
180 - 181
210
180 - 181
221
266 - 267
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Standard Index from A–Z
ANSI Z124.1.2
Viscosity
261, 263
ASTM D 156
Color Comparison of Liquids
135 - 136
AOC Method Ka 6-63
ASTM D 1653Permeability
202
ASTM D 1709
Impact Test
225
ASTM D 1725
Viscosity
261, 263
ASTM D 1729
Visual Color Evaluation
140 - 143
ASTM D 1737
Bend Test
Viscosity
152 - 153
261, 263
AOCS Method BS 684ly/Lr
Color Comparison of Liquids
136
AOCS Method Cc 13e
Color Comparison of Liquids
136
Color Comparison of Liquids
237
ASTM D 1792Abrasion
148
ASTM D 1925
Color Comparison of Liquids
136
ASTM D 2196
Viscosity
ASTM D 2197
Scrape Adhesion
274 - 276
160
ASTM D 2198Abrasion
132 - 134
ASTM D 2244
Color measurement
148
87, 89, 99, 101,
ASTM D 2248
Scrape Adhesion
160
ASTM D 2454
Scrape Adhesion
160
ASTM D 2457
Gloss measurement 16, 21, 22, 24, 33, 87
ASTM D 2486
Abrasion
ASTM D 2486
Application
174, 182
ASTM D 2794
Impact Test
228 - 231
ASTM B 499
Film Thickness
19, 208 - 212
ASTM C 346
Gloss measurement
16, 21
ASTM D 848
Color Comparison of Liquids
136
ASTM D 1003
Transparency measurement
69, 70, 73
ASTM D 1044
Transparency measurement
73
ASTM D 1045
Color Comparison of Liquids
135 - 136
ASTM D 1084Viscosity
ASTM D 2805
168, 170, 174
ASTM D 2805Density
197
ASTM D 3002
Cross-Cut Test
156 - 157
214
ASTM D 3002
Film Thickness
ASTM D 1186
Film Thickness
208, 209
ASTM D 3029
Impact Test
229 - 230
268
ASTM D 3206Abrasion
148
135 - 136
ASTM D 3207Abrasion
148
ASTM D 1210Dispersion
199
ASTM D 3258
ASTM D 1212
Film Thickness
206
ASTM D 3276Temperature
258
ASTM D 1316Dispersion
199
ASTM D 3281
233
ASTM D 1400
Film Thickness
ASTM D 1475Density
19, 208 - 212
197
Application
175, 182
Impact Test
ASTM D 333Density
199
ASTM D 333Dispersion
199
268
ASTM D 1500
Color Comparison of Liquids
135 - 136
ASTM D 333Viscosity
ASTM D 1544
Color Comparison of Liquids
132 - 136
ASTM D 3359
Cross-Cut Test
Technical Service
266
261, 263
Color Comparison of Liquids
183
Application
Viscosity
ASTM D 1209
148, 150 - 154
ASTM D 2801Application
ASTM D 1131
ASTM D 1200Viscosity
113, 120, 123
Physical Properties
Color
AOCS Method Tdla-64T
Appearance
ASTM D 1545
Abrasion
156 - 157
311
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Standard Index from A–Z
ASTM D 3359
Film Thickness
ASTM D 3363
Hardness
221 - 222
ASTM D 823-53 (1970)
ASTM D 344
Application
168, 170
Application
ASTM D 3450
Abrasion
214
148, 151 - 154
ASTM D 823
Application
175, 176, 182, 188, 190
179
ASTM D 3450Application
174
ASTM E 1164
ASTM D 365Viscosity
268
113, 120, 123
22
ASTM E 2194
Color measurement
113, 120, 123
ASTM D 3730Application
185
ASTM E 308
Color measurement
87, 89, 99, 101,
ASTM D 4062Application
184
ASTM D 3679
Gloss measurement
Color measurement
ASTM D 4212
Viscosity266
ASTM E 430
ASTM D 4213
Abrasion
ASTM D 4213Application
ASTM D 4226
Impact Test
148, 151 - 154
174
ASTM Z 8741
87, 89, 99, 101,
113, 120, 123, 136
Haze measurement
33
Gloss measurement
22
229 - 231
ASTM D 4287Viscosity
284
ASTM Method B Cross-Cut Test
ASTM D 4366
Pendulum Hardness Test
219
ASTM D 4400
Application
173, 185
BS 3900
157
Cupping Test
234
ASTM D 4488Abrasion
148
Viscosity
284
ASTM D 4541
Pull-Off Adhesion
161
BS 3900 - E19Hardness
221
ASTM D 4828
Abrasion
148, 151 - 154
BS 3900 (C5)
Film Thickness
208 - 211
ASTM D 5125Viscosity
268
BS 3900 A 19Density
ASTM D 5178
Scrape Adhesion
160
BS 5350
Viscosity
274 - 276
ASTM D 522
Bend Test
BS 5411 (3, 11)
Film Thickness
208 - 211
ASTM D 523
Gloss measurement 16, 19, 24, 33, 87, 212
BS 6075
Viscosity
274 - 276
ASTM D 5368
Color Comparison of Liquids
BS 7079-B4Temperature
ASTM D 5420
Impact Test
236 - 237
136
229 - 230
197
ASTM D 562Viscosity
283
ASTM D 5682Conductivity
196
ASTM D 5895
Drying Time
201
ASTM D 5946
Surface Tension
243
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Specification W-4
ASTM D 6736Abrasion
ASTM D 7091
Film Thickness
ASTM D 7234
Pull-Off Adhesion
Canadian Government Specification 26-GP-3a
Abrasion148
148
208 - 211
Abrasion148
161
DIN 927-3Adhesion
ASTM D 7395Viscosity
285
DIN 11664
ASTM D 724
243
Surface Tension
ASTM D 816Viscosity
312
258
Color measurement
157
87
266
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Standard Index from A–Z
DIN 5033
Color measurement
87, 89, 99, 101, 113, DTMS 141a:
Method 2012
Bend Test
236
87, 89, 99, 101, 113, Method 6051
Bend Test
236
120, 123
Method 6221
Bend Test
236
DIN 50981
Film Thickness
208 - 211
Method 6223
Bend Test
236
DIN 50984
Film Thickness
208 - 211
DIN 50986
Film Thickness
214
ECCA THardness
DIN 53151
Film Thickness
214
DIN 53166
Cupping Test
234
ECE 43
DIN 5036
Color measurement
DIN 53211 (withdrawn in October 1996) Abrasion
221
153 - 154
Viscosity268
Erichsen CuppingCupping Test
197
DIN 53232
234
Fed Spec:
Cupping Test
DIN 53778 (withdrawn in August 2007) 147, 150 - 151, 153 - 154
235
Color
DIN 53217Density
Abrasion
PD-220AApplication
175
TT-E-508AApplication
175
220
TT-PApplication
182
DIN 55667Conductivity
196
TT-P-29Application
175
DIN 6162
Color Comparison of Liquids
DIN 6174
Color measurement
135 - 136
87, 89, 99, 101, 113, FTMS 141a: 148, 160, 175, 176, 179, 183, 199, 261, 263
120, 123, 136
Method 2161
Application
176, 179
DIN 6175-2
Color measurement
113, 120, 123
Method 2162
Application
176, 179
DIN 67530
Gloss measurement 16, 19, 24, 33, 87, 212
Method 4255
Application
176, 179
Method 4272
Viscosity
261, 263
199
Method 4494Application
183
Hardness221
Method 6141Abrasion
148
Drying Time
Method 6142Abrasion
148
Method 6226Application
176
Method 6266Application
179
Method 6303.1 Scrape Adhesion
160
147 - 148, 153
DIN EN 13523-4:2001-12
DIN EN 14022
DIN EN 53778
201
Abrasion
148, 153
DIN EN ISO 11664
Color measurement
Technical Service
Method 4411.1Dispersion
Abrasion
Physical Properties
DIN 55656Hardness
DIN EN 13300
Appearance
120, 123, 136
89, 99, 101, 113,
120, 123
DIN EN ISO 20567-2
Adhesion
General Electric
Company Specification F50TF7-S1
Scrape Adhesion
160
163
313
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Standard Index from A–Z
GE Aircraft Engine Group Spec. E50TF61-S1
ISO 4624
Pull-Off Adhesion
ISO 4630
Color Comparison of Liquids
132 - 136
ISO 6271
Color Comparison of Liquids
135 - 136
147 - 148, 150 - 154
ISO 6272-1
Impact Test
227 - 228
174
ISO 6272-2
Impact Test
229
69, 70, 73
ISO 6504-3
Application
168, 170
Scratch Hardness
ISO 11998
Abrasion
159
ISO 11998Application
ISO 13468
Transparency measurement
ISO 13803
Haze measurement
33
ISO 6860
Bend Test
ISO 14782
Transparency measurement
73
ISO 7668
Gloss measurement
Impact Test
161
237
16, 19, 24, 87
ISO 15091Conductivity
196
ISO 7765-1
ISO 15184Hardness
221
ISO 7783-2Permeability
202
ISO 1519
Bend Test
236
ISO 8502-4Temperature
258
ISO 1520
Cupping Test
ISO 9117-4
201
ISO 1522
Pendulum Hardness Test
234 - 235
Drying Time
225
219
ISO 1524Dispersion
199
JAN-P-630Application
175
ISO 15989
Surface Tension
243
JAN-P-700Application
175
ISO 16276-1
Pull-Off Adhesion
161
ISO 1652
Viscosity
JIS B 7729
Cupping Test
234
ISO 19840
Film Thickness
JIS K 5600-5-2
Cupping Test
234
ISO 2049
Color Comparison of Liquids
JIS Z 8741
Gloss measurement
Film Thickness
19, 208 - 212
ISO 2360
Film Thickness
19, 208 - 212
ISO 2409
Cross-Cut Test
156 - 157
ISO 2409
Film Thickness
214
Military Specification:
268
MIL-P-13341Application
175
MIL-P-7788H
160
274 - 276
209
ISO 2431Viscosity
ISO 2555
Viscosity
ISO 27608
Color Comparison of Liquids
ISO 2808
Film Thickness
ISO 2811Density
135 - 136
274 - 276
19, 206, 208 - 212
197
Gloss measurement 16, 19, 24, 33, 87, 212
ISO 2815
Film Thickness, Hardness
214, 220
ISO 2884
Viscosity
284 - 285
ISO 3668 (accessory required)
Abrasion
Scrape Adhesion
148, 152
Naval Lab Specification
WS12858 Part 4.5.5
Scratch Hardness
159
NCCA II-13
Film Thickness
214
NCCA X-1
Film Thickness
214
Visual Color Evaluation, Lightbooth140 - 143
ISO 3900Viscosity
314
Master Painter Institute MPI 138
136
ISO 2813
16, 21, 24
285
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Standard Index from A–Z
New York Society for Paint Technology
Appearance
“Official Digest” No. 44 Vol. 32, No. 430, p. 1435
Viscosity184
Rock Island Arsenal Specification RIX-268
Abrasion148
SAE J 1545 Color measurement
Tappi T 458
Surface Tension
Tappi T 480
Gloss measurement
113, 120, 123
243
16, 22
Color
US Federal Specification:
P-C-431a, P-D-220A, P-R-201b, P-W-155,
T-1279D, TT-P-18, TT-P-22, TT-P-23a,
TT-P-26a, TT-P-29B, TT-P-30, TT-P-47a,
Physical Properties
TT-P-51d, TT-P-88a, TT-P-508
Abrasion
148
US Military Specification:
MIL-C-3004, MIL-C-46057, MIL-E-11237,
MIL-P-13340A, MIL-P-15422B
Abrasion
148, 152
Abrasion
148
VTLA 003 Item 9 Film Thickness
214
315
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Technical Service
US Navy Specification 512C20C
316
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
General Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery
of BYK-Gardner GmbH (BYK-Gardner) (AVLB 2014/E)
1.GENERAL
1.2 In the event that BYK-Gardner’s General Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery are introduced into a transaction with the Customer, such General Terms
and Conditions of Sale and Delivery shall also apply to all further transactions
between the Customer and BYK-Gardner unless agreed otherwise in writing.
1.3 BYK-Gardner’s General Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery shall apply
exclusively. Any conditions of the Customer which are at variance hereto or
which conflict with BYK-Gardner’s General Terms and Conditions of Sale andDelivery shall only apply if expressly accepted by BYK-Gardner in writing.
1.4 In the event that future technical developments result in changes to the goods
after the conclusion of the contract, BYK-Gardner is entitled to deliver the
technically altered goods. BYK-Gardner is entitled to deviate from illustrations,
drawings, descriptions, colours and dimensions, weight, quality and other details, to the extent that such is reasonable for the Customer taking into account
the interests of both parties.
1.5 BYK-Gardner is entitled to make partial deliveries and to claim separate
payment in respect ther of.
2.2 The obligation to deliver an item only the category of which has been defined
shall not encompass the assumption of a procurement risk. BYK-Gardner shall
not be deemed to have granted a guaranty unless BYK-Gardner has specified
a guaranteed property in writing.
2.3 In case of the electronic transmission of an order, the provisions of § 312e
section 1, sentence 1, nos. 1 to 3 Civil Code (BGB) (Duties in Electronic Transactions) are hereby excluded. BYK-Gardner shall not be obliged to confirm the
receipt of any order by electronic means. Any e-mails received by BYK-Gardner
on business days between 0:00 and 16:00 h shall be deemed to have been
received as of 16:00 h unless earlier receipt can be proven. E-mails received
by BYK-Gardner between 16:01 and 23:59 h shall be deemed to have been
received at 16:00 h on the next business day, unless earlier receipt can be
proven.
3.1 Unless otherwise agreed, invoiced amounts are due for payment without any
deductions within 30 days after the date of invoice. In case payment is received
within 14 days after the date of invoice, BYK-Gardner grants a deduction of
2%. Payments shall be deemed settled as soon as the payment in Euro has
been credited on one of BYK-Gardner’s bank accounts. Any further expenses
shall be borne by the Customer. In case of goods being exported, any costs
related from the transfer or payments of moneys shall be borne by the Customer to the extent that such arise in the country of the Customer. If payment
is not made within the stipulated period, it shall be deemed to be in arrears
without previous notice thereof.
In the event that the prevention should continue for more than six months
or should the delivery become impossible, both parties are entitled to rescind
the contract.
4.3 Any claims for damages due to delays in delivery shall be limited to a maximum
amount of 0.5 % of the net delivery price for the goods delayed per completed
week of delay, but totalling no more than a maximum of 5 % of the net
delivery price. In case such delay relates to a wilful act or gross negligence or
a breach of a substantial contractual duty (for definition see section 9.1), the
statutory liability shall apply, however such liability shall be limited to the foreseeable damage in the event of a negligent breach of a substantial contractual
duty.
4.4 If a Customer sets a reasonable subsequent deadline after a delay in delivery
and such deadline expires without performance, the Customer may withdraw
from the contract; the Customer shall be entitled to claim damages due to
non-performance to the amount of the foreseeable damage only if such nonperformance relates to a wilful act or gross negligence or is a breach of a
substantial contractual duty (for definition see section 9.1); in all other cases
any liability for damages shall be limited to 50 % of the damage incurred.
4.5 The limitations of liability in accordance with sections 4.3 and 4.4 shall not apply in so far as a commercial contract where time is of the essence is agreed;
the same applies if the Customer may claim that as the result of the delay for
which BYK-Gardner is responsible, an immediate claim for damages should
apply instead of performance (§281, section 2 Civil Code (BGB)).
3.2 Any acceptance of an order and the performance of delivery may be made
subject to requirements of security deposit or prepayment. BYK-Gardner is also
entitled to demand payment concurrently with the delivery of the goods.
4.6 BYK-Gardner shall not be in default delay for as long as the Customer is in
default of performance of any obligations it may have towards BYK-Gardner,
even if resulting from other contracts.
3.3 In the event that there is any substantial deterioration in the financial situation
of the Customer after concluding the contract, such as by way of filing for
insolvency proceedings by the Customer, the commencement of insolvency
proceedings, an application for a declaration of insolvency or an arrest warrant
or, if there is a cessation of payment or similar, which is not based on any right
of retention or other rights, BYK-Gardner may, in addition to BYK-Gardner’s
rights under Art. 3.2, withdraw from the contract at any time.
4.7 Unless agreed otherwise, any loading and dispatching takes place on an uninsured basis at the risk of the Customer ex works, i.e. EXW Geretsried according
to the Incoterms in the latest version.
Technical Service
3. PAYMENT CONDITIONS, SECURITY
4.2 In the event that BYK-Gardner does not receive any deliveries or services
from its subcontractors, or does not receive them properly or in time, for
reasons beyond BYK-Gardner’s control and despite a reasonable stock being
maintained, or in case of any event of force majeure, BYK-Gardner shall inform
its Customers timely in writing or in text form. In such case, BYK-Gardner
is entitled to delay delivery for the period of the hindrance or to withdraw
from the contract in whole or in part in relation to the non-performed part
provided that BYK-Gardner met its obligation to inform its Customers and
BYKGardner has not assumed any risk of procurement. Force majeure includes strikes, lock-outs, actions of authorities, scarcity of energy and raw
materials, legal national and international regulations regarding embargo,
fight against terrorism or any other regulations, transport difficulties which
are not culpably caused by BYK-Gardner, any hindrances to operations which
are not culpably caused by BYK-Gardner, for example, as a result of fire,
water and machine damage; and any other hindrances which in objective
terms have not been culpably caused by BYK-Gardner. In the event that a
delivery date or delivery deadline is agreed in a binding manner and as result of any event under this section 4.2 such agreed delivery date or delivery
deadline is not met, the Customer may, after the expiry of a subsequent further reasonable deadline, withdraw from the contract with respect to the
non-performed part of such contract, if it would be objectively unreasonable for the Customer to continue to be bound by such a contract. Any further rights to claim on the part of the Customer are excluded in such case.
Physical Properties
2.1. BYK-Gardner’s offers are subject to change and are non-binding unless expressly stated otherwise. Such offers are merely an invitation for the Customer to
submit a binding order on this basis. A contract will be formed, also in relation
to ongoing business transactions, only if the Customer’s order is confirmed
by BYK-Gardner in writing (including per fax or e-mail) or, if the goods are
delivered. BYK-Gardner’s order confirmation shall determine the conditions of
the contract. In case of immediate delivery BYK-Gardner’s order confirmation
may be replaced by an invoice.
4.1 All binding delivery dates and terms shall require an express written agreemen
in order to be valid. If non-binding or approximate delivery dates or terms
have been specified, BYK-Gardner will use their best efforts to comply with
these specifications. Any unilateral requirements stipulated by the Customer
shall not be binding on BYK-Gardner unless BYK-Gardner expressly agreed to
their validity in writing. Transactions for fixed delivery dates must expressly be
designated as such and confirmed by BYK-Gardner in writing.
Color
2.OFFERS, ORDERS, CHARACTERISTICS
OF GOODS
4. DELIVERIES AND SHIPMENTS
Appearance
1.1 The General Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery of BYK-Gardner shall
apply only in relation to customers which are enterprises in terms of § 14 of
the Civil Code (BGB) of the Federal Republic of Germany (hereinafter called
“Customer”).
3.4 Any rights of retention or set-off on the part of the Customer shall only exist
in relation to those counterclaims which are undisputed or have been determined by final legal judgement unless the counterclaim relates to a breach of
a substantial contractual duty (for definition see section 9.1) on BYK-Gardner’s
part. Any rights of retention may be exercised by the Customer, only if its
counterclaim arises from the same contractual relationship.
4.8 BYK-Gardner shall determine the means of transport and the transport route.
BYK-Gardner will, however, attempt to take into account the Customer’s
317
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
General Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery
of BYK-Gardner GmbH (BYK-Gardner) (AVLB 2014/E)
preferences in regard to means and route of transportation; however, any
additional costs resulting therefrom – also in relation to agreed free freight
delivery – shall be borne by the Customer.
5.PRICES
5.1 Any orders placed with BYK-Gardner shall be performed at the list prices valid
on the delivery date in Euro including packaging. These prices are quoted exclusive of the statutory value-added tax, as amended. Unless agreed otherwise,
the contract prices shall be quoted ex works, i.e. EXW Geretsried according to
the Incoterms in the latest version.
5.2 BYK-Gardner is entitled to reasonably increase prices unilaterally (§ 315 Civil
Code (BGB)) in case of any increase in material procurement or production
costs, taxes, wage or salary or social security costs as well as energy costs and
costs for environmental protection provided that the time between the concluding of the contract and delivery is greater than four months. Any increase
in terms of the above is not possible in so far as the increase of costs of any of
the above named factors is set off by a decrease in costs of any of the above
factors in relation to the total cost burden for the delivery.
6. RETENTION OF TITLE
6.1 BYK-Gardner reserves the title of ownership to all goods supplied by BYKGardner (hereinafter referred to generally as “retention of title goods”), until
all claims of BYK-Gardner arising from the business connection with the Customer, including any future claims from contracts concluded at a later time, have
been settled. This shall also apply to any balance in favour of BYK-Gardner,
if any specific individual claim or all claims by BYK-Gardner are included in a
current invoice (current account) and a balance is drawn.
6.2 The Customer shall insure all retention of title goods adequately in particular
against fire, water and theft. Any claims against an insurer arising out of a
case of damage affecting retention of title goods shall hereby be deemed to
have already been assigned to BYK-Gardner to the amount of the value of the
retention of title goods.
6.3 The Customer is entitled to resell the delivered goods in the normal course of
business. Any other form of disposal by the Customer, and in particular any
pledging or granting of any security rights shall not be permitted. If the retention of title goods are not paid for by a third party immediately during the course
of resale, the Customer shall sell such only subject to retention of title. Any entitlement to resell retention of title goods shall be extinguished automatically,
if the Customer ceases to make payment or is in default with any payment in
relation to BYK-Gardner. The same shall apply correspondingly if the Customer
is part of a group of companies and/or if one of the circumstances described
in the above sentence occurs in relation to the parent company or a holding
company of the Customer.
6.4 The Customer hereby assigns to BYK-Gardner in advance all claims, including
any securities and supplementary rights, which it is entitled against any final
purchasers or third parties as a result of or in connection with the resale of
retention of title goods. The Customer shall not enter into any agreement
with its customers which exclude or limit BYK-Gardner’s rights in any manner
whatsoever or which render void the advanced assignment of claims. In case
of the sale of retention of title goods together with other items, the claim
against the third party purchaser shall be deemed to have been assigned to
BYK-Gardner to the amount of the delivery price agreed between BYK-Gardner
and the Customer, to the extent that the individual amounts attributable to
the relevant goods cannot be determined from the invoice.
6.5 The Customer shall remain entitled to collect any claims which have been
assigned to BYK-Gardner until such right is duly revoked by BYK-Gardner to
which revocation BYK-Gardner is entitled at any time. Upon request, the Customer shall provide BYK-Gardner with the information and documentation
necessary to collect any assigned claims and, insofar as BYK-Gardner does not
do so itself, the Customer shall inform its customers immediately about the
assignment of the claims to BYK-Gardner.
6.6 If the Customer includes any claims from resale of retention of title goods in a
current account relationship with its customers, it hereby assigns to BYK-Gardner in advance any recognised final balance in its favour which corresponds
with the total amount of the claim from the resale of BYK-Gardner’s retention
of title goods.
6.7 If the Customer has already assigned any claims from the resale of goods delivered or to be delivered by BYK-Gardner to a third party, in particular on the
basis of non-recourse factoring or recourse factoring or any other agreements,
on the basis of which BYK-Gardner’s current or future rights of securityin
318
in accordance with this section could be limited, it shall notify BYK-Gardner
of such without undue delay. In case of recourse factoring BYK-Gardner is
entitled to withdraw from the contract and to demand restitution of any goods
already delivered. The same shall apply in case of non-recourse factoring, if the
Customer is unable to freely dispose of the purchase price of the claim under
the contract with the factor.
6.8 In case of any contractual breach, in particularly in case of default in payment,
BYK-Gardner is – without BYK-Gardner having to withdraw from the contract
beforehand – entitled to recover all retention of title goods; the Customer is
in such case automatically obliged to release such goods to the extent that not
only a breach of a minor duty has occurred. In order to be able to determine
the stock of goods delivered by BYK-Gardner representatives of BYK-Gardner
may at any time during the normal hours of business enter the business premises of the Customer. Recovering retention of title goods shall qualify as
withdrawal from the contract only if BYK-Gardner declares such expressly in
writing or if such is required by the mandatory provisions of law. The Customer
shall notify BYK-Gardner without undue delay in writing of any access of third
parties to the retention of title goods or claims assigned to BYK-Gardner.
6.9 If the value of the securities available to BYK-Gardner under the above provisions exceeds the secured claims in total by more than 10 %, BYK-Gardner shall,
if requested by the Customer, release any security at BYK-Gardner’s choice to
such extent.
6.10 From the time of cessation of payment by the Customer or in case of the
issuing of an application for insolvency of the Customer, the Customer shall
no longer be entitled to sell any retention of title goods. The Customer shall in
such case undertake separate storage and labelling of retention of title goods
without undue delay and shall further keep for BYK-Gardner on a fiduciary
basis any moneys received from assigned claims arising from the delivery of
goods.
6.11 If the above agreed retention of title is not recognised or is only recognised under certain preconditions under the law of the country into which the
goods are delivered, the Customer shall notify BYK-Gardner of such at the
latest upon the concluding of the contract. If the laws of such country do not
allow for retention of title or an extended retention of title, but would allow
BYK-Gardner other rights in similar manner to a retention of title for security
purposes, BYK-Gardner hereby declares, that BYK-Gardner shall use such rights
in relation to the delivered goods. The Customer shall assist in undertaking all
necessary measures (in particular compliance with formalities).
7. RIGHTS OF USE REGARDING SOFTWARE
7.1 Any Software which is transferred to the Customer or made available by
download represents a copyright work by BYK-Gardner and/or its licensers.
All rights of the Software in relation to the Customer appertain exclusively to
BYK-Gardner and/or its licensers.
7.2 BYK-Gardner transfers to the Customer a simple, non-exclusive, non-sublicensable, and non-transferable right to use the Software exclusively for his own
purposes in his company. The Customer is entitled to use the Software as a
whole or partly on a data processing instrument. The simultaneous use on
several data processing instruments is excluded.
7.3 In case the Software is transferred to the Customer together with other goods
purchased from BYK-Gardner, the Customer may use the Software only to the
extent and for the purpose, necessary for the operation of the goods purchased from BYK-Gardner.
7.4 Especially, the Customer shall not copy the Software, except for a back-up copy
for security purposes.
7.5 The Customer is not entitled to change, to disassemble or to further develop
the Software.
7.6 Indications regarding the owner of the rights of the Software and of the documentation shall not be removed.
7.6. In case goods from BYK-Gardner which contain Software are resold, the above
mentioned rights to use and obligations arising from this right are transferred
to the buyer.
8. WARRANTY, NOTIFICATION OF DEFECT
8.1 The Customer shall immediately inspect the goods delivered upon delivery,
where appropriate, for any defects regarding their quantity and quality, by a
trial process, and shall notify BYK-Gardner of any defects without delay, but
not later than within 7 days upon receipt of the goods; otherwise, the goods
shall be deemed to have been approved. BYK-Gardner shall be notified of
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
General Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery
of BYK-Gardner GmbH (BYK-Gardner) (AVLB 2014/E)
The warranty period is 24 months after delivery to the Customer.
8.2 Any notice of defect under section 8.1 must be in writing.
8.3 In case the Customer returns the goods within Germany or the EU, the goods
shall be sent to BYK-Gardner’s registered office in Geretsried if possible in original packaging by delivery prepaid. After completion of the order BYK-Gardner
shall return the goods to the Customer by delivery prepaid.
In case of return shipment by airfreight, the goods shall be sent if possible in
original packaging to Munich Airport (CPT Incoterms 2010). After repair the
goods shall be returned to the Customer’s nearest airport (CPT Incoterms
2010). Customs clearance in Customer’s country shall be taken over by the
Customer.
8.6 BYK-Gardner warrants that the Software has been developed according to the
current state of the art, has been carefully checked and substantially conforms
to the applicable product documentation. The warranty does not include the
confirmation that the Software answers the Customer’s requirements or is
compatible with other programs selected by the Customer.
9. LILIABILITY, EXCLUSION AND
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
“Substantial contractual duty” is any duty which contractually protects the
substantial legal position of the Customer, such being entitled to be protected
in terms of the content and purpose of the contract; substantial duties also
refer to those contractual duties, which must be performed in order to allow
the due performance of the contract itself and the compliance with which the
Customer regularly relies on, and may rely on.
9.7 The above provisions shall not constitute a reversal of the burden of proof.
10.JURISDICTION AND APPLICABLE LAW
10.1 The place of jurisdiction for any and all disputes arising out of this contract
shall be Munich, Germany.
10.2 The law of the Federal Republic of Germany shall apply to the exclusion of the
United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods
(CISG).
10.3If any of BYK-Gardner’s order confirmations contains a clause from
INCOTERMS, the respective applicable provision of INCOTERMS in the latest
version shall apply unless otherwise stated in BYK-Gardner’s respective order
confirmation.
11.SEVERANCE CLAUSE
In the event that individual provisions hereof should be invalid for any other
reason than those in §§ 305 – 310 Civil Code (BGB) the remaining provisions
shall not be affected. Any invalid provision shall be deemed to have been replaced by a valid substitute provision which most closely reflects the originally
intended commercial purpose.
Note:
In accordance with the provisions of the German Federal Data Protection
Act (Bundesdatenschutzgesetz) BYK-Gardner must inform the Customer that
purchase orders are processed on IT-systems and that data received from the
Customer on the basis of the commercial relationship will be electronically
recorded and stored. BYK-Gardner does not process any inquiries or orders
from persons, companies, organziations or countries that are listed on any
national or international official list of sanctions and embargos and will immediatley cancel any confirmed orders.
The Customer commits to use the goods exclusively according to the rules
and to abide by the valid and applicable European Union regulations regarding international commercial law (dual use, embargo).
All trademarks, logos, illustrations, photos and text included in the catalog
are protected by copyright law.
Duplication, distribution, alteration or alternative use is not permitted. Usage
of any contents of the BYK-Gardner catalog shall only be allowed upon prior
written consent by BYK-Gardner.
The Bluetooth ® word mark and logos are registered trademarks
owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by
BYK-Gardner is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners.
Technical Service
9.1 BYK-Gardner shall be generally liable only for any wilful act or gross negligence
by BYK-Gardner or its legal representatives or vicarious agents. BYK-Gardner’s
liability and that of its legal representatives and vicarious agents for minor
negligence is excluded only insofar as such does not relate to (1) a breach of a
substantial contractual duty, (2) breach of any duty in terms of § 241, section
2 Civil Code (BGB), if it would no longer be reasonable for the Customer to
accept BYK-Gardner’s performance, (3) any injury to life, personal injury or
injury to health, (4) the acceptance of any guarantee for the quality of any
performance, for the successful performance or for any risk of procurement,
(5) deceit, (6) initial impossibility, (7) claims in accordance with the German
Product Liability Act (Produkthaftungsgesetz) or (8) any other cases of mandatory legal liability.
9.6 Any claims of the Customer for damages arising out of this contractual relationship may be made only within a period of one year from the commencement of the statutory limitation period. The same shall apply for any competing claims arising out of torts as well as any claims for consequential damage.
This shall not apply in case of deceit, gross negligence or wilful acts on the
part of BYK-Gardner. The limitation period in case of any recourse for delivery
in accordance with §§ 478, 479 Civil Code (BGB) shall not be affected.
Physical Properties
8.5 BYK-Gardner’s liability in accordance with section 9. shall not be affected
hereby.
9.5 Any exclusions or limitations of a liability in terms of the above sections 9.1 to
9.4 shall apply to the same extent in favour of BYK-Gardner’s managers and
non-managerial employees as well as its vicarious agents and subcontractors.
Color
8.4 If justified defects have been notified in time, BYK-Gardner shall at its choice
rectify the defect itself or by third parties free of charge or deliver defect-free
goods (subsequent performance). In case of any delivery recourse (§§ 478,
479 Civil Code (BGB)), the Customer shall have the right of choice. Before
sending back any goods, BYK-Gardner’s permission is to be obtained. Any
replaced goods shall become the property of BYK-Gardner. If BYK-Gardner
does not rectify any defect or does not provide a replacement delivery for
the defective goods within a subsequent reasonable deadline set, or if any
subsequent performance is not successful (whereby BYK-Gardner is permitted
to make two attempts), or if BYK-Gardner refuses to provide subsequent performance or if such is not reasonable for BYK-Gardner, the Customer may in
accordance with the provisions of law withdraw from the contract, reduce the
price, claim compensation for expenses as well as damages within the terms
set out in section 9. Any right to withdraw from the contract or right for a price
reduction shall only apply in case of defects which are not insignificant.
of a substantial contractual duty (for definition see section 9.1).
9.4 Any further liability for damages other than that set out in the above sections
shall be – regardless of the legal nature of such – excluded. This shall apply in
particular for any claims for damages resulting from fault at the time of the
concluding of the contract, due to any other breaches of duties or any claims
under torts for compensation for damage in terms of § 823 Civil Code (BGB).
Appearance
any defects not detectable by such an inspection immediately, however, not
later than 7 days upon their discovery. Any complaints shall be filed in writing
specifying the order data and the invoice and shipping numbers. A complaint
not filed in time shall bar the Customer from asserting any claims of noncompliance on grounds of inferior performance. Any hidden defects shall be
notified by the Customer immediately after they have become detectable,
but not later than within the period of limitation indicated in Article 9.6.
Complaints for defects shall always be accompanied by a reasonably detailed
description of the defect.
9.2 To the extent that BYK-Gardner cannot be made liable for intentional breach
of obligations and there is no case of injury to life, personal injury or injury to
health or any other case of mandatory legal liability, BYK-Gardner shall be only
liable for typical and foreseeable damage.
9.3 Any liability for indirect damage and consequential damage is hereby excluded
insofar as such is not the result of a wilful act or gross negligence or a breach
319
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
320
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Appearance
Color
Multi-angle color
BYK-mac i
Physical Properties
Orange Peel
wave-scan dual
Mottling
cloud-runner
Measure what you see.
Technical Service
Color & Appearance Control
of Metallic Coatings
www.byk.com/instruments
321
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Color Matching at
Refinish Body Shops
BYK-Gardner color instruments
always hit the right color!
Every year new models and new colors are introduced to meet
current fashion trends. The statement “Color Sells” shows how
important this design criterion is for the purchasing decision.
Thus, every year approximately 1000 new colors are added to
the existing hundreds of thousands of colors.
This presents a real challenge for the body shop after an accident! In a car body shop it is most important to quickly find the
correct color match and to be right on target. The time needed
for color matching and material consumption determine the
repair cost, which are closely watched by insurance companies
nowadays. Not to mention customer complaints, if the color
does not match!
New measurement technologies make it possible to exactly
match any color – in seconds:
› Clean and polish the paint finish close to the damaged area.
› Measure the prepared area.
› Transfer the measurement data to the color search and
correction software of the paint maker.
The software will find the closest match in a second, adjust
the paint formula and automatically transfer the formula to
the mixing system.
›
Accurate color matching is one of the most difficult tasks when
repairing a car finish. As an orientation guide in this “color
jungle”car refinish paint makers support body shops with color
fan decks and color look-up databases. By entering the auto
maker and color code in a look-up database the right color
formula could be easily found, if there were not the inevitable
color deviations of car bodies made at different plants and addon parts coming from different suppliers. Therefore, a painter’s
most important tool is his own “trained eye”. Yet, new metallic
or pearl finishes with special sparkling effects make it more and
more difficult to determine the right color even for very experienced painters, as color is not only changing under different
viewing angles, but also under different lighting conditions
(sunny sky – cloudy sky).
In order to repaint a car cost efficiently in a short period of
time leading car refinish paint makers use new technologies to
improve their hit rates: Multi-angle color instruments objectively
measure the color to be painted and “smart” database search
and correction routines are used to find the right color in seconds.
Thus, and most important, life at the body shop will be much
easier for everybody.
322
Courtesy of Standox
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
Courtesy of AkzoNobel
Appearance
Courtesy of AkzoNobel
Color
Leading car refinish paint makers have selected BYK-Gardner as
their preferred supplier for color instruments, as they best meet
the needs of a car body repair shop:
› Robust design
› Ease-of-use: Just push the operate button to take a reading
›
›
›
›
›
Technical Service
Courtesy of
Spies Hecker
and save the data
Precise color data: Repeatable and without operator influence
Long battery life: 3000 readings with regular Alkaline or
rechargeable NiMH batteries
No lamp change needed: the patented LED technology
allows a 10 year lamp warranty
Temperature stable readings regardless of the
temperature in the body shop: Absolutely repeatable
results between 10 °C to 40 °C (60 °F to 100 ° F)
Repair costs are minimal due to the design and use of the
newest technologies in electronic and optical components.
Physical Properties
BYK-Gardner multi-angle color systems are the
ideal partner:
BYK-Gardner’s solution has proven itself in real life – painters are
enthusiastic about the ease-of-use and reliable readings. The
benefits are most evident when trying to match difficult colors.
A true “win-win” situation has developed for paint makers as
well as the painters at the body shop.
323
Index
BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com
THE OBJECTIVE EYE
For more information please visit BYK-Gardner GmbH
Lausitzer Straße 8
82538 Geretsried
Germany
Tel.0-800-gardner
(0-800-4273637)
+49-8171-3493-0
Fax.+49-8171-3493-140
www.byk.com
BYK-Gardner USA
9104 Guilford Road
Columbia, Maryland 21046
USA
Phone+1-800-343-7721
+1-301-483-6500
Fax +1-800-394-8215
+1-301-483-6555
BYK-Gardner GmbH
Shanghai Representative Office
6A Building A,
Yuehong Plaza, No. 88 Hongcao Road
Shanghai, 200233
P.R. China
Phone+86-21-3367-6331
Fax +86-21-3367-6332

advertisement

Was this manual useful for you? Yes No
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Related manuals

Download PDF

advertisement